HSPi 111 1111 fflriunnH Class va Z ( 1 1 Book m i ^ CONTENTS. PRONUNCIATION. The Alphabet 13 Division of Syllables 14 Syllabic Accent, or Stress 14 Accents — Orthographic Marks 15 Simple Vowels 15 Compound Vowels 18 Diphthongs 18 Nasal Vowls 19 Consonants. General Rules 21 Consonants. — Special Rules 22 Linking of Final Consonants 26 Observations on E mute 26 PART. I. I. The Article 28 II. Formation of the Plural 30 III. Case — a — de 33 IV. Prepositions 36 V. The Partitive Article 39 VI. Further use of de 42 VII. Proper Nouns 44 VIII. Conjugation of avoir, to have — affirmatively 48 IX. Idiomatic use of avoir 51 X. Conjugation of etre, to be — affirmatively 54 XL Negations. — The Negative and Interrogative forms of the Auxiliaries cy XII. Demonstrative and Interrogative Adjectives 61 XIII. Possessive Adjectives 64 XIV. Cardinal Numbers 67 XV. Ordinal Numbers 71 XVI. Indefinite Adjectives 75 XVII. Adjectives. — Formation of the feminine and of the plural . 78 XVIII. The place of Adjectives 82 !b CONTENTS. XIX. Degrees of Comparison 86 XX. Regular Verbs. — First Conjugation. — Donner 88 Reading Lesson : Le chameau et le chat 95 XXI. Remarks on the Orthography of some verbs of the First Con- jugation 96 XXII. Second Conjugation : Finir IOO Reading Lesson : Le Moineau et ses Petits 104 XXIII. Third Conjugation : Vendre 105 Reading Lesson : Le roi de Perse no XXIV. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns „ no Reading Lesson : Le Rosier 113 XXV. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns „ 1 14 Reading Lesson : Suite de Rosier 118 XXVI. Demonstrative Pronouns 119 XXVII. Interrogative Pronouns 122 XXVIII. Possessive and Relative Pronouns 125 XXIX. Indefinite Pronouns 129 Reading Lesson : Puissance de la Concorde 132 XXX. Passive and Neuter Verbs 133 XXXI. Reflective Verbs 138 Reading Lesson : Le Sansonnet 144 XXXII. Impersonal Verbs , 145 Reading Lesson : Productions de divers climats 150 XXXIII. Formation of Adverbs 151 XXXIV. Adverbs of Place and of Time 155 XXXV. Adverbs of number, of Quality, of Negation, etc 158 XXXVI. Conjunctions 162 Reading Lesson : Lafitte 166 XXXVII. Conjunctive Phrases 167 XXXVIII. Irregular Verbs.— First class 170 XXXIX. Irregular Verbs. — First class continued 1 74 XL. Irregular Verbs. — First class continued 177 XLI. Irregular verbs. — First class continued 180 XLII. Irregular Verbs. — Second Class 183 XLIII. Irregular verbs. — Third Class 186 XLIV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued 189 XLV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued 194 XLVI. Defective Verbs 197 Alphabetical List of Irregular and Defective Verbs 199 XLVII* How to render do, did, shall, will, etc 201 Supplementary Tenses --.------......„... 203 CONTENTS. ii PART II. Elision 205 I. On the Gender of Substantives 206 II. Plural of Nouns 214 Reading Lesson : Le Castor 216 III. Use of the Article 218 Reading Lesson : Demosthene . . .' 226 IV. Special use of de and a 228 V. Peculiarities in the use of names of Countries, Towns, etc. 235 Reading Lesson : Charles XII 238 VI. Possessive Adjectives 239 Reading Lesson : Eudamidas 242 VII. Numerals 244 VIII. Adjectives 246 Reading Lesson : L'elephant 253 IX. 1. Personal Pronouns 255 2. Particular use of en and y ' 258 3. The supplying Pronouns le, la, les 260 Reading Lesson : L'elephant {continuation') 262 X. Interrogative Pronouns 263 Reading Lesson : Servilius se defend devant le peuple 266 XL Relative Pronouns 267 Reading Lesson : Suite de " Servilius," 272 XII. Indefinite Pronouns 274 XIII. Indefinite Pronouns, continued 278 XIV. Adverbs 284 Reading Lesson : Le ConneHable de Bourbon et Bayard . . . 288 XV. Syntax of Negations 289 Reading Lesson : Le Constable de Bourbon et Bayard, (Suite) 295 XVI. Remarks on some Prepositions 296 XVII. Different uses of the Conjunction que 307 Reading Lesson : Le Connetable de Bourbon et Bayard (Fin) 311 XVIII. Use of the Tenses of the Indicative 313 Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk 324 XIX. The Subjunctive Mood 325 Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk (Suite) 336 XX. The Infinitive 338 " " preceded by de 342 " " preceded by a 347 " " preceded by other Prepositions 354 Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk (Suite) 355 12 CONTENTS. XXL The Present Participle 357 Reading Lesson : Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 360 XXII. The Past Participle 363 XXIII. The Participle Absolute 369 Reading Lesson: Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 371 XXIV. Government of Verbs ^73 XXV. Idiomatical Expressions 380 French-English Vocabulary 385 English-French Vocabulary 439 Index - 473 FRENCH GRAMMAR PRONUNCIATION. THE ALPHABET. i. The written French alphabet is the same as the English. w and k are found only in words borrowed from other languages. The names of the letters are given below in the French spelling as they are of little or no value to the beginner. In the new names the e in be, ke, de, gue, etc., is only sounded enough to allow the utterance of the consonant that precedes it, as in glo&?, ca&?, ma^, fati^-z^y /is sounded as s in pleasure. The vowels have their normal French sounds. — £Fwhen spoken of is called double V. Old Names. New Names. Old Names. New Names A a a a N n enne ne B b be be O o o o C c ce- ke (se) P P pe pe D d de de Q q ku ke E e e e R r erre re F f erTe fe S s esse se (ze) G g ge gue (je) T t Xh te H h ache he U u u u I i i i V V v6 ve J J ji je X X ics kse K k ka ke Y y i grec i L 1 elle le Z z zede ze M m emme me 14 PRONUNCIATION. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 2. Words are generally divided as in English ; but whenever it is possible a syllable must begin with a consonant. Hence, verbal and other terminations beginning with a vowel must be joined to the consonant that precedes ; thus ai-mer, but ai-me-rai; chan-ter, chan-te-rai, chan-te-rons. As to x, equal to gs, cs, its compound nature prevents its separation from the vowel that precedes : hence the following division ex-em-ple. In writing, silent h apparently begins a syllable, as in in-he-rent; but in the spoken syllables, silent h has no value whatever; and a consonant be- tween a vowel and a silent h is separated from that vowel in the spoken though not in the written language ; hence the following divisions. Written. Pronounced. in-hu-main i-nhu-main in-ha-bi-le i-nha-bile in-he-rent i-nhe-rent bon-heur bo-nheur If these words were pronounced according to the written divisions, they would begin with a nasal sound ; but they do not. (See Nasal vowels, 37.) SYLLABIC ACCENT, OR STRESS. As compared with English, French is generally said to have no syllabic accent. Such a stress of voice as is heard in the words ac'cent and accent? does not occur in French ; but the following rule explains the uniformity of the English accent on the la^t syllable in words newly introduced from the French, such as barouche, surtout, machine, fatigue, etc. 3. In French each syllable of a word must be pronounced smoothly, the voice resting upon the last, unless it ends in e mute, in which case the syllable before the last is slightly accented, Ex. constitution, indubitable. ACCENTS.— SIMPLE VOWELS 15 ACCENTS,— ORTHOGRAPHIC MARKS. 4. Three orthographic marks, the acute (6), the grave (6), and the circumflex (6), have received the name of accents. These marks never affect a syllable ; they can only modify the sound of a vowel over which they are placed. Sometimes they have a mere ortho- graphic value. They must never be neglected in writing. 5. The Acute (6) is used only over the vowel e {e), which then has the sound of a in date. Ex. ete, donne. 6. The Grave (6) or open accent is used principally over e (e), which then has the sound of e in ebb or of e in there. Ex. five, pere. Over a and u it is only used to distinguish words other- wise similarly spelled, and does not affect the pronunciation. Ex. la, the ; la, there y a, has y a, to y ou, or y ou, where. 7. The Circumflex (6) is used over all the vowels, which are then long. Ex. dge, cote, sur. The circumflex denotes that a contraction has taken place ; thus dge and sur were formerly spelled aage and seur. Often an s has been dropped in modern French which still remains in the English word taken from the old French. Ex. ile, is ley hate, hastey foret, foresty temp6te, tempest. 8. The Cedilla is placed under the c (f) when it has the sound of s before a, o, u. Ex. facade, garfon, regu. 9. The Dleresis (6 Trema) is used over e, i, and u y in which case these letters do not coalesce with the preceding vowel, but begin a new syllable. Ex. hair, Noel, aigue, are pronounced ha-ir, No-el, ai-gu-e, (the last e is silent). SIMPLE VOWELS. A. 10. A long has the sound of a in far. Ex. ame, soul y pate, paste y cas, case. 11. Short a differs from long a principally in quantity. It has x 6 PRONUNCIATION. the sound a in the Interjection ha! pronounced quick. Ex. la, the; patte, paw. A is silent in Saone, a6ut, Curacao. 12. E unaccented, when it ends a syllable in the middle of a word, and in the monosyllables ce, de,je, me, ne, que, se and te, has the indistinct sound of e in battery. Ex. lever, to raise ; re- gard, look. 13. E unaccented final is mute. Ex. table, table. 14. E with an acute accent (e) has the sound of a in date. Ex. ete, summer j donne, given. E unaccented takes the sound of / {a in date) before final d, r, z, mute, also at the beginning of a word before a double consonant. Ex. pied, foot; donner, to give; assez, enough; effet, effect; et, and, is always pronounced/. 15. E with the grave (e) or with the circumflex accent (e) is more or less open, varying between e in ebb, and e in where. Ex. reve, dream ; pere, father ; foret, forest ; apres, after. E unaccented takes the sound of e (e in ebb) when preceding c, f I, r, s, t, or x in the same syllable and in the middle of a word before any double consonant. Before r, the sound is more open than before the other letters. Ex. fer, iron; dessert, dessert; terre, earth; tendresse, tenderness; sonnette, bell; chef, chief; mes, my; est, is; esprit, spirit. In the last words the e is pronounced by many persons very nearly like /, especially in rapid conver- sation. Even e often loses its broad, long sound. 1 6. E takes the sound of French a in fcmme, solennel, indzm- niser, and in all adverbial terminations in emment. 17. E is silent between g and a or 0. Ex. pigeon, pigeon; mangeons, (we) eat ; mangeant, eating. In these words the e merely serves to prevent g from having the hard sound of g v&go. For further observations on e mute, see page 26. I. 18. I has only one sound, that of*' in machine; — long in vie, life; rire, to laugh ; — short in fini, finished ; ici, here. SIMPLE VOWELS. 17 o. 19. 0, when long, has the sound of in rose. Ex. cote, sides dose, dose. 20. O short has a sound between the in rob and the u in rub. Ex. : Rome, robe, mode. 21. O before final r in English, French 1 parfum, humble, eun ) eu nasal ( a jeun. The nasal diphthongs ian, ion, are the simple sounds an, on, preceded by a short French ij oi?i is in preceded by a w sound. All other combinations may be decomposed in the same manner, as on-i?i, ou-en, etc. 36. Ien final, and in verbs in enir, is equivalent to i-in or yin, (ya?i in yankee). Ex. chien, bien, viendrai, tiendront ; in other cases, when followed by a consonant (not n), it is equivalent to i-an (yan) nasal. Ex. science, audience, patient, and all words in ient. in ) also in mille, ville, tran- quille, pnpille, Achille, osciller, vaciller, etc. 77 is not liquid in mil, fil, civil, profit. L final is silent in baril, chenil, contil, fournil, fusil, gril, gentil, sourcil, persil, outil. It is also silent in soul, pouls, fils, and in the terminations auld, ault, ould, oult. M and N, when not nasal, are pronounced as in English. Ex. manier. M is silent in damner, automne, and their derivatives. P is silent in bapteme, sept, compte, dompter, exempter, sculpter. Q is always followed by u except in coq and cinq, when it sounds like k. (For qu see u, 23.) In cinq before a consonant it is silent. 55. R is rolled, but with less force at the end than at the be- ginning of a syllable. Ex. grand, sceur ; rr and rh are generally pronounced with more force than r alone. Ex. arriver, rhume. In the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, to acquire, courir, to run, mourir, to die, the two r's must be distinctly heard to distinguish them from other forms that have but one r. Thus nous courrons, vous acquerrez, Us mourraient, must not be pronounced like nous courons, vous acquerez, Us mouraient. R final is generally pronounced, but final er is equivalent to /. Ex. par- ler, aimer. In monosyllables in er the r is sounded. ILx.fer, cher, mer. It is also sounded in amer, enfer, hier, hiver, and in a few words of foreign origin, as magisier, etc. R is silent in monsieur. 56. S is generally sounded as in English; but in words ending isme, asme, etc., it has not the sound of z. Ex. prisme, miasme. 57. S between two vowels has the sound of z. Ex. rose, base, Vase. S has also the sound of z in words compounded with the Latin preposi- CONSONANTS. 25 tion trans followed by a vowel. Ex. transitif, transition. It has the same sound before b, d, v, and after /. Ex. presbytere, svelte, balsamique. As s initial has the hissing sound as in English, — when a word beginning with an s takes a prefix, the s, though between two vowels, retains its hiss- ing sound. Ex. vraisemblable (compounded of vrai and semblable), mono- syllabe. Sch is generally pronounced like sh. Ex. schisme. It has the sound of sk in a few words. S final is sounded in words that have been taken from Greek and Latin without any change of orthography. Ex. atlas, blocus, gratis, etc. S is also sounded in cens, en-sus, mats, mceurs, vis, Rheims, Jils, sens (in some of its meanings), lis (not in Jleur-de-lis), tons (when used without a noun). T is generally sounded as in English. 58. In words corresponding in form to those in which t has in English an sh sound, it has in French the sound of ss. This occurs in tial, tiel, tier, tion, not initial or preceded by x or s. Ex, partial, essentiel, initier, nation. But bestial, bastion, mixtion, have the pure t sound. 59. T has also the sound of s in words in tie, that have in Eng- lish cy, or tia, in which / sounds like sh. Ex. prophetie, democra- tic, minutie, initier, — also in balbutier. In other words in tie and tier, t retains the proper sound. Ex. moitie metier. Th is never pronounced as in English, but always like / alone, as pathe- tique. T final is heard in brut, chut, correct, dot, direct, deficit, fat, exact, net, suspect, strict. In sept and huit, t is silent only when they precede a noun commencing with a consonant. Ex. huit gargons. In Christ, s and t are both pronounced; but in Jesus-Christ they are both silent. In vingt, /is pronounced only in the series between 20 and 30. Ex. vingt-cinq. X has the sound of gs in words beginning with x or ex before a .vowel or an h mute. Ex. Xavier, exit, exhumer. In a few proper names x has the sound of ss. Ex. Bruxelles, Auxerre; it has also this sound in soixante, — and in six and dix when standing alone. In dix-huit and dix-neuf, x sounds like z. X in other cases has the sound oi'ks. Ex. luxe, Aix-la-Chapelle. Z is pronounced in gaz. When final in proper names it varies; in Suez it is z, in Metz it has the sound of s. 26 PRONUNCIATION. LINKING- OF PINAL CONSONANTS. 60. The final consonant of a word, closely connected in sense with the next word beginning with a vowel or silent h must general- ly be carried over. In that case s and x are sounded like z; aHike /, and g (seldom linked) like k. Ex. un grand homme, vous avez, Us ont, mix crnnes. No general rule can be given embracing all the cases in which a final con- sonant must be thus linked. In poetry and in impressive reading, the link- ing must be made in many cases where it would sound unnatural and af- fected in daily conversation. It may be stated in general terms that the more closely connected the words are in sense, the more imperative it is to link them together in pronunciation. Certain words, such as et, riz, clef, plomb, loup, etc., can never be linked. Words ending in a nasal sound are seldom linked, except short words that recur frequently, such as on, en, un, mon, ton, son, bien, bon, etc. When a nasal n is linked, either the nasal sound is heard and an additional n pronounced before the next vowel, or the nasal is dropped altogether, thus un homme, on a, as if written un nhomme, on na ; or tt-nhomme, o-na. In rapid speech the nasal sound almost always disappears ; many omit it altogether. In some combinations, such as bon homme, bien heureux, it is never heard. OBSERVATIONS ON E MUTE. We have seen that e unaccented when final is mute, and that in the words ce, de, je, le, me, ne, que, se and le, and when it terminates a syllable not final, it has the indistinct sound of e in battery. In rapid utterance, however, even this feeble sound is not heard whenever the articulation connected with it can be distinctly uttered without it. Hence the following rule : — 61. E unaccented ending a syllable is silent whenever the con- sonant before it can be pronounced either with a vowel that pre- cedes or one that comes after it in the next syllable or word. Practice and oral teaching only can make this law of euphony perfectly clear. In the following examples the e's printed in italics are not pro- nounced. OBSERVATIONS, ETC. 27 Voila le chimin de fer. There is the railway. Je le sais. I know it. Je ne te le donn^ pas. I do not give it to thee. Beaucoup de monde. Many persons. Je vie me le propose pas. I do not propose it to myself. Etre attentif To be attentive. Nobk? ardeur. Noble ardor. In the last two examples the r and / that precede the e are virtually car- ried over to the next word as if no e intervened, and tr and bl were final. Note. Care must be taken not to pronounce tre, dre, ble, pie, ere, etc., as they are in English, that is as ter, der, be I, pel, etc., in order, temple, noble. In French the / and r must not be separated by any intervening sound from the consonant that precedes. Ex. ordr^, aimabk, quatn?, nacn?, peuphr. o. 19. O, when long, has the sound of in rose. Ex. cote, side ; dose, dose. 20. O short has a sound between the in rob and the u in rub. Ex. Rome, robe, mode. 21.O before final re or r and a final consonant has the sound of o in lord. Ex. aurore, dawn ; alors, then ; bord, border. U. 22. French u has no equivalent in English. To acquire the sound, place the lips as if about to whistle, leaving the aperture very small; keeping the lips in this position, try to utter e as in me. Ex. murmure, murmur. 23. U is silent after q and between g and e or i: Ex. guide, guide ; question, question; quatre, four ; fatigue, fatigue. Y. 24. Y, initial, or between two consonants, has the sound of French i. Ex. style, style ; y, there. 25. Y between two vowels is equivalent to ii, the first i form- ing a diphthong with the preceding, the second with the following vowel. Thus, essayer, to try ; royal, royal ; appuyer, to lean ; are pronounced as if written essai-ier, roi-ial, appui-ier. (See ai and oi.) I. PREMlfiRE LEfON, THE ARTICLE. i. In the French language there are only two genders, viz., the masculine and the feminine. This distinction applies also to inanimate objects which are either masculine or feminine. 2. The definite article has a peculiar form for each gender : le before a masculine, la before a feminine substantive ; les is the plu- ral of both genders. Ex. : — Masc. Le roi, the king. Fem. La reine, the queen. le pere, the father. la mere, the mother. 3. Le and la in the singular lose their vowels and take the apos- trophe (/') before a noun beginning either with a vowel or h mute. Ex. : — Masc. L^ami, the friend. Fem. L'amie, the (female) friend. Vhomme, the man. Vhistoire, (the) history. 4. The indefinite article, answering to the English a or an, is un for the masculine ; une for the feminine. Ex. : — Masc. Un roi, a king. Fem. Une reine, a queen. un pere, a father. une mere, a mother. un ami, a friend, une amie, a (female) friend. VOCABULARY. Le livre, the book. un chapeau, a hat, bonnet. le pain, the bread. la rose, the rose. le cheval, the horse. lafleur, the flower. le chien, the dpg. la plume, the pen, feather. Voncle, the uncle. la tante, the aunt. V enfant, the child. une poire, a pear. Vor, m. the gold. une pomme, an apple. unjardin, a garden. et, and. THE ARTICLE. 29 S. J'ai, I have. Ai-je, have I? tu as, thou hast. as-tu, hast thou ? il a, he has. a-t-il, has he ? *//* 0, she has. a-t-elle, has she ? PI. nous avons, we have. avons-nous, have we ? w#.y tfwz, -you have. avez-vous, have you ? z7j Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest Qu'il ait eu, that he may Que nous ayons eu, that we may Que vous ayez eu, that you ?nay Qu'ils aient eu, that they may COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Que j 'eusse eu, that I might Que tu eusses eu, that thou mightest Qu'il eut eu, that he might Que nous eussions eu, that we might \_might Que vous eussiez eu, that you Qu'ils eussent eu, that they might _ J Avoir, Ayant, PRESENT. PRESENT. INFINITIVE MOOD. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. to have | Avoir eu, to have had PARTICIPLE. having \ Ayant eu, PAST OR PASSIVE. Eu, COMPOUND. had having had It would be a good plan to conjugate the whole verb avoir together with a noun, as ; J'ai une pomme, favais une pomme, etc. — After that, with the prououn /' (le), it, and les, them, as : je Pai, I have it; tu Pas, il Pa, etc.; je les aurai, tu les auras, etc. 50 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. VOCABULARY. Le te7nps, time. demain, to-morrow. le courage, the courage. Vencrier, m. the inkstand. le plaisir, the pleasure. la regie, the ruler. la voiture, the carriage. perdu, lost, ete, been. la bowse, the purse. aujourd Wiui, to-day. hier, yesterday, c'est, it is. et, and. si, if. THEME 8 Pres. i. I have a book. 2. He has a hat. 3. We have a house and (a) garden. 4. They (mase.) have a horse. 5. They {fern.) have flowers and fruit. — Imperf. 6. I had a friend. 7. Thou hadst a friend. 8. Louisa had two cats. 9. You had mon- ey enough. 10. The children had bread. — Pret. ii. He had the courage. 12. You had the pleasure. 13. The son of the king had a carriage. — Fut. and Cond. 14. I shall have apples. 15. He would have seen the castle. 16. We shall have some coffee to-day. 17. We would have some sugar. 18. You will have two horses. 19. They would have an inkstand and a ruler. — Com- pound Tenses. 20. We have had much trouble {peine). 21. You have had a great (grand) pleasure. 22. She has had a great many nuts. 23. They had had two copy books. 24. I shall have paper and pens. 25. You will have had my horse. 26. Charles's sisters will have many flowers. 27. I should have had a great deal of (beancoup de) trouble. 28. Thou wouldst have had more pleasure. 29. You would have had a good friend. 30. The boy would have had a penknife. ADDITIONAL THEME UPON AVOIR. i. My (ma) aunt has apples, I have many plums and you have flowers enough (L. VI. 2). 2. The merchant's cousin will have a ball to-morrow. 3. Yesterday I had money, but I have lost my purse to-day. 4. To-morrow I shall have the pleasure of seeing (de voir) my cousin, (f.) my aunt and my sister; I should have had the pleasure of seeing them (de les w/r)-yesterday if I had been in (en without article) town. 5. We shall have time enough to-mor- row. 6. We had too much time yesterday. 7. Have the cour- IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIR. 51 age to do it (de le faire) ; you have time enough. 8. Let us have the carriage and we shall have much pleasure. 9. We should have had the carriage yesterday if we had wished (voulu). 10. Though ( quoique) you may have had time, you have not had* the courage, ir. Though we have (pres. Subj.) two horses, we have not (rt avons pas) the courage to ride them (de les monter). 12. We have money to-day, and to-morrow we shall have bread, meat, and wine. 13. It is you, who (qui) will have the most (le plusde) pleasure. 14. I do not think (je ne crois pas) that he would have had the courage, t 5. During the night he had lost his (id) purse. 16. If he had had an inkstand he would have had ink. 17. They will have silver spoons on the table. 18. They would have jew- els if (s 1 ) they had money. IX. NEUVIEME LEfON. IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIR. 1. Avoir is used idiomatically with the nouns chaud, warmth; froid, cold; /aim, hunger; soif, thirst; raiso/?, reason; tort, wrong ; peur, fear ; honte, shame ; envie, desire ; sommeil, sleep ; besom, need ; as : — J'ai chaud. I am warm. J'avais froid. I was cold. II aura faim. He will be hungry. Elle aurait soif. She would be thirsty. Nous avons raison. We are right. Vous avez tort. You are wrong. Nous avons eu peur. We were (have been) afraid. lis ont honte. They are ashamed. Elles avaient envie. They were desirous. Avez-vous sommeil ? Are you sleepy ? Nous avons besoin. We need. We want. * Vous n'avez pas eu. 52 IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. 2. Avoir quelque chose, literally, to have something, is also used idiomatically in the sense of to be the matter with ; thus : — Qu' avez-vous ? J'ai quelque chose. Vous avez quelque chose. II a Ellea Nous avions Vous aviez lis auront What is the matter with you ? Something is the matter with me. a n a (i y OU> " " " " him. " " " " her. was the matter with us. " " " " you. will be the matter with them. Remark. The opposite of avoir quelque chose is t? avoir rien (ne before the verb and rien after it. See L. XL 2). As : — Je n'ai rien. Vous n'avez rien. II n'a rien. Elle n'a rien. Nous n'avions rien. Vous n'aviez rien. lis n'auront rien. Nothing is the matter with me. " you. " him. " her. was the " you. will be the matter with them. 3. Avoir Pair means to have the appearance, to look ; — avoir P intention de, to have the intention, to intend ; — avoir soin de, to take care of; — avoir mat a, to have a sore, an ache, or a pain in. As:— II avait l'air content. Vous avez l'air heureux. lis ont l'air malheureux. A-t-elle l'intention d'aller en France ? Non, Monsieur; elle a l'intention d'aller en Italic Ayez soin de mon chapeau. J'aurai soin de votre chapeau et de votre canne. J'?i mal a la tete. Avez-vous mal aux dents ? J'avais mal au bras. II avait mal au genou. He looked glad. You look happy. They look unhappy. Does she intend to go to France ? No, sir ; she intends to go to Italy. Take care of my hat. I shall take care of your hat and cane. I have a headache. Have you the toothache ? I had a sore arm. He had a sore knee. IDIOMATIQUE USE OF AVOIR. 53 VOCABULARY. Le chien, the dog. content, glad, pleased. la tete, the head. malade, sick, ill. le bras, the arm. aller, to go. la gorge, the throat. votre, your, mon, my. la dent, the tooth. /^ demoiselle, the young lady. /i? mantean, the cloak. , le parapluie, the umbrella. READING EXERCISE 9. A-t-il peur ? Oui, Madame ; il a peur. Avez-vous honte de parler (to speak) francais ? Non, Mademoiselle ; mais j'ai peur de parler francais. Aviez-vous froid hier? Oui, Monsieur, j'avais froid hier mais j'ai chaud aujourd'hui. Avez-vous eu peur du chien ? Non, nous avons eu peur du cheval. Votre ami, a-t-il quelque chose ? Oui, il a quelque chose. Qu'a-t-il ? II a mal a la tete. Qu'avez-vous ? J'ai sommeil. Votre ami a-t-il besoin de moi ? Aurez-vous soin de mon cheval ? Oui, Monsieur; j'aurai soin de votre cheval. Qui a besoin de l'encrier ? Votre cousine a-t-elle mal au bras ? Elle a mal au bras. Le negociant a l'air content. Mon frere a l'intention d'aller a Paris et a Londres. Votre frere, qu'a-t-il ? II a honte. THEME 9. 1. Where do you intend to go to-morrow? 2. I intend to go and see {voir) the merchant. 3. I was wrong and you were right. 4. Was he sleepy ? 5. He was sleepy. 6. Were you cold ? 7. I was cold. 8. What is the matter with your father ? 9. Noth- ing is the matter with him. 10. What was the matter with that (ce) boy? 11. He was ashamed. 12. Was he afraid of the horse ? 13. No, sir; he was afraid of the dog. 14. Do I look sick? 15. Yes, sir; you look sick. 16. Have you a headache ? 17. No, sir; I have a sore throat. 18. Has that young lady the toothache? 19. She has the toothache. 20. Take care of my watch. 21. We shall take care of your watch, your cloak, and your umbrella. 54 X. DIXIEME LEgON. X. DIXIEME LEfON. CONJUGATION OF ETRE, TO BE— AFFIRMATIVELY. INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je suis, I am J'ai ete, I have been Tues, thou art Tu as 6t6, thou hast been 11 est (die est , on est), he is 11 a 6te, he has been Nous sommes > we are Nous avons 6t6, we have been Vous Stes, ye or you are Vous avez et£, you have been lis sont, they are lis ont et£, they have been IMPERFECT. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. J'&ais, I was or used to be J'avais £te, I had been Tu Stais, thou wast Tu avais ete, thou hadst been 11 <§tait, he was 11 avait £te, he had been Nous etions, we were Nous avions 6t6, we had been Vous etiez, you were Vous aviez £t£, you had been lis £taient, they were lis avaient £te, they had been PRETERITE. COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. Je fus, I was J'eus et6, I had been Tu fus, thou wast- Tu eus ete\ thou hadst been 11 fut, he was 11 eut ete\ he had been Nous fumes, we were Nous eumes 6t6, we had been Vous futes, you were Vous eutes et<§, you had been lis furent, they were lis eurent 6t6, they had been FUTURE. COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. Je serai, / shall be, will be J'aurai 6t6, I shaW Tu seras, thou wilt be Tu auras et£, thou wilt 5) 11 sera, he will be 11 aura £te, he will <3 1 o> Nous serons, we shall be Nous aurons £t6, we shall Vous serez, you will be Vous aurez et£, you will 8 lis seront, they will be lis auront £t£, they will \ CONDITIOIS rAL MOOD. PRESENT. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je serais, / should be J'aurais 6t6, I should^ Tu serais, thou wouldst be Tu aurais 6t6, thou wouldst 11 serait, he would be 11 aurait 6t6, he would § Nous serions, we should be Nous aurions £te* we should Vous seriez, you would be Vous auriez 6t6 } you would s lis seraient, they would be lis auraient €t&, they would \ CONJUGATION OF £TRE, TO BE. 55 Qu'il fAt, Que nous fussions, IMPERATIVE MOOD. Sois, be (thozi). Soyons, let us be. Soyez, be {ye or you). SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Que j 'aie ete, that I may " Que tu aies £te, that thou mayest Qu'il ait ete, that he may Que nous ayons et6, that we may \ ^ Que vous ayez €t€, that you may Qu'ils aient ete, that they may) COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Que j'eusse 6te, that I might y Que tu eusses ete, that thou mightest Qu'il eut ete, that he might Que nous eussions ete, that we PRESENT. Que je sois, that I may be Que tu sois, that thou mayest be Qu'il soit, that he may be Que nous soyons, that we may be Que vous soyez, that you may be Qu'ils soient, that they may be IMPERFECT. Que je fusse, that I might be Que tu fusses, that thou mightest be that he might be that we might be Que vous fussiez, that you might be Qu'ils fussent, that they might be Que vous eussiez 6te, that you might Qu'ils eussent et£, that they might £tre £tant, PRESENT. PRESENT. INFINITIVE MOOD. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. to be Avoir £te, PARTICIPLE. to have been tt6, Riche, rich. applique, diligent. malheureux, unhappy. content, pleased, contented. faible, weak, tris, very. le gouvernail, helm. COMPOUND. Ayant £t<§, having been PAST OR PASSIVE. (invariable) been VOCABULARY. paresseux, lazy, idle. heureux, happy. jeune, young. sage, good, comment, how. encore, still, again. yules, Julius. 5 6 X. DIXIEME LEgON. THEME 10. I am ill. Thou art young. Charles is my friend. We are hap- py. You are also happy. The child will be good. Louisa was ill. William and Julius have also been, ill. This boy has been idle. This girl was very good. He will be contented. You would also be contented. She has been at Paris. Her (son) brother has been in London. We have been in France. Your mother may (peut) have been (Comp. Inf.) ill. Yes, indeed (en effet) she has been ill long.* Who was (has been) with (chez) your father ? A merchant has been with my father. He had been before (auparava?it) with my uncle. ADDITIONAL THEME UPON ETRE CONJUGATED AFFIRMATIVELY. i. Having been sick, he is still weak. 2. The spoons were on the table. 3. We were still sick. 4. The young boy was at the helm. 5. I am among my (mes) friends. 6. I shall be with my friends to-morrow. 7. I was at your (voire) father's house yester- day (L. IV. 3). 8. She is in the room. 9. My neighbor's name is William. 10. I should be happy if you were pleased, n. If you are unhappy, how can you (pouvez-vous) be (inf.) contented ? 12. I shall be pleased to see you (de vous voir) to-morrow. 13. The merchant has been here (id) to-day. 14. He had been at his friend's yesterday. 15. Be at my house (cliez-moi) to-morrow. 16. Let us be happy. 17. Though he is (Pres. Subj.) rich, he is more (plus) unhappy than you. * Translate, She is ill since a long time (depuis longtemps). NEGATIONS. $j XI. ONZIEME LEfON. NEGATIONS.— THE NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORMS OF THE AUXILIARIES. i. The negation not is rendered by the two words ne . . .pas. Ne is placed before the verb and becomes n y before a vowel or silent h ; pas is placed immediately after the verb. In compound tenses pas is placed between the auxiliary and the participle. In the infinitive ne and pas generally both precede the verb. Ex. : — Je ne suis pas. I am not. Je n'ai pas eu. I have not had. Ne pas etre, less frequently, n'6tre pas. Not to be. 2. The words jamais, ever, personne, person, and rien, any- thing, used with a verb preceded by ne mean respectively never, nobody, nothi?ig. When the verb is understood, as in answers, the ne is omitted, and they have none the less a negative meaning. When used with a verb not preceded by ne they are always affirmative. Ex. : — Avez-vous jamais rien vu de pareil ? Have you ever seen anything similar? Je n'ai rien. I have nothing. II n'a jamais tort. He is never wrong. Per sonne n'a sommeil. Nobody^is sleepy. C'est une personne qui a sommeil. It is a person that is sleepy. Qui a sommeil ? Personne. Who is sleepy ? Nobody. Qu'avez-vous ? Rien. What is the matter with you ? Noth- ing. 3. The words aucun, nul, no ; ?iulle?7ie?it, nowise, not at all ; ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor ; guere, but little, but few ; and que in the sense of but or only ; also require the verb to be preceded by ne. Ne (the verb) plus means, no more, not any more left. Ex. : — Je n'ai plus de pain. I have no more bread. II n'a ni pain ni vin. He has neither bread nor wine. Elle n'a guere de patience. She has but little patience. Nul n'est parfait. No one is perfect. 58 XI. ONZIEME LECON. Remark. After ni . . . ni nouns used in a partitive sense take neither preposition nor article; as, ni pain ni vin. For further rules on the negative see P. I. L. 35, and P. II. L. 15. 4. In interrogations the pronoun which is the subject of the verb is placed after it, and both are joined by a hyphen, as : aurez-vous ? avez-vous eu ? When the verb ends with a vowel, -/- is placed between the verb and il t elle, or on, as: aura-t-il? a-t-on ? See also L. I. Rem. 2, 3, 5. 5. AVOIR AND ETRE CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT TENSE. Je n'ai pas, I have not Tu n'as pas, thou hast not II n'a pas, he has not Nous n'avons pas, we have not Vous n'avez pas, you have not lis n'ont pas, they have not Je ne suis pas, I am not Tu n'es pas, thou art not II n'est pas, he is not Nous ne sommes pas, we are not Vous n'£tes pas, you are not lis ne sont pas, they are not COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je n'ai pas eu, / have not had, etc. | Je n'ai pas et6, / have not been, etc. IMPERFECT. Je n'avais pas, / had not or Hid not I Je n'etais pas, I was not, etc. have, etc. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Je n'avais pas eu, I had not had, etc. | Je n'avais pas ete, I had not been, etc. And thus with all compound tenses. PRETERITE. Je n'eus pas, I had not, etc. | Je ne fus pas, I was not, etc. FUTURE. Je n'aurai pas, etc. | Je ne serai pas, etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. Je n'aurais pas, etc. | Je ne serais pas, etc. NEGATIONS. 59 Que je n'aie pas, etc. Que je n'eusse pas, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. PRESENT. | Que je ne sois pas, etc. IMPERFECT. I Que je ne fusse pas, etc. N'aie pas, etc. IMPERATIVE MOOD. J Ne sois pas, etc. Ne pas avoir. (N 'avoir pas.) INFINITIVE MOOD. I Ne pas 6tre. I (N'Stre pas.) N'ayant pas. N'ayant pas eu. PARTICIPLES. N'etant pas. N'ayant pas 6t6. INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT ' TENSE. Ai-je, have I? Suis-je, ami? As-tu, hast thou ? Es-tu, art thou ? A-t-il, has he? etc. Est-il, is he ? etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Ai-je eu, have I had? etc. | Ai-je ete, IMPERFECT. have been, etc. Avais-je, etc | litais-je, etc. PRETERITE. Eus-je, etc. | Fus-je, etc. FUTURE. Aur ai-je, etc | Serai-je, etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. Aurais-je, etc Serais-je, etc 6o XI. ONZIEME LEgON. NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. PRESENT. N'ai-je pas, N'as-tu pas, N'a-t-il pas, have I not? hast thou not? has he not? etc. Ne suis-je pas, N'es-tu pas, N'est-il pas, am I not? art thou not? is he not? etc. N'avais-je pas, etc. N'eus-je pas, etc. N'aurai-je pas, etc. N'aurais-je pas, etc. IMPERFECT. I N'etais-je pas, etc. PRETERITE. | Ne fus-je pas, etc. FUTURE. I Ne serai -je pas, etc CONDITIONAL. | Ne serais-je pas, etc. VOCABULARY. La nouvelle, the news. la lettre, the letter. le chagrin, the grief. les parents, the parents. le tailleur, the tailor. le bottier, the boot-maker la cerise^ the cherry. tres, very, du tout, at all. pauvre, poor. mecontent, discontented. mange, eaten. autrefois, formerly. longtemps, long, a long time. vos, plural of voire, your. THEME} 11. i. I have a friend. 2. Hast thou also a friend ? 3. We have friends. 4. Have you also friends ? 5. I am happy. 6. I am not happy. 7. Are you happy ? 8. Are you not happy ? 9. No, we are not happy ; we are poor. 1 10. Formerly we were very happy. 11. You are not rich. 1 12. Thou hast been poor. 13. She has been rich. 14. Have you had any cherries? 15. You have been idle. 16. Hast thou been ill? No, I have not been ill at all. 17. They have not received the letter. 18. Were you (have you been) at {chez) the tailor's ? 19. I have not been at the tailor's. 20. I have been at the boot-maker's ; but (mats) he was 1 These adjectives take j in the plural (pauvres — riches). NEGATIONS.. 61 not at home {a la maisori). 21. How many horses had you ? 22. I had two horses. 23. Charles would not have been ill, if he had not eaten too much [trop). 24. Be contented. 25. Take care of your books. CONVERSATION. Quand {when) avez-vous ete Nous avons ete hier au spectacle. au spectacle {theatre) ? Charles, seras-tu content ? Oui M — , je serai content. Avez-vous un ami ? Nous avons beaucoup d'amis. Avez-vous regu une lettre ? J'ai regu une lettre de Paris. Ou etait ton ami Louis ? II etait a Berlin. Vos parents sont-ils riches ? Non M — , ils sont pauvres. Ou avez-vous ete hier ? Nous avons ete a, l'eglise. Ou serez-vous demain ? Nous serons a l'ecole. Ta sceur a-t-elle ete malade ? Oui, elle a ete longtemps malade. Avez-vous des affaires {business)} Oui M — , nous avons beaucoup d'affaires. N'etes-vous pas contents ? Non M — , nous sommes rae- contents. Pourquoi {why) etes-vous me- Nous avons eu une triste {sad) contents ? nouvelle. Pourquoi avez-vous du chagrin ? Notre mere est tres-malade. Serais-tu content, si tu avais Oui M — , je serais bien content. beaucoup de livres ? XII. DOUZIEME LEfON. DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES. Adjectives in French agree in gender and number with the nouns they limit; — form the plural according to the rules given for nouns (L. n.) j — ■ 62 XII. DOUZIEME LE£ON. form the feminine by adding e mute to the masculine. If the masculine ends in e, the feminine is the same. Irregular formations will be given in the vocabularies until the full rules are given, L. xvn. i. The Demonstrative Adjectives are : — Ce, fem. cette, this that ; plur. ces, these, those. Ce — ci, fem. cette — ci, this (here) ; plur. ces — ci. Ce — Id, fem. cette — la, that; plur. ces — la, those. 2. As ce means either this or that, whenever in English the words this, that, these, those are emphatic, either ci (abbreviated form of id, here) or la (there) are appended to the noun. P^x.: — Ce chapeau, this hat. ces hommes, these men. cette ville, this town. ce meme livre, this same book. ce garcon-ci, this boy (here). * ce garfon-ld, that boy. cette fe?7ime-ci, this woman (here). cette femme- la, that woman. ces arbres-ci, these trees. ces arbres-ld, those trees. 3. Before a masculine noun which begins with a vowel or h mute, cet is used instead of ce. Ex. : — Cet arbre, this tree (instead of ce arbre). Cet habit, this or that coat (instead of ce habit). 4. The Interrogative Adjective is, in the singular, quel, fem. quelle ; plur. quels, quelles, which or what ? Ex. : — Quel livre, which book ? plur. quels livres, which or what books ? Quelle fleur, which or what flower ? It also answers to the exclamation what a — / Ex : — Quel beau tableau ! What a beautiful picture ! Quel is also simple adjective without interrogation. Ex. : — I know which book you have, Je sais quel livre, etc. VOCABULARY. Laplante, the plant. Vceuf, m. the egg. le champ, the field. haut, f. haute, high. la couleur, the color. beau, f. belle, beautiful. lafille, the girl. grand, f. grande, large, great. le bceuf, the ox. bon, f. bonne, good. la vache, the cow. trop, too. mais, but. Vheure, f. the hour. connaissez-vous, do you know ? la robe, the dress, DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 63 READING EXERCISE 12. Ce verre. Cette pomme-ci. Cet horame. Ces bas. Ces bottes-la. Cette boite est haute. Ces enfants sont pauvres. Le frere de ce garcon. Deux livres de ce cafe. Je donne ces poires a cette fille-ci. La m£me couleur. Nous avons achete les memes plumes. J'ai vu ces chiens-la. Quels chiens avez-vous vus ? Quel beau cheval ! Quelle belle maison ! Le fils de cet homme- la est tres grand. Quelle heure est-il? II est trois heures {o'clock). II est une heure. THEME 12. 1. This king is rich. 2. This queen is also rich. 3. This man is poor. 4. These men are poor. 5. That child is not good (sage). 6. That woman is not contented. 7. This tree is very- high. 8. Those trees are not very high. 9. Whose (a qui) is this pencil ? 10. Whose are these pens ? 11. The color of that dress is beautiful (belle). 12. The field of that man is large. 13. These oxen are larger (plus grands) than those cows. 14. I give the bread to this boy. 15. I give these flowers to those girls. 16. The parents of those children are very good. 17. Which boy? 18. Which apples? 19. What a beautiful picture! 20. The pleasure of those girls was not very great. 21. What o'clock is it (transl. which hour is it?). 22. It is four o'clock (transl. four hours). 23. We have read (hi) the same books. CONVERSATION. A qui (whose) est ce canif ? II est a ma sceur. A qui sont ces gants ? lis spnt a Mademoiselle Julie. Ou est la fille de cette femme ? Elle est au jardin. Connaissez-vous cette fleur ? C'est une rose. Connaissez-vous le pere de ce Non M — , mais je connais (I garcon-la ? know) sa mere. Quel papier voulez-vous ? Donnez-moi ce papier-la. Ces plumes-ci sont-elles bonnes? Qui M — , elles sont tres-bonnes. 6 4 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON, Cette eglise est-elle haute ? Oui, elle est tres-haute. A qui donnez-vous ces fleurs ? Je les donne a cette fille-ci. A qui donnez-vous ces crayons ? Je les donne a ce garcon-la. Trouve-t-on de Tor dans ce Oui M — , ce pays-ci est riche pays ? en or. Voulez-vous (do you wish, liter- Donnez-moi ces gants-la. ally, wish you) ces bas-ci ou ces gants-la ? Trouvez-vous ces couleurs belles? Oui, ces couleurs sont tres-belles. Quelle heure est-il ? II est quatre heures. XIII. TREIZlfiME LEf ON, POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. i. The Possessive Adjectives are: — mon, fern. ton, " son, ' ' ma, p ta, sa, ur. vies, my. ' tes, thy. ' ses, his, her, its. notre, " notre, ' nos, our. votre, ' ' leur, " votre, leur, ' vos, your. ' tears, their. Ex. : — Mon pere, ta mere, ses freres, notre ami, vos livres, leurs parents. 2. The Possessive Adjectives are repeated in French before each substantive, and agree with it in gender and number : — Monfrere et ma sajur, my brother and sister. 3. Mon, ton, son, are used instead of ma, ta, sa, before fem- inine words beginning with a vowel or h mute, in order to avoid the hiatus which would result from the meeting of the two vow- els. Ex. : — Mon amie, my (female) friend ; soft dme, his soul. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 65 4. Son, sa, ses, each mean his, her, and its ; they agree in gen- der with the following noun, as": — Le pere aime son fils, the father loves his son. La mere aime son fils et safille, the mother loves her son and her daughter. 5. In French, voire is, from politeness, often preceded by the words : Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle ; plur. Messieurs, Mes- dames, Mesdemoiselles, which are not expressed in English, as : — Monsieur votre pere, your father. Mademoiselle votre sccur, your sister. Messieurs vos freres, your brothers. 6. In expressions such as "a friend of yours," the possessive adjective must be used in French, preceded by de, as un de vos amis, une de mes taiites, an aunt of mine. 7. A rjossessive adjective must always precede a noun denot- ing a degree of relationship when a relative or friend is addressed, though none is used in English. Ex. Bojijour, ma sozur, good morning, sister; adieu, mon cousin, good-by, cousin. The words papa, maman, and a few terms of endearment are excepted, as bonjour, papa, bo?isoir, maman. VOCABULARY. La demoiselle, the young lady. la grand ''mere, the grandmother. la tante, the aunt. la poche, the pocket. la canne, the cane. arrive, e, arrived. la casquette, the cap. parti, e, departed, gone. le grand-pere, the grandfather. perdu, lost. vieux, old. trouve, found. READING EXERCISE 13. Mon pere est bon. Ma mere est bonne. Ton frere est grand. Ta sceur n'est pas grande. Notre oncle a ete riche. Votre tante est pauvre. Leurs parents seront contents. Mes cousins et mes cousines sont arrives. Les peres aiment (love) leurs enfants 66 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. Notre grand'mere a perdu sa bourse. J'ai trouve la bourse de votre grand'mere. Mon amie est arrivee. Madame votre mere est-elle ici (here) ? Non, elle n'est pas ici ; elle est a Londres. Mesdemoiselles vos soeurs sont parties . THEME 13. i. My dog is old. 2. Thy book is good. 3. My book and (my) pen. 4. My books and pens. 5. Your garden is beautiful. 6. Your flowers are beautiful (belles). 7. My sister has lost her watch. 8. Our sisters have found their letters. 9. These children have lost their father. 10. These parents have lost their children. 11. Here is (void) thy stick. 12. Your cousins (/) have been in our garden. 13. My soul is immortal (immortelle). 14. We have received this letter from our aunt. 15. Our uncle's horse (the horse of our uncle) is old. 16. Where is your father? 17. Where is your sister ? 1 8. I have found the purse of your mother. CONVERSATION. Ou est mon frere ? II est alle (gone) au jardin. Ou est ton livre ? Le voila sur la table. Qui a perdu sa casquette ? Charles a perdu sa casquette. Qui a trouve nos crayons ? Henri les (them) a trouves. Que cherchez-vous (are you Je cherche mes plumes. looking for) ? A qui est cette canne ? Elle est a Monsieur votre oncle. A qui sont ces gants ? lis sont a Mademoiselle votre sceur. Voulez-vous mes crayons ? Non, merci (thank you). Connaissez-vous mon amie ? Oui, je la connais (know her). Ou etait Monsieur votre pere ? II etait a Berlin. Ou as-tu trouve ta bourse ? Elle etait dans ma poche. Qui est arrive aujourd'hui ? La fille de mon oncle, CARDINAL NUMBERS. 6 7 Avez-vous ete dans votre Non Monsieur, nous avons etc" champ ? dans notre jardin. De qui avez-vous recu cette C'est un cadeau {present ) de ma belle canne ? grand'mere. XIV. QUATORZIEME LEfON. CARDINAL NUMBERS. i. The Cardinal Numbers are:- Un, une, one. deux, two. trois, three. quatre, four. cinq, five. six, six. sept, seven. knit, eight. neuf, nine. dix, ten. onze, eleven. doicze, twelve. treize, thirteen. quatorze, fourteen. quinze, fifteen. seize, sixteen. dix sept, seventeen. dix-huit, eighteen. dix-neuf, nineteen. vingt, twenty. vingt et ten, twenty-one. vingt-deux, twenty-two. vingt-trois, twenty-three. vingt-qicatre, twenty-four. vingt-cinq, twenty-five, etc. trente, thirty. quarante, forty. cinquante, fifty. soixante, sixty. soixante-dix, seventy. soixante-onze, seventy-one. soixante-douze, seventy-two. soixante -treize, seventy-three. soixante-qtiatorze, seventy-four. soixante -qtiinze, seventy-five. soixante-seize, seventy-six. soixante-dix-sept, seventy-seven. soixante-dix-huit, seventy-eight. soixante-dix-neuf, seventy-nine. quatre -vingts, eighty. quatre-vingt-un, eighty-one. quatre-vingt-deux, eighty- two, 68 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. cent deux, a hundred and two, etc. quatre-vingt-onze, ninety-one. deux cents, two hundred. quatre-vingt-doitze, ninety-two. trots cents, three hundred, etc. quatre-vingt-treize, ninety-three, etc. quinze cents, fifteen hundred. cent, a hundred. mille, mil, a thousand. cent tin, a hundred and one. un million, a million. Ex. : Cinq enfants, five children. Trente-six chevaux, thirty-six horses. Trots cent quatre-vingt-quinze aunes, 395 yards. Van mil huit cent soixante-cinq, the year 1865. Et, and, must be expressed before un after vingt, trente, quarante, cinquante, soixante, as : vingt et un, etc. Et is also often used in soixante et onze. 2. The cardinal numerals do not admit of change in their ter- minations except un, ce?it and quatre-vingt. U11 agrees in gender and number. Un, une, and the plural in les wis, quelques itns, quelques unes. Cent takes s when multiplied ; but if followed by- additional numbers, cent is invariable. Ex. : — Trots cents francs, 300 francs. Sept cents personnes, 700 persons. — But: lis sont trois cents. Sept cent vingt personnes, 720 persons. Deux cent-un, 201. 3. Quatre-vingt follows the same rule as cent. Ex. : — Quatre-vingts ecoliers, 80 pupils. — But: Quatre-vingt-deux aunes, 82 yards. lis sont quatre-vingts 4. Cent and mille are not accompanied by the indefinite arti- cle as in English. Ex. : — A hundred or a thousand pounds, cent ou mille libures. 5. When one thousand is used for dates it is rendered in French by mil, with one / only, thus : Van or en mil huit cent cinquante-huit, in the year 1858. 6. The expression, " I am 20, 30, 40, etc., years old," cannot be rendered literally, but must be expressed thus : J'ai vingt CARDINAL NUMBERS. 69 Tins, — trente ans, etc. How old are you? is translated thus: Quel age avez-vous ? Ex. : — Quel age a votre frere, how old is your brother ? II a dix-huit ans, he is eighteen years old. 7. Collective numbers are : Une huitaine, a series of eight, or Une trentaine, thirty-. . . ., and so on about eight. up to 60 only. Une dizaine, a series of ten, half a Une centaine, a hundred. score. Un millier, a thousand. Une douzaine, a dozen. Un million, a million. Une vingtaine, a score. VOCABULARY. La fille, the daughter. le veau, the calf. le cochon, the pig, swine. la brebis, the sheep. le lievre, the hare. le cheyreuil, the deer, the roe. ne, f. nee, born. la nie, the street. r habitant, m. the inhabitant. Page, m. the age. la semaine, the week. encore, still, fois, times. compte, contains. environ, about. chasse, hunting. le jour, the day. la nuit, the night. le mois, the month. lajievre, the fever. Van, m. and Pannee, f. the year. Pheure, the hour. fi vendue, sold, est ne-e, was uui n. en, in. en, of or from him, her, it, them ; thence ; some of. READING EXERCISE 14. Mon oncle a eu dix Nous avons vu 35 Notre voisin a eu J'ai trois fils. Vous avez quatre filles. enfants. II a perdu cinq fils et deux filles. bceufs, 42 vaches, 88 veaux, et 76 cochons. 495 brebis. Combien de lievres avez-vous tues (killed) ? Nous avons tue 23 lievres et 14 chevreuils. Sept et huit font quinze. 24 et.36 font 60. — 4 fois 8 font 32. — 7 fois 9 font 63. — 21 fois 32 font 672. Je suis ne en 1814, et mon frere en 1818. Ma mere est nee en 1829. La ville de Londres compte 10,000 rues, jo XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 600 6glises, 249,500 maisons et plus de (more than) deux millions d'habitants. Lycurgue vivait en 880 avant Jesus-Christ. Quel age avez-vous ? J'ai quinze ans. THEME 14. 1. I have had three horses and five dogs. 2. My cousin has 34 sheep. 3. My neighbor (m.) had 36 oxen. 4. A week has 7 days. 5. 30 days make a month. 6. 12 months or 52 weeks make a year. 7. A year has 365 days. 8. I was (je suis) born in the year (en) 1828. 9. I am 35 years old. 10. My sis- ter was born (f.) in the year 1841 ; she is 17 years old. 11. How much is (font) three times nine? 12. 3 times 9 make 27. 13. 6 times 8 are 48. 14. 35 and 42 are 77. 15. How much is 125 and 264? 16. My mother has had the fever during 6 weeks. 17. A (the) day has 24 hours, an (the) hour 60 minutes. 18. Give (to) Charles 32 florins and (to) Louis 2>Z florins. 19. Here are 200 pounds of sugar. CONVERSATION. Combien de nls votre oncle II a encore trois fils. a-t-il ? Combien d'enfants a-t-il eus ? II a eu sept enfants.' Ou sont vos deux cousines ? Elles sont a l'eglise. Quelle est la hauteur (the height) Elle a 327 pieds de hauteur. de cette eglise ? Combien font 5 et 7 ? 5 et 7 font 12. Combien font I5et25? i5et25 font 40. Combien font 20, 35 et 45 ? 20 et 35 et 45 font cent. Combien font 6 fois 8? 6 fois 8 font 48. Combien font 12 fois 24 ? 12 fois 24 font 288. Quel age avez-vous ? J'ai quatorze ans. Quel age a votre sceur ? Elle a 18 ans. Combien de florins avez-vous J'ai recu 50 florins. * re^us de votre pere ? Combien de jours a uneannee ? Une ann£e a 365 jours et six heures. ORDINAL NUMBERS. 71 Combien de semaines font un Quatre semaines et deux ou trois mois ? jours font un mois. Combien de mois font une an- Douze mois font une ann6e. nee? Avez-vous ete a la chasse Oui, Monsieur, toute la journee hier ? {all day). Avez-vous tue beaucoup de Nous avons tue 35 lievres. lievres ? Charles a-t-il assez d'argent ? Oh, oui, il a 22 francs. XV. QUINZlfiME LEfON, the first. ,, \ ORDINAL NUMBERS. 1. Except le premier and le second, the ordinal numbers are formed from the cardinal by changing e mute into ieme ; and by adding this syllable to those which end in another letter. But cinq takes u before ieme (cinqnieme), and nenf changes the / into v (neuvieme). They are as follows : — Le premier \ la premiere ; le second, la seconde, )>the second. le, la deicxihne, le troisieme, the third. le quatrieme, the fourth. le cinquieme, the fifth. le sixieme, the sixth. le septieme, the seventh. le huitieme, the eighth. le neuvieme, the ninth. le dixieme, the tenth. le onzieme, the eleventh. le dotczieme, the twelfth. le treizieme, the thirteenth. le quatorzieme, the fourteenth. le quinzieme, the fifteenth. le seizieme, the 16th. le dix-septieme, the 17th. le dix-htiitieme, the 1 8th. le dix-neuvieme, the 19th. le vingtieme, the 20th. le vingt et unieme, the 21 st. le vingt-deuxieme, the 22d, etc. le trentieme, the 30th. le quarantieme, the 40th. le cinquantieme, the 50th. le soixantieme, the 60th. le soixante-dixieme, the 70th. le soixante-onzieme, the 71st. le soixante-douzieme, the 72d, etc le quatre-vingtieme, the 80th. le qnatre-vingt-unieme, the 8 1st. le quatre-vingt-dixihne, the 90th le centieme, the 100th. ^2 XV. QUINZIEME LECON. le cent et unieme, the 101st. le six cent soixante-quinzieme, the le cent deuxihne, the I02d, etc. 675th. le cent vingtieme, the 120th. le millieme, the 1000th. le deux centihne, the 200th. le dernier, the last. 2. Unieme is used only after vingt, trente, quarante, etc., as: Charles est le vingt et unieme de sa classe. 3. Days of the month (except le premier and le dernier) are expressed by cardinal numbers, as : — The first of April, le premier avril. — But: The 2d, 3d, 4th, etc., of May, le deux, trois, quatre, etc., mai (or de mai.) The eleventh of March, le onze (without apostrophe) mars. The twentieth of June, le vingt juin. The question, " What day of the month is it to-day ? " is trans- lated literally, and also : Quel quantieme avo?is-nous aujourd } hui ? or, Quel jour du mois avons-nous ? The English "on the sixth," etc., is rendered in French, without prepo- sition, le six . Ex. : On the sixth of May, le six mai. 4. Proper names of princes, etc., take in French the cardinal numbers without the article, except the first and sometimes the second, as : — Henri premier, Henry the first. Henri second or deux, Henry the second. Henri quatre, Henri the fourth. Louis quatorze, Louis the fourteenth. Note. The German Emperor, Charles V., bears in French the name of Charles-Quint, and the Pope Sixties V. that of Sixte- Quint. 5. Numeral adverbs are formed from ordinal numbers by add- ing -ment or -ement to the final : — Premierement, firstly. Deuxiemement, secondly. Troisiemement, third- ly, etc. 6. Fractional numbers are expressed by ordinal numbers, as in English, but only from five upwards, as : — Un cinquieme, a fifth. Un sixieme, a sixth. Un huitieme, an eighth. Un dixihne, a tenth. The others are as follows : — Half (adj.), demi. f. demie. The half, la moitie (noun). A third, un tiers. A quarter or fourth, tin quart. One pound and a half, une livre et demie. ORDINAL NUMBERS. 73 7. The hours of the day or night are expressed thus : Two o'clock, detix heures. A quarter past two, deux heures et {tin) quart. Half past two, deux heures et demie. A quarter to three, trois heures moins un quart. At twelve o'clock (at noon), a midi. At twelve o'clock (midnight), a minuit. 8. Proportional numbers which express a quantity multiplied, are: — Simple, simple. quadruple, fourfold. double, double, twofold. centuple, centuple, a hundred-fold. triple, triple, threefold. VOCABULARY. yanvier, January. Dimanche, Sunday. Fevrier, February. Lttndi, Monday. Mars, March. Afardi, Tuesday (and on Tuesday). Avril, April. Mercredi, Wednesday. Mai, May. yeudi, Thursday. yuin, June. Vendredi, Friday. yuillet, July. Samedi, Saturday. Aotit, August. le siecle, the century. Septembre, September. Pincendie, m. a fire, conflagration. Octobre, October. la parlie, the part, portion. Novembre, November. la place, the place. Decembre, December. la classe, the class. en Janvier, in January. a present, at present. nous vivons, we live. nume'ro, number (denoting order, as nombre, number. number of a house, of a rule, of a page). 9. Rule for il and ce as expletive subjects of etre. In English, it, neuter personal pronoun, can be repeated often by demonstrative neuter pronoun that. Whenever that can replace it reasonably and logically, say ce j whenever that cannot do so, keep it, il. It rains — can you say that rains? No ; say il pleut. It is dangerous to fall. Yes, that is dangerous. II est dangereux de tim- ber. Oui, c'est dangereux. The clock is striking. What o'clock is that? Quelle heure est-ce? But you ask without referring to any particular hour : Quelle heure est-il? 74 XV. QUINZIEME LE£ON. READING EXERCISE 15. Je suis dans ma soixante-douzieme annee. Charles est le pre- mier de sa classe. Louis est le neuvieme, Henry le dix-huitieme et Jules le dernier. Le pape (pope) Gregoire VII etait l'ennemi de Henri IV. Nous vivons dans le dix-neuvieme siecle. Ro- mulus fut le premier, Numa Pompilius le second roi de Rome. Pierre premier fut surnomme (was sumamed) le grand. Avril est le quatrieme, Juin le sixieme et Decembre le dernier mois de l'annee. La semaine est la cinquante-deuxieme partie de l'an- nee. Ma soeur Elisabeth est nee le vingt-huit juillet, mil huit cent trente-cinq. J'ai recu trois livres et demie de cafe et cinq livres et un quart de sucre. Charles XII etait roi de Suede. Le 27 (de) septembre 1829, un incendie detruisit (destroyed) d Constantinople 11,000 maisons; 700 personnes perirent (per- ished) dans les flammes. THEME 15. 1. A month is the twelfth part of a year. 2. What day of the month is it to-day ? 3. It is the 24th [of] June. 4. I am the third, my cousin John the seventh. 5. January is the first, Feb ruary the second, March the third month of the year. 6. Na- poleon died at St. Helena (Sainte-Helbie) the 5th of May, 182 1. 7. My grandmother is at present in her 78th year. 8. What o'clock (quelle heure) is it now ? It is four o'clock, or half past four. 9. Louis the Sixteenth, king of (de) France, was beheaded (futdecapite) at Paris the 2 1st of January, 1 793. 10. Frederick the Second was king of Prussia. 11. Peter the Great of Russia died at St. Petersburg (St. Petersbourg) the 8th of February, 1725, in the 53d year of his age.* 12. We have received 6j^ pounds of coffee, 1^ pounds of sugar, and 2^ pounds of tea. CONVERSATION. Quand etes vous-arrive ? Je suis arrive le premier juin. Quandavez-vousvu votremere? Hier a cinq heures. * Translate, in his 53d year. INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 75 Mademoiselle Sophie est-elle la premiere ou la deuxieme ? Quel age a-t-elle ? Dans quelle annee est-elle n6e ? Dans quel mois ? Quel jour ? De quel roi parlez-vous ? Quand mourut-il ? Quelle heure est-il ? A quelle heure etes-vous parti ? Quel quantieme avons-nous i aujourd-hui ? \ Combien d'aunesvoulez-vous ? Quand mourut Charlemagne ? Quel age a votre grand-pere ? Je crois {I think) qu'elle est la deuxieme. Elle a quinze ans. Elle est nee en 185 1. Au mois d'Octobre. Le onze. Nous parlons de Louis XVI. En 1793. II est sept heures et (un) quart ou sept heures et demie. Je suis parti a huit heures moins un quart. Nous avons le vingt-cinq. C'est le vingt-cinq. Donnez-moi seize auneset demie. II mourut en 814, le 28 Janvier. II est a, present dans sa quatre vingtieme annee. XVI. SEIZIEME LEfON. INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 1. The Indefinite Adjectives precede the noun to which they belong, and agree with it in number and gender. They are sometimes used pronominally without a noun. They are as follows : — Chaque, m. and f. > n tout, f. toute, ( ever '' au# aucitn, e, nul, nulle, viaint, e, many a. quelque, some, any, not one, no. quelques, pi. some. certain, e, a certain. plusieurs, pi. m. and f. several. divers, f. -es, \ , ,■& . differents,L.tes, jpL different. 7 6 XIV. SELZIEME LEgON. i Ex. Chaque maison, every house. quelques pommes, some apples. toute ville, every town. plusieurs ecoliers, several pupils. aucun pays, no country. certains mots, certain words. nulle regie, no rule. differentes entreprises, different enter- tnaint hoynme, many a man. prises. quelque argent, some money. 2. Tout has the double meaning of every or any and all or whole ; in the latter case it is accompanied by an article or a possessive adjective. Toute ville (without article) signifies every town ; any man who shall pass, tout homme qui passera ; toute la ville means all the town or the whole town. The plural of tout is masc. tous, fem. toutes. Ex. : Tous les homines, all men ; toute s les lettres, all the letters ; tous ses enfants, all his children. Tout may be used as a pronoun. Ex. : I know all, je sais tout ; all know me, tous me connaissent. 3. Aucun and nul can only be used of individual things, and answer to the English not one. They require the particle ne to be prefixed to the verb. (In most cases the English no is trans- lated/^/?/ de ox pas de.) Ex. : — ye it'ai aucune faute, I have not one mistake. ye n'ai pas de (ox point de) faute, I have no mistake. 4. Quelconque, whatever, takes its place after the noun. Ex. Un livre qiielconque, a (any) book whatever. VOCABULARY. , Ve'pine, f. the thorn. mortel, -le, mortal. la chose, the thing. la fe?nme, the woman. le temps, time, weather. le motif, the motive. la nouvelle, the news. Pennemi, m. the enemy le nom, the name. rare, rare. lepaysau, the peasant. froid, e, cold. pretez, lend. le meme, the same. la faute, the fault, mistake. depuis, since. Verreur, f. the error. aime, loves. la version, the translation. quelque chose, something. READING EXERCISE 16. Nulle rose n'est sans epines. Notre maitre de musique donne chaque jour six lecons. Plusieurs personnes sont arrivees de Vienne. Dieu est le pere de tous les homines. Chaque age a INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 77 ses plaisirs et ses chagrins. Tous les hommes sont mortels. Tout ce pays est pauvre. Toute chose a son temps. Je n'ai aucune nouvelle de mon frere. Je connais quelques families riches dans cette ville. Nous avons recu aujourd'hui diverses lettres. Plusieurs hommes ont le meme nom. Maint paysan est tres-pauvre. On a parle {spoken) de differentes entreprises. Pretez-moi quelques livres. THEME 16. 1. Every child likes playing {le jeu). 2. Each town has a church. 3. You have several faults in your translation. 4. Every man is liable (sujet) to error. 5. My brother has found some pencils, whose (a qui) are they ? 6. The whole house was cold {froide). 7. All the houses of this town are very high (hautes). 8. I do not know the names of all animals. 9. John has lost several pens. 10. The king had different motives. 11. This father has lost all his children. 12. No rule without excep- tion {exception). 13. Certain books are not good for young peo- ple {lajeunesse). 14. I have not one enemy. 15. Every mother loves her children. 16. All the children love {aiment) their parents. 17. It is rare to (: — Mon cher ami, my dear friend (de- Un livre cher, a dear book (denoting noting affection). the price. Colloquial). un brave homnie, a worthy man. un homme brave, a brave (courageous) man. un honnete hamme, an honest man. un homme honnete, a civil or polite man. (Ironical. In earnest, since the last century, un homnie poli.) la dernih'e-annee, the last year (of a Vannie dernitre, last year (the past certain space of time).* year.) VOCABULARY. Le soldat, the soldier. ame'ricain, e, American. les gens, people. simple, simple. * The distinction may be observed by using the article in full (which it cannot be if annde follows it) wherever the article is used in English. For instance : He spent the last year of his life in Paris, il passu la demiere anne"e de sa vie a Paris. 84 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. attentif, -ve, attentive. ?nodeste, modest. vert, e, green. vertueux, -se, virtuous. bleu, e, blue. laborieux, -se, laborious. aveugle, blind. nature I, -le, natural. la musique, the music. le sentiment, the sentiment. noir, e, black, rond, round. lafume'e, the smoke. romain, e, Roman. incroyable, incredible. Parme'e, f. the army. P application, f. the application. le malheur, misfortune. dejd, already. le vaisscau, the vessel. nuisible, hurtful. Note. Adjectives denoting nationality are not written with a capital. Ex. : La langue frangaise. READING EXERCISE 18. J'ai des raisins doux. Ce sont des jeunes gens attentifs. La couleur verte est la couleur de la nature. Notre voisin a un habit bleu et une casquette rouge. Voici une jeune fille aveugle. Voulez-vous cette petite boite ? Elle a recu une lettre amusante de sa vieille (old) cousine. Avez-vous de bonne encre ? J'aime la musique italienne. Voici deux aunes de drap vert et quatre aunes de drap noir. Les soldats romains etaient tres-braves. Un ete sec est tres-nuisible aux plantes. Mon maitre de musique est un brave homme. Voici de grands vaisseaux americains. Les colibris (humming birds) sont de beaux petits oiseaux. J'aime les jeunes filles douces, simples et modestes. THEME 18. i. France is a fine country. 2. We have a large house. 3. Henry has a bad pen. 4. My aunt is a virtuous woman. 5. She is also very active and laborious. 6. Frank is an attentive boy. 7. Miss B. is an amiable young lady. 8. Is Mr. A. a polite man ? 9. Yes, he is very polite. 10. The wasp (la guepe) is a hurtful in- sect. 11. Our neighbor has three small horses. 12. This is a natural sentiment. 13. The young man studies (etudie) with (an) incredible application. 14. I have bought a round table. 15. Give me some red paper and four black pencils. 16. Yesterday we had an easy translation, but our exercise for to-morrow is diffi- cult. 17. I like the blue sky, (the) high trees and (the) green fields THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 85 18. Have you ripe pears ? 19. No, sir, the pears are not yet (pas encore) ripe, but we have ripe cherries. 20. Italian music is very agreeable. 21. The French soldiers under Napoleon the first were very brave. 22. Here are beautiful flowers and beau- tiful fruit (//.). 23. The English have large vessels. 24. The rose and (the) lily are beautiful flowers. CONVERSATION. Avez-vous des noix mures ? Elles ne sont pas encore mures. Quand seront-elles mures ? Dans huit jours. Aimez - vous la musique alle- J'aime mieux {better) la musique mande ? italienne. Ce marchand a-t-il de bon Son beurre n'est pas frais, mais beurre ? sa creme {cream) est fraiche. Comment trouvez-vous ces lis sont tres-beaux. jeunes lions ? Votre theme est-il difficile ? Non, Monsieur, il est facile. Combien coute cet habit ? II coute cent francs. C'est un habit cher. Ou est mon cher ami Lucien ? II est alle au concert. A qui est ce livre amusant ? II est a mon oncle. Qui a perdu une casquette C'est Jules qui Fa perdue. rouge ? Avez-vous de bon pain et du Voici un gros morceau de pain fromage ? et du fromage. 86 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. DEGREES OF COMPARISON. i. The comparative is formed by placing the adverb plus, more, before an adjective. The superlative by placing the arti- cle before the comparative, as : Haut, e, high ; comp. plus haitt, higher ; sup. le plus haut, the highest ; fern, haute, comp. plus hatite, sup. la plus haute. Mauvais, e, bad ; comp. plus mauvais, e, worse ; sup. le plus mauvais, f. la plus mauvaise, the worst. Rem. When a possessive adjective is placed before the superlative, the article le, la, les, is dropped, as : Mon plus jeune frere, my youngest brother. 2. There is in French also a lower and lowest degree which is effected by the words mains, less, for the comparative degree, and le moins, f. la moi?is, the least, for the superlative, as : Cruel, -le, cruel ; comp. ?7ioins cruel, f. moins cruelle, less cruel or not so cruel j sup. le moins cruel, f. la moins cruelle, the least cruel. 3. The following adjectives have an irregular comparison : ' Bon, f. bonne, good ; comp. meilleur, e, better ; sup. le meilleur, f. la meillettre, the best. {Mauvais, e, in the sense of wicked), comp. pire, worse; sup. le pire y f. la pire, the worst. {Petit, e, ) ; comp. moindre, less ; sup. le moindre, f. la ??windre, the least. Petit and mauvais are also regular. 4. As before an adjective is rendered aussi ; as after it, and than are both translated que. Ex. : — // est aussi heureux que moi, he is as happy as I am. Charles est phts fort que son frere, Charles is stronger than his brother. 5. /;/ after a superlative and before the name of a place is ren- dered by de and not by dans. Ex. : Les plus belles eglises de Paris, the finest churches in Paris. DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 87 VOCABULARY. La Hollande, Holland. fort, e, strong. Vabeille, f. the bee. chaud, Warm. le metal, the metal. encore, still. V elephant, the elephant. toujours, always. fidele, faithful. Vautre, the other. peuple, e, peopled, populous. le matin, the morning. le pays, the country. le soir, the evening. pesant, e, heavy. court, short. READING EXERCISE 19. L'Europe est plus petite que l'Asie. L'Allemagne est plus fer- tile que la Hollande. L'abeille est l'insecte le plus utile. L'or est le metal le plus pesant. Ta robe est moins belle que la robe de ta soeur. Monsieur S. est une homme tres-fort. Son frere aine {elder) est encore plus fort ; c'est l'homme le plus fort que (that) je connaisse. L'elephant est le plus grand de tous les animaux terrestres. Les livres d'Emilie sont plus amusants que les notres (ours). Les chats sont moins fiideles que les chiens. Ces pommes-ci sont meilleures que vos poires. Les notres sont les meilleures. Votre tante est plus laboneuse que sa fille. Londres et Paris sont les villes les plus grandes et les plus peu- plees de 1' Europe. THEME 19. 1. The coffee was warm; the tea was still warmer. 2. This church is higher than the other. 3. Mary is the happiest girl in the world. 4. She is prettier than Louisa; she is the prettiest of the sisters. 5. This house is not so (si) old as (que) the other. 6 # This mountain is very high, higher than all the other mountains of this country. 7. The 22d (of) June is the longest, and the 22d of December the shortest day of the year. 8. The rose is the finest of all (the) flowers. 9. This wine is worse than water. 10. Have you any (de) better wine ? 11. Yes, the red wine is better. 12. My wine is the best. 13. John is my best friend. gg XX. VINGTIEME LECON. CONVERSATION. Mademoiselle Marie, etes-vous Oh ! oui, je suis tres-heureuse, heureuse ? plus heureuse que ma sceur. Votre voisin est-il malheureux ? II est moins malheureux que son frere qui est en Amerique. Quel est le metal le plus utile ? C'est le fer. Quels metaux sont les plus pe- L'or, le platine et le plomb sont sants ? les plus pesants. Quelle est la plus attentive de C'est Madeleine, la fille de Mon- toutes vos ecolieres ? sieur B. Quel est le plus fort des ani- C'est l'elephant; c'est le plus maux terrestres. grand et le plus fort de tous les animaux terrestres. Quel est le mois le plus froid C'est le mois de Janvier. de Pannee ? Votre robe est-elle aussi belle Non, elle est moins belle. . que la robe de Julie ? Le tigre est-il cruel ? Oui, c'est le plus cruel de tous les animaux. Ou trouve-t-on le meilleur fer ? Le meilleur fer se trouve (is found) en Suede. XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. REGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CONJUGATION — DONJTER. I. There are in French three regular conjugations, viz. : in er, ir, and re. Verbs in -oir belong to the irregular ones, as their root undergoes manifold changes.* The infinitive mood is to be considered as the radical part or * Only six other verbs are conjugated like recevoir, which is often given as the rnodel of one conjugation. They will be found L. xliv, p. 189. REGULAR VERBS. 89 ground-form on which the conjugation depends. What precedes the ter- mination er, ir, or re, is the root, which, with regular verbs, always remains unaltered. To this are added the different terminations, by which persons, tenses, and moods are distinguished, and which are common to all the verbs of that same conjugation. FORMATION OF THE TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS. 2. There are primitive tenses and derived tenses. The primitive tenses are: the infinitive, the participle present, the past participle, the present in- dicative, the preterite. 3. From the present infinitive are formed : the future, by adding ai, and the conditional, by adding ais, as : Inf. donner : Fut. je donnerai, and Cond. je donnerais ; finir : Fut. je finirai, Cond. je finirais. In the third conjugation the final e is dropped: vendre : Fut. je vendrai, Cond. je ven- drais. 4. From the participle present are formed : the present of the subjunctive, by changing ant into e, as: donnant: que je donne ; finissant : que je finisse ; vendant: que je vende ; and the Imperfect Indicative by changing ant into ais, as : finissant ; je finis sais, etc. 5. With the participle past are formed all the compound tenses, by means of the auxiliaries avoir or etre, as : Part, past : donne', fini, vendu — / j'ai donne, j'avais fini, j'aurai vendu, etc. 6. From the present of 'the indicative, viz. : from the 1st person singular and the 1st and 2d persons plural, the imperative is formed, by suppressing the pronounsy>, nous, vous, as : donne (give), donnons, donnez ; finis, (fin- ish), finissons, finissez, etc. 7. From the preterite second person singular is formed the subjicnctive imperfect, by adding se. Ex.: tic donnas: que je donnasse ; tu finis : que je finisse; tu vend is: que je vendisse. CONJUGATION OF DONNER, TO GIVE* INDICATIVE. PRESENT TENSE. Je donne, I give. nous donnons, we give. tu donnes, thou givest. vous donnez, you give. il donne, he gives. ils donnent, 1 elle donne, she gives. elles donnent, \ ie ^ & we ' 9 o XX. VINGTIEME LECON. IMPERFECT. Je donnais, I gave or was giving, nous donnions, we gave. tu donnais, thou gavest. vous donniez, you gave. il donnait, he gave. ils donnaient, they gave. PRETERITE. Je donnai, I gave or did give. nous donnames, we gave. tu donnas, thou gavest. vous donnates, you gave. il donna, &? gave. ils donnerent, Mg> ^. FUTURE. Je donnerai, I shall give. nous donnerons, we shall give. tu donneras, thou wilt give. vous donnerez, jw/ will give. il donnera, /2 donne-t-elle, does she give? donnent-elles, \ ° e y S ive • NEGATIVELY. Je ne donne pas, / do not give. tu ne donnes pas, thou dost not give. il ne donne pas, he does not give, etc. NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. Est-ce que je ne donne pas, do I not give? ne donnes-tu pas, dost thou not give? ne donne-t-il pas, does he not give? 3. The forms donne je (acute on the e), donnais-je, donnai-je, are little used except in poetry and in studied prose ; they are replaced by est-ce que (is it that) prefixed to the common form, as : est-ce que je donne, do I give; est-ce que je donnais, did I give (was I giving), etc. The future and condi- tional donnerai-je, donnerais-je are more common, though est-ce que may be used in all cases to form an interrogation, especially in common conversa- tion, as ; est-ce que je donnerai, shall I give ; est-ce quHl donne, does he give; est-ce que vous-donnez, est-ce que tu ne donnes pas, etc. REGULAR VERBS. 93 COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT Ai-je donne ? as-tu donne ? a-t-il donne" ? etc. Je n'ai pas donne, tu n'as pas donne, etc. N'ai-je pas donne ? n'as-tu pas donne ? etc. Conjugate in the same manner : parler, to speak; - porter, to carry, to take; admirer, to admire ; aimer, to love, etc. VOCABULARY. Le prochain, the neighbor. magnifique, magnificent. apportei% to bring, to take. manger, to eat. tomber, to fall. chercher, to look for. Vescalier, m. the stairs. trouver, to find. la sante\ health. penser, to think. le cceur, the heart. jouer, to play, pleurer, to cry. le canif, the penknife. arriver, to arrive. les gens, the people. prier, to pray. la chasse, the chase. Vautre, the other. le chasseur, the hunter. pas encore, not yet. la poste, the post-office. READING EXERCISE 20. Aimez Dieu et votre prochain. Les parents aiment leurs en- fants. Portez cette lettre a la poste. Tu porteras cette robe a ta sceur. J'apporterai ces livres a mon maitre. Apportez-lui (/«///) aussi cette boite. L'enfant tomba de l'escalier. J'ai pense a mon ami. Pensez a votre cousin. Jouons. Nous cherchions longtemps votre chien. Vous ne le {Jiini) trouverez pas. Les jeunes gens parlaient souvent de leurs amis. Les chasseurs par- lerent de la chasse. Tu ne mangeras pas cette poire-ci; elle n'est pas mure. Qui a mange Fautre ? N'admirez-vous pas cette magnifique couleur ? THEME 20. i. I love my father. 2. Thou lovest thy mother. 3. He loves his sister. 4. We love our parents. 5. Do you like flowers ? 6. I give an apple to my brother- 7. We were speaking of your aunt. 8. I admired the beautiful palace of the king. 9. We played yesterday. 10. The child cried. 11. The children cried. o 4 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 12. The boy will look for his copy-book. 13. The boys will look for their copy-books. 14. I have found my knife. 15. Have you found your gloves? 16. We have not found our gloves. 17. Play, my child. 18. Eat these apples. 19. Do not eat these pears; they are not ripe. 20. She would fall. 21. We should ad- mire your garden. 22. They would have eaten some bread and butter. 23. I think that our friends will arrive to-day. 24. They will arrive to-morrow. 25. Will you take this letter to the post- office? 26. Pray to God every morning and every evening. 27. Why do you cry ? 28. Why have you not brought your money ? 29. I have not brought my purse. CONVERSATION. Avez-vous cherch6 votre mon- Je la (it) cherche encore. tre d'or ? Qu'avez-vous apporte ? J'ai apporte les gants de Made- moiselle Mathilde. Voulez-vous (will you) manger J'ai deja mange un gros morceau du pain ? de pain. Votre mere parle-t-elle fran- Oui, elle parle francais et anglais. cais? Quel commandement Jesus- II a dit: Aimez Dieu et votre Christ a-t-il donne ? prochain. Qui est notre prochain ? Tous les homines. Qui portera cette lettre a la Ce sera Theodore. poste, Antoine ou Theodore ? Qu'apporte le chasseur ? II apporte deux lievres. Avez-vous aussi 6te a la chasse ? Oui Monsieur, nous avons ete a la chasse hier. A quoi pensez-vous ? Je pense a mon theme francais. A quel jeu jouerons-nous de- Nous jouerons a la balle (ball). main? Que cherchez-vous ? Je cherche mes gants. Qu'admirez-vous la ? Nous admirons ce magnifique vaisseau anglais. REGULAR VERBS. 95 READING LESSON. LE CHAMEAU ET LE CHAT. Le chat au chameau. Soyez le bien-venu, mon frere. Le chameau. Comment, moi (/) ton frere ! Le chat. Oui, certes. Voyez un peu (see a little) : ne puis-je pas [cannot I) faire une aussi jolie bosse que vous ? Le chameau. Cela peut (can) etre ; mais peut-elle aussi porter autant que la mienne (mine) ? Le chat. Le sotte demande ! donnez-moi seulement (only) votre petit paquet, je le porterai, comme si ce n'etait rien. Le chameau. Mais penses-y bien : n'est-il pas trop gros pour toi (you) ? Le chat. Ah ! quel conte ! donnez-moi, vous dis-je, donnez. Le chameau. C'est bien ; approche un peu, le voila. Le chat. Ah ! quelle charge ! je suis ecrase ! a^^-*-- Le chameau. Tu as ce que (what) \m merites! Celui qui veut entreprendre de grandes choses, doit (must) au- paravant eprouver ses forces. Le chameau, the camel. le chat, the cat. le bien-venu, e, welcome. comment, how. certes, to be sure. faire, to make. tine bosse, a hump. la demande, the question. le paquet, the pack. comme si, as if. y, of it (to it). le conte, the tale. approcher, approach. la charge, the weight. ecrase, crushed. meriter, to deserve. entreprendre, to undertake auparavant, before. eprouver, to try. la force, the strength. 9 6 XXI VINGT ET UNIEME LECON. XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEfON, REMARKS ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. Some regular verbs in -er are, for the sake of euphony, liable to the follow- ing modifications : 1. Some verbs ending in -ter, as : jeter, to throw ; rejeter, to throw back; and those polysyllabic verbs ending in -eler, as : oppeler, to call ; renouveler, to renew, etc. ; double the t or /, when they are followed by an e mute. This is the case in some persons of the Present, Future, and Imperative, viz. : PRESENT. IMPERATIVE. FUTURE. Je je#e — nous jetons. Je//e. Je jetferai. tuje#es — vous jetez. //.jetons. tuje#eras. ilje#e — ils je#ent. jetez. etc. J'appe//e — nous appelons. Appe//e. J'appe/Zerai. tu appe//es — vous appelez. pi. appelons. tu appe//eras. il appe//e — ils appe//ent. appelez. etc. Except the verb acheter, to buy, and a few others that seldom occur, which never double the t, but take the grave accent e : Pres. J'achete, tu achetes, il achete, nous achetons, vous achetez, ils ache tent. Fut. J'acheterai. Imper. achete,//. achetez. 2. Dissyllabic verbs ending in -eler, as : gelcr, to freeze, and all others that have an e mute in the last syllable but one, such as : sewer, to sow ; mener, to lead ; lever, to lift up, take the grave accent e, when the final con- sonant of the root is followed by an e mute : Infinitive : Me?ier, to lead, to conduct. Pres. Je mene, tu menes, il mene, nous mmons, vous mmez, ils menent. Imperf. Je m^nais, tu m^nais. Fut. Je menerai, tu menaras. Imp. mene, m they IMPERFECT. Je vendais, / sold (was selling), nous vendions, we sold. tu vendais, thou soldst. vous vendiez, you sold. ils vendaient, they sold. il vendait, he sold. Je vendis, I sold {did sell). tu vendis, etc. il vendit, etc. PRETERITE. nous vendimes, we sold. vous vendites, etc. ils vendirent, etc. io 6 XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. FUTURE. Je vendrai, / shall sell. nous vendrons, we shall sell. tu vendras, etc. vous vendrez, etc. il vendra, etc. ils vendront, etc. CONDITIONAL. Je vendrais, I should sell. nous vendrions, we should sell. tu vendrais, etc. vous vendriez, etc. il vendrait, etc. ils vendraient, etc. % IMPERATIVE. Vends, sell. vendons, let us sell. vendez, sell. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Que je vende, that I [may) sell. quen. vendions, that we [may) sell. que tu vendes, etc. que vous vendiez, etc. qu'il vende, ' etc. qu'ils vendent, etc. IMPERFECT. Quejevendisse, that /might sell, que nous vendissions. que tu vendisses, etc. que vous vendissiez. qu'il vendit, etc. qu'ils vendissent. participles. present. past. Vendant, selling. Vendu, f. vendue, sold. en vendant, by selling. COMPOUND TENSES. INFINITIVE. Avoir vendu, to have sold. indicative, compound of the present. J'ai vendu, I have sold. tu as vendu, thou hast sold. il a vendu, he has sold, etc. nous avons vendu, we have sold, etc. THIRD CONJUGATION. 107 COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. J'avais vendu, I had sold, etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. J'eus vendu, I had sold, etc. COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. J'aurai vendu, I shall have sold, etc. CONDITIONAL. J'aurais vendu, > f ^^ ^ ^ etc> T'eusse vendu, b J'eusse vendu PARTICIPLE. Ayant vendu, having sold. SUBJUNCTIVE. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Que j'aie vendu, that I (may') have sold, etc. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Que j'eusse vendu, that I {might) have sold, etc. Conjugate after this model: perdre, to lose; attendre, to wait, to expect; repondre, to answer, etc. Rem. 1. The verb battre, to beat, is regularly conjugated, except that in the singular of the Present Indicative and in the Imperative it loses one /. Pres. Je bats, tu bats, il bat, nous battons, vous battez, etc. Imp. bats, Part, battu. Rem. 2. The verb rompre, to break, is conjugated in the Pres. Indicative as follows : ye romps, tu romps, il rompt, nous rompons, etc. (All the rest is regular. ) Rem. 3. The verb, rire, to laugh, is of the 3d conjugation : Pres. Je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, etc. But the Part, past is ri, and the Pret. Je ris, tu ris, il ?'it, nous rimes, vous rites, Us rircnt. Put. Je rirai, etc. Rem. 4. Conclure, to conclude, is regular, as : Pres. Je conclus, tu con- clus, il conclut, nous concluons, etc. Put. Je conclurai. Except that in the Preterite it hasyV conclus (not/ they are praised. IMPERFECT. J'etais loue or louee, I was praised, etc. PRETERITE. Je fus loue or louee, I was praised, etc. FUTURE. Je serai loue or louee, I shall be praised, etc. !^ 4 XXX. TRENTIEME LE£ON. CONDITIONAL. Je serais loue" or louee, / should be praised, etc. IMPERATIVE. Sois loue or lou£e, be praised. soyons loues or louees, let us be praised. soyez loues or louees, be praised. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Que je sois loue or louee, that I {may) oe praised, etc. IMPERFECT. Que je fusse loue or louee, that I {might) be praised, etc PARTICIPLE. £tant loue or louee, being praised. COMPOUND TENSES. INFINITIVE. Avoir ete loue, e, to have been praised. INDICATIVE. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. J'ai £te loue, e, 7" have been praised, etc. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. J'avais £te loue, e, I had been praised, etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. J'eus £te loue, e, / had been praised, etc. COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. J'aurai ete loue, e, I shall have been praised, etc. CONDITIONAL. Paurais ete loue, e, ) _ , _ , 7 T , . , t, ,., , x } J should or I would have been praised, etc. J'eusse ete loue, e, $ r * PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 135 SUBJUNCTIVE. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Que j'aie etc - loue, e, that I {may) have been praised, etc/ COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Que j'eusse ete loue, e, that I {might) have been praised^ PARTICIPLE. Ayant ete loue, e, having been praised. 2. The English preposition by, with the passive voice, is to be rendered by de, when the verb denotes a sentiment or an act effecting little or no change in its object, and by par, when it ex- presses an outward action. Ex. : He is esteemed by everybody, 77 est estime' de tout le monde ; the city of Troy was taken by the Greeks, La ville de Troie fut prise par les Grecs; he is followed by his servant, 77 est suivi de son domestique; he is followed by the police, 77 est suivi par la police. Remark. All active and reflexive verbs can be used impersonally. Many houses are built. 77 se bdtit beaucoup de maisons. More children die than adults. II meurt plus d'enfants qite d'adultes. One thousand bales of cotton were sold. II s'est vendu mille balles de coton. NEUTER VERBS. 3. There are about six hundred neuter verbs in French, of which about five hundred and fifty are conjugated with avoir in the compound tenses. Of the remainder, some take either etre or avoir, according as the idea expressed is condition or state, or action. 4. The following neuter verbs invariably require etre: Alter, to go. venir, to come. arriver, to arrive, to happen. devenir, to become. choir, to fall (rarely used). intervenir, to intervene. deceder, to decease. parvenir, to succeed. eclore, to hatch. provenir, to arise. mourir, to die. revenir, to come back. naitre, to be born. survenir, to happen. tomber, to fall. 13 5 XXX. TRENTIEME LE£ON. Examples : COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je suis arrive or arrivee, / have {am) arrived. tu es arrive or arrivee, etc. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. J'£tais arrive or arrivee, I had arrived, etc. COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. Je serai arrive or arrivee, / shall have arrived, etc. CONDITIONAL. Je serais arrive or arrivee, / should have arrived, etc. 5. Accourir, cesser, croitre, dechoir, degenerer, descendre, disparaitre, echapper, echoir, empirer, entrer, grandir, monter, partir, passer, perir, rester, sortir, vieillir, and a few others, are conjugated with avoir when it is the action or fact, with etre when it is the state or condition expressed by the verb, which is uppermost in the mind. Ex. : La riviere a monte rapidement, the river has risen rapidly. // est monte, he has (is) gone up. VOCABULARY. La bataille, the battle. offenser, to offend. la loi, law. envoyer, to send. le voleur, the thief. ?nordre, to bite. le voyageur, the traveller. blesser, to wound. le flatteur, the flatterer. demolir, to demolish. la langue, the language. rebdtir, to rebuild. la cour, the court. maltraiter, to treat ill, abuse. le chemin, the road. enlever, to take away. vertueux, -se, virtuous. sauver, to save. inconnu, unknown. attaquer, to attack. rester, to remain. assassin/, murdered. tuer, to kill. parce que, because. enrage, mad. READING EXERCISE 30. Mon fils Theodore est aime et loue de ses maitres, parce qu'il est applique et attentif. Gustave Adolphe, roi de Suede, fut tu£ a la bataille de Lutzen, a Page de trente-sept ans. Si vous etes ver- tueux, vous serez aimes et estimes de tout le monde. Ayez soin que les lois soient ponctuellement observees. Quiconque les trans- PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 137 gresse, sera puni. Le soldat qui a ete blesse, est mort La mai- son qui a ete demolie, a ete rebatie. Ce pauvre chien est bien maltraite par son maitre. Hier je fus attaque par un voleur. Mon argent, ma montre, tout me fut enleve. Deux des voyageurs sont restes en chemin ; ils ne sont pas encore arrives. THEME 30. i. I am loved by my parents. 2. Mr. Bell is esteemed by everybody. 3. The French language is spoken in all the courts of Europe. 4. Charles was bitten by a mad dog. 5. That dog must {doit) be killed. 6. This ring was given me by my grand- father. 7. By whom was this letter written {e'crite)? 8. It was written by a little boy. 9. Frederic has been punished by his teacher. 10. Have you been invited to the ball ? 11. No, sir, I have not been invited. 12. I shall perhaps {peut-etre) be invited to-morrow. 13. This letter must be sent to the post-office. 14. Flatterers are not esteemed. 15. The child has not been saved. 16. It would have been saved, if it had cried for help {an secours). 17. The castle was built in the year 1620. 18. Those brave soldiers will be praised and rewarded. 19. Will Mr. B.'s garden be sold ? 20. It is already sold. CONVERSATION. Etes-vous aimes de vos amis ? Nous avons toujours ete aimes de tous nos amis. Croyez-vous que mes ordres Je ne le crois pas. soient executes ? Par qui as-tu ete offense ? Par un homrae inconnu. Les bons rois sont-ils aimes ? Ils sont toujours aimes et es- times. Ces objets seront-ils vendus ? Non M — , ils ne seront pas ven- dus. Par qui Henri IV fut-il assas- II fut assassine par Ravaillac. sine {murdered) ? Dans quelle annee? Henri IV fut assassine en 1610. Quel fut le sort de Charles X ? Ce roi fut exile {banished) de France en 1830. r 3 8 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LEgON. Par qui ces jeunes gens ont-ils Je crois qu'ils ont ete blames par ete blames ? leur maitre. La bataille de Leipsic fut-elle Tres-sanglante. Beaucoup de sanglante {bloody) ? soldats et d'officiers furent tues, et encore (still) un plus grand n ombre furent blesses. Voyez cette pauvre fille ! Qu'a- Elle a ete mordue par un chien t-elle done ? enrage. N'a-t-on pas tue ce chien ? On ne Fa pas encore tue, mais il sera tue" tout de suite. Que va-t-on (are they going) Elle sera demolie et puis rebatie faire de cette vieille maison ? a neuf (anew). Avez-vous bien dormi ? Non, je n'ai pas bien dormi. XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LEf ON. REFLECTIVE VERBS. Some verbs are called reflective, because their subject and object are the same person or thing, so that the subject acts upon itself, and is, at the same time, the agent and the object of the action. Reflective verbs, therefore, have always, besides the subject, anoth- er personal pronoun, viz. : me, te, se, myself, thyself, himself, her- self, itself, for the singular; nous, vous, se, ourselves, yourselves, themselves, for the plural. But it frequently happens that in Eng- lish the second pronoun is only implied, whereas it must be ex- pressed in French. Ex. : to repent, se refientir; pres. I repent, je me re pens, etc. Observe that all reflective verbs, without exception, are conju- gated with the auxiliary etre, as : I have hurt myself, je me suis blesse, and not je m'ai blesse. The conjugation of the following verb may serve as a model for all the reflective verbs : REFLECTIVE VERBS. Se r6jouir, to rejoice. INDICATIVE. PRESENT TENSE. Je me rejouis, / rejoice. tu te rejouis, thou rejoicest. il (elle) se rejouit, he {she) rejoices. nous nous rejouissons, we rejoice. vous vous rejouissez, you rejoice. ils (elles) se rejouissent, they rejoice. IMPERFECT. Je me rejouissais, / rejoiced, etc. PRETERITE. Je me rejouis, I rejoiced, etc. FUTURE. Je me rejouirai, 1 shall rejoice, etc. CONDITIONAL. Je me rejouirais, I should rejoice, etc. IMPERATIVE. Rejouis-toi, rejoice. rejouissons-nous, let us rejoice. rejouissez-vous, rejoice. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Que je me rejouisse, that I {may) rejoice, etc IMPERFECT. Que je me rejouisse, that I {might) rejoice, etc, PARTICIPLE. Se (me, te, etc.) rejouissant, rejoicing. COMPOUND TENSES. INFINITIVE. S'etre rejoui, e, to have rejoiced. 139 I4 o XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON„ INDICATIVE. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je me suis rejoui, e, I have rejoiced. tu t'es rejoui, e, thou hast rejoiced. il s'est rejoui, he has rejoiced. elle s'est rejouie, she has rejoiced. nous nous sommes rejouis, ies, we have rejoiced. vous vous etes rejoui(s), ie(s), you have rejoiced. ils se sont rejouis, elles se sont rejouies, > they have rejoiced. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Je m'etais rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. tu t'etais rejoui, e, thou hadst rejoiced, etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. Je me'fus rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. tu te fus rejoui, e, etc. COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. Je me serai rejoui, e, I shall have rejoiced. tu te seras rejoui, e, etc. CONDITIONAL. Je me serais rejoui, e, I should have rejoiced. tu te serais rejoui, e, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Que je me sois rejoui, e, that I {may) have rejoiced. que tu te sois rejoui, e, etc. qu'il se soit rejoui, (qu'elle se soit rejouie), etc. COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Que je me fusse rejoui, e, that I {might) have rejoiced. que tu te fusses rejoui, e, etc. PARTICIPLE. S'etant (mutant, etc. ) rejoui, e, having rejoiced. REFLECTIVE VERBS. 141 WITH INTERROGATION. (Me rejouis-je), better: est-ce que je me rejouis, do I'rejoice*. te rejouis-tu {or est-ce que tu te rejouis), dost thou rejoice? se r£jouit-il {or est-ce qu'il se rejouit) ? etc. nous rejouissons-nous ? etc. vous rejouissez- vous? etc. se rejouissent-ils (elles) ? etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Me suis-je rejoui, e, have I rejoiced? t'es-tu rejoui, e, hast thou rejoiced? s'est-il rejoui, has he rejoiced? s'est-elle rejouie, has she rejoiced? nous sommes-nous rejouis, ies, have we rejoiced? WITH NEGATION. PRESENT. Je ne me rejouis pas, I do not rejoice. tu ne te rejouis pas, etc. il (elle) ne se rejouit pas, etc. nous ne nous rejouissons pas, etc. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je ne me suis pas rejoui, e, I have not rejoiced. tu ne t'es pas rejoui, e, etc. il (elle) ne s'est pas rejoui, e, etc. nous ne nous sommes pas rejouis, ies, etc. IMPERATIVE. Ne te rejouis pas, do not rejoice. ne nous rejouissons pas, let us not rejoice. ne vous rejouissez pas, do not rejoice. INFINITIVE. Ne pas se rejouir, not to rejoice. ne pas s'etre rejoui, e, not to have rejoiced. WITH NEGATION AND INTERROGATION, PRESENT. Est-ce que je ne me rejouis pas, do I not rejoice ? ne te rejouis-tu pas, dost thou not rejoice? ne se rejouit-il pas, does he not rejoice? etc, 142 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. > to fancy. » ) to make haste. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Ne me suis-je pas rejoui, e, have I not rejoiced? ne t'es-tu pas rejoui, e ? etc. ne s'est-il (elle) pas rejoui, e ? etc. ne nous sommes-nous pas rejouis, ies ? etc. Many verbs, neuter or passive in English, have in French the reflective form. The principal are : — S'affliger, to be sorry. s'apercevoir, to perceive. s' approcher, to cotne near. s'arreter, to stop. s'asseoir, to sit down. se baisser, to stoop. se coucher, to go to bed. se depecher, to make haste. s'£crier, to exclaim, cry out. s'en aller, to go away. s'endormir, to fall asleep. s'enrhumer, to catch cold. s'entretenir, to discourse with. s'etonner, to wonder. s'^veiller, to awake. se fier, to trust. se figurer, s'imaginer, se hater, se depecher, se lever, to rise, to get up. se marier, to marry. se moquer, to mock, scoff. se plaindre, to complain. se promener, to take a walk. se repentir, to repent. se reposer, to rest. se soumettre, to submit. se souvenir, to remember. se taire, to be silent. se tromper, to be mistaken. se vanter, to boast. Ex. — I rise, I get up, je me leve. I have risen or got up, je me suis leve'. We have perceived, nous nous sommes aper$us, etc. Observe also these expressions : — How are you, comment vous portez-vous ? I am well, je me porte bien. I am mistaken, je me trompe. I have been mistaken, je me suis trompe. He is silent, il se tail. VOCABULARY. La conduite, the behavior. la fore t, the forest. le boulet, the ball. le titre, the right. la Boheme, Bohemia. vaillamment, bravely. fondre, to cast. bien, well; mieux, better. se venger de, to revenge on. se conduire. to behave. REFLECTIVE VERBS. 143 ♦ tardy late. se distingner, to distinguish. le mat, the evil. enfermer, to shut in. se rendre, to surrender. sauver, to save. se coucher, to go to bed. READING EXERCISE 31. Vous vous trompez, Monsieur. Je me suis trompe aussi. II y a {it is) tres-longtemps que nous ne nous {each other) sommes vus. Le general Ostermann s'est distingue beaucoup a l'affaire {battle) de Culm. S'il ne s'etait pas defendu si vaillamment, l'ar- mee alliee aurait ete enfermee dans les montagnes de la Boheme. Dans une bataille ou les boulets ennemis volaient {flew) autour de lui, Napoleon s'ecria : Le boulet qui doit {is to) me tuer, n'est pas encore fondu {east). Pourquoi vous etes-vous leve si tard ? Je me suis leve a sept heures. Ne vous affligez pas tant, mes amis ; habituez-vous a souffrir avec courage les maux de la vie. Vous auriez ete sauve, si vous vous etiez refugie au camp. THEME 31. 1. I rejoice greatly {beaucoup) to see you {de vous voir). 2. Charles has wounded himself with a penknife. 3. The enemies have surrendered. 4. A good Christian does not revenge him- self on {de) his enemy. 5. The soldier has distinguished himself: he will be rewarded 6. Get up ! 7. I shall get up directly. 8. Has my brother got up ? 9. He (has) got up at six o'clock. 10. Be not sorry, children, exclaimed he, we shall all be saved ! 11. You are mistaken, Sir. 12. Yes, it is true {vrai), I have been mis- taken. 13. Why do you rejoice at the (du) misfortune of others ? 14. When do you go to bed ? 15. I go to bed at eleven o'clock ; but yesterday I went (have gone) to bed at ten o'clock. 16. Make haste! 17. Where is your mother? 18. She is not at home (a la maison); she is taking a walk. 19. I have taken a walk this morning. 20. When will you take a walk ? 21. I shall take a walk this evening. 22. How are you to-day? 23. I am well, but my brother is not well. 24. I (have) stopped at the gate {porte). 25. Rest a little, and come near the fire {du feu). I44 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. CONVERSATION. Vous vous etes trompe, mon ami, Je ne me suis pas trompe. n'est-ce pas ? Quand vous coucherez-vous, Nous nous coucherons tout de mes enfants ? . suite. A quelle heure vous etes-vous Je me suis couche a dix heures. couche hier ?- Et votre frere ? Mon frere s'est couche a onze heures. Monsieur votre pere est-il deja Oui, il s'est leve aujourd'hui leve ? de bonne heure (early). Ou etes-vous done restes si long- Nous nous sommes egares (went temps ? astray) dans la foret. Tasceurs'est-ellelavee(z£W/W)/ Je crois qu'elle ne s'est pas en- core lavee. Qui s'est lave dans cette eau ? Moi. Pourquoi vous etes-vous leves si Nous ne nous sommes pas eveil- tard ? les plus tot (earlier). Qui veut se promener avec moi ? Ma soeur et moi. Vous etes-vous bien amuse ? Oui, assez (pretty) bien. READING LESSON. LE SANSONNET. Le vieux chasseur Maurice avait dans sa chambre un sansonnet qu'il avait eleve, et qui avait appris (learned) a articuler quelques mots. Quand il disait par exemple : " Sansonnet, ou es-tu ? " l'oi- seau repondait toujours: " Me voila! " Le petit Charles, fils du voisin, aimait beaucoup l'oiseau et lui faisait (paid) souvent des visites. Un jour il vint voir le sanson- net pendant que le chasseur etait absent ; il s'empara bien vite de l'oiseau, le mit (put it) dans sa poche et voulait s'esquiver avec son larcin. Mais dans ce moment le chasseur entra chez lui. II crut IMPERSONAL VERBS. H5 {thought) faire plaisir au petit garcon en demandant {by asking) corame de coutume : " Sansonnet, ou es-tu ? " — " Me voila ! " cria de toutes ses forces {his might) Toiseau qui etait cache dans la poche du petit garcon. C'est ainsi que le petit voleur fut trahi. Le sansonnet, the starling. le mot, the word. vie voila, here I am. il vint, he cam*. pendant que, whilst. s'emparer, to lay hold of. vite, quick. la poche, the pocket. s^esquiver, to run away. le larcin, the larceny. de coutume, as he used to do. trdhir, to betray. XXXII. TREMTE-DEUXIEME LEfON IMPERSONAL VERBS. 1. Verbs which are always impersonal form their compound tenses by means of the auxiliary avoir. The principal are : Pres. Neiger, to snow ; • pleuvoir, to rain ; greler, to hail ; tonner, to thunder ; faire des eclairs, to lighten ; geler, to freeze ; degeler, to thaw ; importer, to matter ; il neige, it snows. il pleut, it rains. il grele, it hails. il tonne, it thunders. il fait des eclairs, it lightens il gele, it freezes. il degele, it thaws. il importe, it matters. Third singular negative is rfimporte, no matter. 2. Other verbs may become impersonal. Ex.: — II suffit, it suffices. il semble, it seems. il vatit mieux, it is better. // me tarde, I long. il convient, it is convenient. il arrive, it happens (takes etre~). il s'agit, it is the question, etc. il reste, there remains. 146 XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LECON. MODELS OF CONJUGATION. 1. Neiger, to snow. INDICATIVE. Present. Imperfect. Preterite. Future. Comp. of Pres. " " Imp. " " Pret. » " Fut. II neige. II neigeait. II neige a. II neigera. II a neige, II avait neige'. II ent neige. II aura neip-e'. SUBJUNCTIVE. QuHl neige. q it'll neigedt. qit'il ait neige'. quHl eiit neige. Interrogatively: Neige-t-il? neigeait-il? a-t-il neige ? etc. Pres. II neigerait. CONDITIONAL. Comp. II aurait neige'. PARTICIPLE. Pres. Neigeant. Comp. Ayant neige. 2. II y a, there is, there are. Indic. Present. Imperfect Preterite. Future. Comp. of Cond. Present. Comp. Interrogatively : Negatively : Negat. interrogat. SUBJ. Present. Imperfect Comp. of there was, there were. there had been. INFINITIVE MOOD. Y avoir, there to be. II y a, there is, there are. II y avait, II y eut, II y aura, there will be. Pres. II y a eu, there has or have been. Imp. II y avait eu, Pret. II y eut eu, II y aurait, there would be. II y aurait eu, there would have been. Y a-t-il, is there? are there? 7/ n'y a pas, there is or are not. : N'y a-t-il pas, is or are there not ? Qit'il y ait, that there (may) be. Qit'il y eiit, that there (might) be. Pres. Qu'il y ait eu, that there (may) have been. Imp. Qit'il y eut eu, that there (might) have been. IMPERSONAL VERBS. •. H7 Note i. This verb in English is used in the plural, when followed by a plural substantive; in French, it remains always in the singular ; as, There are birds which, etc., il y a des oiseaux qui, etc. Note 2. It often happens that the verb il y a is rendered ago, these, or for these. Ex. : — I saw him two months ago. fe Pai vu il y a deux ?noie. I have been ill these eight days. II y a huit jours qtie je suis malade. II est is also used impersonally, particularly in poetry, in the sense of il y a. 3. II fait fr oid. Present. II fait froid, it is cold. Imperfect. II fais ait froid, } Preterite. II fit froid, J* was cold. Future. II f era froid, it will be cold, etc. Comp of Pres. II a fait froid, it has been cold, etc. Thus other expressions denoting the state of the weather : II fait beau, it is fine weather; il fait chaud, it is warm; il fait jour, it is daylight, etc. The English "it is said" is rendered in French, on dil. 4. 77 faut. Infinitive : Falloir, to be needful, necessary. INDIC. Present. II faut, it is necessary. Imperfect. II fallait, Preterite. Ilfallut, }* was necessary. Future. Ilfaudra, it will be necessary. Comp. of Present. II afallu, it has been necessary. " " Imperfect. II avait fallu, ) « -Preterite. II eut fallu, J * had been necessary.- " " Future. II aura fallu, it will have been necessary. Cond. Present. II faudrait, it would be necessary, ( . . . ought to). Comp. // aurait fallu, it would have been necessary. INTERROGATIVELY. Faut-il? fallait-il? fallut-il? a-t-il fallu? (is it necessary? was it nec- essary ? has it been necessary ?) Subj. Present. Qu'il faille, that it (may) be necessary. Imperfect. QiPil falhit, that it (might) be necessary. Comp. of Present. Qu'il ait fallu, that it (may) have been necessary. fl "Imperfect. QuHl eutfallu } that it (might) have been necessary. I4 g XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. PARTICIPLE. Present, wanting. Compound. Ayant fallu. Remark i. The verb falloir is absolutely impersonal throughout all its tenses. When its subject is a personal pronoun, as : / must, you must, etc., we may add, for the first person me, for the second te, for the third lui, in the plural nous, vous, leur. More frequently, however, qtie with the Sub- junctive mood is preferred. Ex. : — I must read: il me faut lire, or ilfaut queje Use. thou must read : il te faut lire, or ilfaut que tu Uses. he must read: ) . c il faut qic'il Use. she must read : 5 ' ( ilfaut qiielle Use. we must read : il nous faut lire, or il faut qtie nous lisions. you must read : il vous faut lire, or ilfaut que vous lisiez. they must read : il leur faut lire, or il faut qitHls lisent. I have been obliged to read: il 7?i'afallu lire, etc. 2. When the subject is a noun, que with the Subjunctive mood must be used. It must further be observed that, when the verb falloir is used in the Present or Future tense, the following verb must be put in the Present of the Subjunctive; but when it is in the Imperfect, Preterite or Conditional, the verb following it must be rendered by the Imperfect of the Subjunctive. Ex.:— The boy must work, il faut que le gargon travaille. The boy will be obliged to work. II faudra que la gargon ti-availle. The soldiers were obliged to retire. Ilfallait or il fallut que les soldats se retirassent. 3. When the verb ilfaut is followed immediately by a noun substantive, it signifies to want ; here also one of the pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, according to the person, must be inserted. Ex. : — I want (must have) a hat, il me faut un chapeau. He wants some money, il lui faut de V argent. We want some bread, il nous faut du pain. Did you want some books, vous fallait-il des livres? VOCABULARY. Le compte, the account, bill. la chaise, the chair. la redingote, the coat. cesser, to leave off, to cease. le depart, the departure. quitter, to leave, IMPERSONAL VERBS. 149 la rue, the street. dessiner, to draw. le sort, (the) fate. -bartir, to set out, depart. la chambre, the room. honnete, honest. manquer, to be wanting. mecontent, e, discontented. gouvemer, to govern. sagement, adv. wisely. READING EXERCISE 32. II pleut. Je crois qu'il pleuvra demain. J'entends tonner. II vaut mieux {it is better) qu'il pleuve. II a neige toute la nuit. II y a des hommes qui sont toujours mecontents. II fait chaud; il faisait trop chaud dans votre chambre. II n'y avait ni hommes, ni femmes, ni enfants. II faut partir. II vous faut partir. II fallait venir plus tot [earlier). Ne faudra-t-il pas lui pardonner ? II faut que Charles reste a la maison. II fallut que Charles restat a la maison. II me fallut lui pardonner. II y aura cette annee beaucoup de cerises. II faut que les enfants obeissent a l'instant {instantly). II y a eu de {at) tout temps des flatteurs. II a fallu qu'elle payat son compte. II y a un Dieu qui gouverne tout sagement. Qu'est-ce qu'il vous faut? II me faut une autre chambre. THEME 32. 1. Does it snow? 2. No, it does not snow, it rains. 3. It is cold to-day. 4. I shall not leave the room. 5. Yesterday it was (has been) very cold, and it (has) snowed a great deal {beaucoup). 6. It thunders and lightens. 7. There are too many chairs in this room. 8. There was much wine on the table. 9. Is there money in the purse? 10. There are six francs {francs) i?i it. n. There will be a great many nuts this year. 1 2 . There are streets in London, which are very long. 13. It is necessary to begin. 14. It was necessary to set out. 15. You must begin. 16. He must read. 17. We were obliged to set out. 18. He has been obliged to speak. 19. The boy must work. 20. The girls must draw. 21. My father has been obliged to go to Paris. 22. Your uncle will be obliged to leave London. 23. The soldiers were i 5 o XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. obliged to leave the town. 24. I want a good pen. 25. Do you want another room? 26. Yes, I want a larger room. 27. What do you want ? 28. I want or I must have {de V) money. CONVERSATION. Quel temps fait-il aujourd'hui? II fait beau (mauvais) temps. Pleut-il ? Oui, il pleut tres-fort. Pleuvra-t-il ? Je ne crois pas qu'il pleuve. La pluie a-t-elle cesse ? Pas encore ; il pleut sans cesse. Que vous faut-il ? II me faut une redingote neuve. Y a-t-il assez de vin ? Oui, Monsieur, il y en a assez. Y avait-il de l'argent dans cette II y avait deux francs, bourse ? As-tu paye le compte ? Oui, il m'a fallu le payer. Faut-il que je me leve mainte- Oui, il faut vous lever tout de nant ? suite. Vous a-t-il fallu partir de si bonne Le depart etait fixe a quatre heure {so early) ? heures et demie. Qui a paye le diner ? Mon pere l'a paye. Faut-il lui rendre {return) Par- Oui, rendez-le-lui. gent? READING LESSON. PRODUCTIONS DE DIVERS CLIMATS. La providence a si sagement arrange toutes choses, que chaque climat fournit aux habitants ce qui leur est le plus indispensable. Dans les contrees polaires il fait si froid, qu'il ne peut y croitre ni fruits, ni cereales, ni legumes. La nature y a supplee par la grande quantite de poissons que Ton peche dans la mer et dans les lacs, et par l'abondance des quadrupedes qui, a la verite {indeed), sont la plupart {mostly) sauvages et feroces, mais qui fournissent aux habitants, aguerris {accustomed) ales poursuivre a la chasse, de tres-belles fourrures, de la chair mangeable, des os et des nerfs qu'ils emploient pour leurs arcs {bows) et pour divers ustensiles. FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 151 Les peuples des climats chauds ont le ver a soie (silkworm), qui se nourrit des feuilles du murier et qui leur file (spins) un le- ger tissu dont on fait des etoffes convenables a la temperature du pays. Le cotonnier porte des gousses renfermant le coton dont le tissu fournit egalement (likewise) les plus beaux yetements. Et pour preserver les habitants de la zone torride de l'mnammation d'un sang trop echauffe, leurs campagnes et leurs jardins leur fournis- sent les oranges, les citrons et les olives qui les rafraichissent. Fournir, to supply, furnish. la chair, the flesh, meat. le besoin, the need, want. Pos, the bone. la contree, the region. Pustensile, the tool. croitre, to grow. le murier, the mulberry-tree. les cereales, corn. filer, to spin, leger, light. les legumes, vegetables. le tissu, the texture. pecker, to fish, la mer, the sea. convenable, convenient, fit. sauvage, wild. le cotonnier, the cotton-plant. feroce, ferocious. la gousse, the pod, husk. aguerris, hardened. le vetement, clothing. pourstiivre, to pursue. echauffe, heated, hot. la fourrure, fur, pelt. rafraichir, to cool, refresh. XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LEf ON. FORMATION OF ADVERBS. To make an adverb of manner, the French add ment to an ad- jective, just as the English add ly. The English affix means manner, and the French ment was originally a noun derived from Latin mens, spirit, mood, manner. Hence the rules : — 1. Adjectives ending in a vowel, simply add the final syllable -?ne?it, as : — Facile, easy; adv. facilement, easily. poll, polite ; adv. poliment, politely. vrai, true; adv. vrahnent, truly. 152 XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 2. Adjectives r which do not end in a vowel, add the syllable -ment to their feminine termination, as : — Haut, f. haute, high; adv. haulement, aloud. doux, f. douce, soft, mild; adv. doucement, softly. franc, f. franche, frank ; adv. franchement, frankly, freely. heureux, f. heureuse, happy; adv. heureusement, happily. So also the adjectives, nouveau, new; fou, foolish, and ;«o«, soft; adv. nouvelle??ient, follement, mollement. 3. Adjectives which end in -ant or -ent, become adverbs by changing the final -ant into -aimnent, and -ent into -emment, as : — Consta7it, constant; adv. consta?7iment. prudent, prudent ; adv. prudemment. patient, patient ; adv. patiem?nent. Exceptions to this rule are : lent, slow, adv. lentement ; and present, pres- ent, adv. p?'e'sentement, actually, at present. 4. The following adjectives take an e accented before the final -nient. Co7?imode, comfortable, commodeme?it ; commun, com- mon, commimement ; confus, confused, confusement; enor)?ie, enor- mous, enormenient j exfires, express, expressement ; immense, im- mense, imme?isement ; impuni, unpunished, impunement; precis, precise, precise j?ient ; p7'ofond, deep, profondement. 5. All these derived adverbs, as well as some others, are com- pared, as : — COMP. SUP. Facilement, plus facilement, le plus facilement. commodement, moins co?nmode'ment, le moms commode'ment. souvent, often ; plus souv ent, le plus soicvent. longiemps, long, plus longtemps, le plus longtemps. loin, far; plus lorn, le plus loin. 6. The following adverbs are irregular in the formation of their comparatives and superlatives : — COMP. SUP. Bien, well; mietix, better; le mieux, (the) best. mal, badly; pis, worse; le pis, the worst. peu, little ; ?noins, less ; le moins, the least. beaucoup, much; plus, more; le plus, most. tant mieux is rendered : so much the better. tant pis, so much the worse. FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 153 7. When either le plus or le moins qualifies a verb, adverb, or participle not used adjectively, le retains the masculine form. Ex. : Une lettre ecrite I e plus soigneusenient. 8. The following adjectives are used adverbially without taking an addi- tional termination, as : Vite, quick, fast, fort, very. haul, loudly. bas, in a low voice. expres, purposely. soudain, suddenly. droit, straightways. VOCABULARY. Vetat, m. the state. e'gal, equal. genereusement, generously. eloquemment, eloquently. eternel, eternal, agir, to act. marcher, to walk. negliger, to neglect. occupe, occupied. dessiner, to draw. oublier, to forget. poncttielletnent, punctually. avouer, to confess. entretenu {part.), entertained, propre, clean. [amused. rarement, seldom. ?7ialheureusement, unfortunate- modestement, modestly. [ly. probablement, likely. extremement, extremely. la fortune, property. fdche, sorry, angry. fdche contre quelqii'un, angry with any one. fdche de quelque chose, angry at, offended at, sorry for some- thing. fdche avec quelquhtn, having quarreled with, or having bro- ken friendly relations with any one. READING EXERCISE 26. Vous le trouverez facilement. Les gens paresseux negligent ordinairement leurs affaires. Agissez genereusement envers vos ennemis. Dieu a sagement distribue ses dons. Parlez modeste- ment de vos merites. Cet homme a parle tres-eloquemment. Henri IV. etait constamment occupe de la prosperite de ses etats. Le voleur marcha doucement ; il avait probablement peur d'etre entendu. Je suis extremement fache d'apprendre cette nouvelle. Nettoyez mieux vos habits. Vous n'etes pas proprement habille. Ne marchez pas si lentement. Les enfants qui aiment passionne- ment le jeu, negligent souvent leurs taches {tasks). i 5 4 XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. THEME 33. i. This pupil learns (apprend) easily, but he forgets as (anssi) easily that which he learns. 2. The king has generously par- doned (to) his enemies. 3. Nobody is constantly happy in this world. 4. The name of Shakspeare will live (vivra) eternally. 5. Speak frankly. 6. My brother is constantly occupied. 7. Confess freely your faults. 8. Unfortunately I have not found him at home. 9. Speak softly. ro. The artist plays admirably (well). 11. I have seldom received letters from my brother-in- law (bean-frere). 12. Everybody must punctually observe the laws. 13. If you fulfil faithfully your duties, you will be esteemed by (de) everybody. 14. You have stayed longer than your broth- er. 15. The little girl draws very well; she draws better than her sister. CONVERSATION. Comment parle cet homme ? II parle tres-eloquemment et tres-franchement. Avez-vous des nouvelles de votre II m'ecrit (writes) rarement. frere a Paris ? Heureusement je sais (know) par un de ses amis qu'il se porte bien. A-t-il perdu quelque chose ? II a probablement perdu une partie de sa fortune. Monsieur M. est-il fache ? Oui, il est extremement fache. Pourquoi est-il fache ? II est fache contre son fils qui a 6t6 mediant. Comment faut-il agir? (How II faut toujours agir prudem- must people act ? ) ment et honnetement. Charles, tu es malade ; qu'as-tu ? J'ai mal a la tete (head-ache) ; mais heureusement ce n'est pas grand'chose (conse- quence). Vous etes probablement le frere Non, Madame, mais je suis son . de Monsieur Richard ? cousin. ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 155 Comment ce general a-t-il agi II a agi tres-g6nereusement. envers ses ennemis ? Pourquoi march ez-vous si lente- J'ai mal au pied. ment ? Cette loi est-elle observee ? Elle est ponctuellement obser- ved de tout le monde. XXXIV. TRENTE-QUATRIEME LEfON. ADVERBS OP PLACE AND OP TIME. 1. The principal adverbs of place are : Oil, where? whither? d'oii, whence? Par oil, which way ? dedans, ) . . . ici, here. dHci, hence. en dedans, J wlthin > inside ' la, there, de la, thence. dehors, without, out of doors. la-das, there below, yonder. derriere, behind. y, there, therein. devant, before. par ici, this way. par la, that way. defa, en deca, on this side. par-ci, par-la, here and there. dela, au deld, on that side. (a et la, to and fro. pres, aupres, near. ailleurs, elsewhere. proche, close by. dessous, underneath. alentour, round, about. dessus, above. partout, everywhere. en haul, up, up stairs. nu lie part, nowhere. en das, down stairs, below. jusqu'd, as far as, until. que Ique part, somewhere. jusqifoii, how far ? loin, far, far off. 2. The principal adverbs of time are : Quand, when ? unjour, one day. aujourd' } hui, to-day. autrefois, jadis, formerly. hier, yesterday. auparavant, previously, before. avant-hier, the day before yesterday, alors, puis, then. demain, to-morrow. apres, after, afterwards. I5 6 XXXIV TRENTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. apres-demain, the day after to-mor- jusqii'a, until. row. ensuite, afterwards. en fin, at last, at length 3. present, ) .a. ., ... > now, at present, tot, soon, plus tot, sooner. maintenant, $ ' v bientot, soon, trop tot, too soon. quelquefois, sometimes. tantot, by and by. souvent, often. aussitot, directly. longtemps, long. tard, late. toujours, always. d'abord, at first. dernierement, ), j. < S lately, of laft desormais, ) naguere, $ ■" dorenavant, ^ hencefor th. d ^ already> des-lors, from then. encore, still, yet. depuis, since. jamais, ever, ne— jamais, never. When and m which are rendered by cz>, after a noun signifying ##&£ or PLACE OF ADVERBS. Remark i. In the simple tenses, the adverb is generally placed imme- diately after the verb which it modifies : She always cries, elle pleure toujours. I often take a walk with my friend. Je me promene souvent avec mon ami. Remark 2. When the verb is in a compound tense, the adverb generally comes between the auxiliary and the participle ; as, Je Pai toujotcrs respecte', I have always esteemed him. Je me suis souvent promene avec mon maitre. I have often taken a walk with my master. For emphasis, however, the adverb may be placed last. N. B. — Hier, avant-hier, aujourd'hui, demain, apres-demain, tantot, tot, and tard, always follow the participle, unless placed before the auxiliary. VOCABULARY. Le temps, the weather. le brouillard, the fog, mist. le village, the village. Vouvrage, m. the work. la grammaire, the grammar. diner, to dine. content, satisfied. venir, to come. le chemin defer, the railroad. laisser, to leave. READING EXERCISE 34. Le temps est bien doux aujourd'hui. Mon cousin est enfin ar- rive. L'autre jour je me suis egare dans la foret. Travaillez ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 157 d'abord et ensuite jouez. Avez-vous jamais vu un enfant comme celui-la ? En effet, il est extremement gros. Le brouillard aura bientot disparu. D'ou venez-vous maintenant, et ou avez-vous ete hier ? Voyez-vons ce village la-bas ? Eh bien [well), j'y ai ete hier et aujourd'hui. J'y vais quelquefois. M'avez-vous apporte la grammaire dont je vous ai parle ? Voulez-vous venir diner avec nous demain ? Demain je ne serai pas ici, mais apres-de- main ou plus tard. Enfin mon ouvrage est fini. THEME 34. i. Where is my brother ? 2. He is not here; he is elsewhere; he is perhaps yonder. 3. I will go (jHrai) that way. 4. Carry all that up stairs. 5. How far did you go yesterday ? 6. I went as far as London. 7. I shall go nowhere to-day. 8. That vil- lage is not far; do you see (voyez-vous) it yonder ? 9. Where is my grammar? 10. I have left it somewhere. 11. Is Edward here? 12. No; he is below. 13. My friend will not stay here long. 14. I saw (have seen) your sister yesterday at the play (au spectacle). 15. He will always be satisfied. 16. Come back (revenez) soon. 17. Did you know (have you known (connu) ) him formerly? 18. Yes, I have known him long. 19. Whence does the letter come ? 20. It comes from America. 21. Your dog is out of doors. 22. How is [seporte] your aunt to-day ? 23. She is better to-day than (she was) yesterday. 24. I hope you will dine with us to-morrow. 25. I shall go soon into the coun- try (a la campagne). 26. We expected him the day before yes- terday. 27. Formerly there were no railroads. 28. Henceforth I shall be very diligent. I5 8 XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEf ON, ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, OF NEGA- TION, ETC. The adverbs of number are : Premierement, firstly. deuxiemement, } , , > secondly. secondement, } J troisiememeni, thirdly. quatriemement, fourthly. cinquiemement, fifthly. The principal adverbs of quantity and comparison are : sixiemement, sixthly, etc. co??ibien de /bis, how often ? une fois, once. deuxfois, twice. trvis fois, three times, etc Comment, how? combien, how much ? how many ? beaucoup, much, many. Hen (with du, de P, des following), a great deal or many. trop, too much, too many. tant, so much, so many. assez* enough, pretty. peu, little, un peu, a little. ne — guere, hardly. Hen, \ tres, >very. fort, ) plus, more. davantage,\ still more. moins, less. tout, tout a fait, The adverbs of affirmation and negation are Oui, yes. si, yes. certes, certainly. peut-etre, perhaps. quite, wholly, entirely. presque, almost. environ, } , , . . » > about. a peu pres, \ si, so. ainsi, thus. aussi, as. e'galement, likewise. autant, as much, as many. d'autant plus, so much the more. plutot, rather. surtout, above all. au plus, > ? at tout au plus, 5 du moins, au moins, at least. seulement, ) ne — que, \ ^' meme, even. pas meme, pas seulement, most. not eve ne — pas, not. ne—plus, no more. nonplus, nor — either. * Asscz precedes in French the noun or adjective it limits. Ex. : Assez de vin, assez boa. See p. 42. j Only used at the end of its clause. ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, ETC. 159 certainement, ) certainly, to be ne — point, not (at all). assurement. \ sure. pas du tout, } . . ■,-, ' ' ■ r £ n0t at a ^« non, no. potnt du tout, > presque jamais, scarcely ever. ne — rien, nothing. There are many adverbial locutions ; those most in use are : A peine, scarcely. tout a coup, suddenly. en effet, really. tout d^un coup, all at once. sur le champ, directly. a droite, to the right. peu a pen, by degrees. a gauche, to the left. dans peu or sous peu, soon. ensemble, together. a dessein, on purpose. pele-mele, pell-mell. en meme temps, at the same time. d } avance, beforehand, in advance. a lafois, at once, at a time. sans doute, no doubt. de bonne heure, early. tout a Pheure, ) directly immediate- de meilleure heure, earlier. tout de suite, \ ly. a bon marche, cheap. par hasard, by chance. dfond, thoroughly. en attendant, meanwhile. par an, yearly, par jour, daily, de temps en temps, / from time to time. par mois, monthly. de temps a autre, OF NEGATION. 1. Not is translated into French by ne, which is placed before the verb, and pas ox point after it, in simple tenses. Ex. : "jfe ne veux pas, I will not, I do not wish. ye ne sais pas, I do not know. 2. In compound tenses, ne comes before the auxiliary, and pas after it. Ex.: ye xfai pas vu, I have not seen. Elle x^a pas parle, she did not speak. Point is merely a stronger negative than pas, as : ye n'ai point parle, I did not speak (at all). 3. Ne is employed without pas, if there is in the sentence a pronoun or adverb expressing negation, such as personne, mil, rien, jamais, ni, ne — plus, point, guere. Ex. : ye ne connais personne, I know nobody. ye ne veux rien, I wish for nothing. ye ne sais plus, I know no more. Elle n' 'a jamais dit cela, she never said so. 4. If one of the negations is followed by a noun in the partitive sense, this noun is simply preceded by de : !6 XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LECON. Affirmative : y'ai du pain, I have some bread. Negative; Je ii'ai pas de pain, I have no bread. Affirmative: Avez-vous de P argent, have you any money, Negative : ye n^ai point d ''argent, I have no money. 5. With the infinitive, ne—pas, ne— point, ne — rien, etc., are generally not separated, as : Ne pas se venger, not to revenge one's self. Ne plus ecrire, to write no more. Ne rien manger, to eat nothing. 6. Without a verb, the negatives stand without ne, as : Pas a lafois, not at once. Pas moi, not I. Pas beaucoup, pas trop, pas tant, pas aujourd' '/mi. 7. Non phis, nor — either, requires the full negation ne—pas before it, as : ye ne le veux pas non phis, nor will I have it either. 8. If nor — either is connected only with a noun or pronoun, without a verb, the noun or the pronoun is preceded, in French, by ni, as : Nor Charles either, ni Charles non plus. 9. Observe the expression ne — que for only, as : ye n'ai que deux sceurs, I have only two sisters. // n 'a qu'un morceau de pain, he has only a piece of bread. Pile u'a apporte qii'une assiette, she brought but one plate. U enfant n'a que dix ans, the child is -only ten years old. II n'est que six heures, it is only six o'clock. r "\ VOCABULARY. Lafois* f. the time. inou'i, e, unheard of. le crime, the crime. amicalement, friendly. travailler, to work. eviter, to shun. laconique, laconic. la societe', the society. refuser, to refuse. merci, thank you. READING EXERCISE 35. Ce crime est tout-a-fait inou'i. Comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte tres-bien. Combien d'aunes de ce drap vous faut-il ? II m'en faut beaucoup; il m'en faut au moins trente aunes. Vous etes-vous promene longtemps ? Je me suis promene environ deux * When the noun times denotes repetition, as the number of times, it is translated hyfozs. ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, ETC. 161 heures; peut-etre un peu moins. Votre tante va-t-elle souvent au spectacle ? Elle n'y va {goes) presque jamais, et mon oncle n'y va pas du tout. Monsieur, vous avez peu de fautes dans votre traduction. . Combien en ai-je ? Vous en avez moins que votre frere ; vous n'en avez que deux ou trois, tout au plus quatre. J'ai appris (learned) ma lecon par coeur. Habillez-vous tout de suite. C'est en vain que vous cherchez a le sauver. Marchez a droite; moi, je marcherai a gauche. Sans doute, cela vaut mieux. J'ai achete ce tableau a bon marche. THEME 35. I. How much sugar have you bought ? 2. How many lessons a (par) week have you ? 3. You eat too much; you must eat less. 4. That young man works too much. 5. Give him a little money. 6. Give me more time. 7. There were many ladies, and we had a great deal of pleasure. 8. Have you not played enough ? 9. I think (that) you will not have it. 10. Mr. A. is a very laconic man; he always answers yes or no. 11. It is better not to refuse him. 12. I have only one brother, and my cousin has only one sister. 13. She is only five years old. 14. I have never seen her. 15. She never comes to our house (chez nous). 16. We certainly shall go out (sortirons) together. 17. My father has bought a horse very cheap. 18. Have you seen anybody? 19. I have seen nobody. 20. The thunder-storm came on suddenly. 21. I got up early; earlier than my brother. 22. You must always shun the society of these bad people. 23. Go (attez) to the right. 24. I shall go to the left ; we shall ar- rive at the same time. CONVERSATION. Comment trouvez-vous le temps Je le trouve fort beau (or bien aujourd'hui ? beau). Voici du jambon. En voulez- Donnez-m'en un peu, s'il vous vous ? plait (please). En voulez-vous davantage ? Non, merci, j'en ai assez. jfo XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON. Serez-vous chez vous {at home) Assurement, je serai chez moi demain matin ? toute la journee {day). A quelle heure avez-vous dine Hier j'ai dine a cinq heures hier ? precises. Dinerez-vous aujourd'hui a la Non, aujourd'hui je ne dinerai meme heure ? qu'a six heures. Que ferez-vous {will you do) Je me promenerai en attendant. pendant ce temps ? Avez-vous fait cela a dessein ? Non, je ne l'ai pas fait expres. Avez-vous fini votre theme ? Je ne l'aurai guere fini avant sept heures. Que fait cette petite rllle la-bas ? Elle cherche des fraises {straw- berries). Connaissez-vous cet ouvrage Cet ouvrage m'est tout-a-fait {work) ? inconnu. Avez-vous lu {read) ce livre ? Je l'ai lu plus de deux fois. Quand voulez-vous venir jouer Je fmirai d'abord ma tache et avec moi ? apres, nous jouerons. Comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte a merveille. Et Monsieur votre pere, com- II se porte assez bien. II est ment se porte-t-il ? sorti hier pour la premiere fois. XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEfON, CONJUNCTIONS. The principal simple conjunctions are : — Et, and. pourtant, yet, still. et — et, both — and. neanmoins, nevertheless. ou, or. si, if, whether. mi — on, either— or. sinoit, if not. CONJUNCTIONS. +6$ ni — ni, neither — nor. comme, as. que, that, than (after a comp.) or, now. car, for. done, consequently, then. mats, but. puisque, since, as. toutefois, ), quoique, (with the Subj.), though. . , , > however. cependant, ) i. Among these simple conjunctions, only one governs the Subjunctive mood, viz : quoique, though or although. Ex. : quoique je sois ??ialade, though I am ill. For the Subjunctive after que, see P. II. L. 19. 2. Si denotes a condition or supposition : s'ilvient, if he comes ; si vous voulez, if you like. When si is followed by an Imperfect or Pluperfect, those tenses are always in the Indicative mood. (See P. 11. L. 19). If I had, sifavais; if I were, sifetais; If I had seen him, si je Vavais vu. Note. The i in si is cut off before il and Us, but nowhere else, as : sHl avait, but si elle avait, etc. 3. The conjunction ni — ni requires ne before its verb, and the noun which follows it takes no article, if used in the partitive sense, as : — Je n'ai ni pere ni mere, I have neither father nor mother. 4. The conjunction que serves to connect two ideas so as to form of the two one sentence, as : Je crois que vous avez raison, I believe you are right. In English the conjunction that is almost always understood, whereas que is not only always expressed in French, but repeated before each member of the proposition, as :— Je crois que vous avez raison et que vous reussirez. I think you are right and that you will succeed. 5. When a conjunction governs several verbs, it is placed be- fore the first verb only, and que is used before the other verbs. Ex. : As he is diligent and takes pains, comme il est applique et quHl prend de la peine. 164. XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 6. Done is often used like the English auxiliary do, to urge or incite. Ex. : Taisez-vous done, do be silent. It is also used interrogatively : Cest done vous qui avez fait cela ? VOCABULARY. Flier, to bend. le bien, the good. lever, to lift up. plus— plus, the more — the more. Petoile, f. the star. plus — moins, the more — the less. e'puise, e, exhausted. moins — moins, the less, the less. avare, avaricious. soil — soil, be it — or. savant, learned. tantot — tantot, sometimes — some- ro?npre, to break. times, now — then. habiter, to inhabit. ni — non plus, nor — either. READING EXERCISE 36. L'ambition et l'avarice sont deux grandes sources du malheur humain. Les discours impies {impious) gatent a la fois l'esprit et le coeur. Cette eau est froide comme de la glace. Votre tab- leau est precieux, mais il ne me plait {please) pas. II arriva comme je sortais. Elle n'est ni laide ni belle. Vous vous amusez, et cependant le temps fuit {flies). Cet homme est tres- fort, et pourtant il ne peut pas lever ce fardeau {weight). Ou vous me paierez, ou vous irez en prison. Donnez-moi de l'eau, s'il vous plait. Martin est encore bien jeune, neanmoins il est fort sage. Bienheureux sonfr ceux qui aiment la paix, car ils seront appeles les enfants de Dieu. Vous ne le savez pas ? Ni moi non plus. Tantot il veut une chose, tantot il en veut une autre. THEME 36. 1. Gold and silver are metals. 2. Silver is less useful than iron. 3. Mr. A. is very inconsistent {inco7isequent) ; he is some- times of one opinion {avis, m.) and sometimes of another. 4. I like you, as I know (sais) that you are always attentive. 5. This man is esteemed by everybody, even by his enemies. 6. I am very glad to see that you do not love flattery. 7. Some one has done it, either you or your brother. 8. The more you will work, the more you will gain. 9. This horse may be very strong, . CONJUNCTIONS. 165 nevertheless it does not please me. 10. The longer the days (are) [constr. the more the d. are long), the shorter (are) the nights. 11. Though he said {dit) (that) he had no appetite, yet he ate all the meat and bread. 12. Nobody knows whether the stars are inhabited or not. 13. The reed bends, but does not break. 14. Do not bend the bow too much, otherwise it will break. 15. The more I sang the less embarrassed I was. 16. If you do {faites) it, you will be punished. 17. He appeared {paraissait) very modest, although he was very learned. 18. In order to be learned, you must study much. 19. I punish him as he deserves (it). 20. You must stay at home, since you are not quite well. 21. When he had done speaking {fini de ftarler), he was quite exhausted. 22. If I had had faithful friends, I should not be so unhappy. 23. You will be happy, if you do your duty {devoir). 24. I was sleeping when your servant entered (entra). CONVERSATION. Etes-vous heureux, mon ami ? Je le serais, si j'avais de bons livres. Si ce n'est que cela, je peux Je vous en serais tres-oblige. vous en donner. En voulez- vous ? Quelles sont les deux grandes L'ambition et l'avarice. sources du malheur des hommes ? Que fait-on souvent, quand on On fait souvent des sottises. est jeune ? Que dit Jesus-Christ de ceux II dit qu'ils seront appeles " en- qui aiment la paix ? fants de Dieu." Que veut cet enfant ? II veut tantot ceci, tantot cela. Comment trouvez-vous cette Elle n'est ni belle ni laide. demoiselle ? Ne pouvez-vous pas lever cette Je ne peux pas la lever, quoique pierre ? je sois tres-fort. i66 XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. Comment Dieu traite-t-il les II les traite comme un pere hommes ? traite ses enfants. Quelle propriete a le roseau ? II (se) plie et ne rompt pas. Quand faut-il forger le fer ? Quand il est chaud. READING LESSON. Lorsque Jacques Lafitte vint {came) a Paris, il se presenta chez M. Perregaux dans l'esperance d'obtenir une place ; mais le ban- quier lui annon9a qu'il etait dans l'impossibilit6 de satisfaire a sa demande, puisque les bureaux etaient au complet. Lafitte, decourage par ce refus, s'eloignait tristement, lorsqu'en traversant la cour de l'hotel, il apercut a terre une epingle ; il la ramassa et la piqua sur sa manche. M. Perregaux ayant vu Tac- tion du jeune solliciteur, en fut frappe {struck), et pensa qu'il de- vait etre doue d'un esprit d'ordre et d'economie. II le fit rappe- ler et lui dit qu'il pouvait compter sur une place dans sa maison. En effet, peu de jours apres, le jeune Bayonnais entra chez le riche banquier, et chacun sait que, plus tard, il est devenu un homme riche et celebre. L'esperance, hope. ramasser, to pick up. le bureau, the office. la manche, the sleeve. s* eloigner, to retire. doue, endowed. une epingle, a pin. en effet, indeed. CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 167 XXXVII. TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEfON. CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. Most of these are adverbs or prepositions united with que of de. Some require the .following verb in the Indicative mood, others in the Infinitive, and others again in the Subjunctive. 1. Conjunctive phrases with the Iidicative ; — because. Ott bien, or, else. ni — non plus, neither, nor either. au contraire, on the contrary. non settlement — mais encore, not only— but also. de plus, moreover, autant que, as much as. apres que, after, after that. qtiand meme, although. si toutefois, if however. c'est-a-dire, namely, c'est que, parce que, tandis qtte, whereas. pendant que, while, whilst. tant que, as long as. 2.. With tfie Infinitive mood : — A fin de, in order to, to. a moins de, unless. avant de, before. au lieu de, instead of. 3. With the Subjunctive mood :- that, in order that. ne, S as soon as. as. aussi bien que, as well aussitot que, ) des qtte, de me??te que ainsi que, au reste, ) dureste,\ howevet ' de Id, hence it follows. a peine — que, scarcely — as. c'est pottrquoi, therefore. par consequent, consequently. comnte si, as if. de meme, thus, in the same way. sans cela, otherwise, else. depuis que, since. tout — que, however — as. for fear of. Afin que, pour que, avant que, before. a moins que,\ que — ne, unless, till. de peur de, de crainte de, loin de, far from. plutot que de, rather than. non que, not that. nonobstant que, notwithstanding that. pour pen que, however little. pourvu que, provided (that). * Those marked with a t require ne before the following verb. 1 68 XXXVII. TRENTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. bien que, ) though, quelque — que, however — though. quoique, \ although. sans que, without that. jusqit'a ce que, till, until. si ce n'est que, unless, till. loin qzie, far from. soil que, whether — or. 4. Besides the above-mentioned conjunctions, there are other conjunctive expressions {locutions conjonctives), which have been borrowed from other classes of words, and to which the conjunc- tion que is added. Such are : — A condition que, on condition that . . . de peur que* \\ >^ gt de crainte que* t ) de manure que, \ _ „„ . „„ .-,. 2 ' > so as to, so that . . . de or en sorte que, > au cas que, in case that * . . . suppose que, supposing that * . . . malgre que, for all that, only with quHl en ait* toutes lesfois que, as often as. peut-etre que, perhaps that . . . attendu que, considering that . . . a ce que, according as, as far ar, etc. N. B. — Those marked with an * govern the subjunctive. VOCABULARY. La suite, the consequence. pret, ready. la machine a vapeur, the engine. la princesse, the princess. la memoire, the memory. la guerre, war. occuper, to occupy. ambitiezix, ambitious. mettre, to put, place. V education, f. education. preserver, to preserve. regarder, to look at. READING EXERCISE 37. Aussitot que la machine a vapeur fut construite [built), elle fut mise en mouvement {put in motion), pour l'essayer. Quelque grande que soit cette faute, il faut cependant la pardonner. Des qu'il me vit (saw) il courut (ran) a moi. Pendant que nous etions occupes a faire notre tache, on cria au feu (fire) ! La m6moire de Henri IV. sera toujours chere aux Francais parce qu'il mettait sa gloire a les rendre heureux. Que le ciel vous pre- CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 169 serve d'un pareil {such) malheur! Le malade ne boit (drinks) ni ne mange. Tant que ma mere sera a. la campagne, je resterai avec elle. Tandis que nous parlons, le temps fuit. Depuis que j'ai perdu mon pere, tout me manque. THEME 37. 1. I am not sorry, on the contrary, I am very glad (Men aise) to (de) have done it. 2. I will play, as soon as I (shall) have finished my exercise. 3. There will always be wars among men, as long as they are ambitious. 4. After (that) you were gone (sorti), I began writing (a ecrire). 5. As soon as my education is finished, I shall go to Italy. 6. In order to learn well, we must (on doit) study with a great deal of attention. 7. In order to have friends, we must be honest. 8. It will be impossible to learn French, unless you be (Inf.) diligent. 9. Let us pray, be- fore we begin (Inf.). 10. Rather than study, he loses his time. 11. Far from blaming you, I praised you. 12. Come here, that I may speak to you. 13. Send me your book, (in oi'der) that I may read it. 14. I will be ready before they come. 15. Unless you accompany me, I will not take a walk. 16. Cato killed himself, lest he should fall into (entre) the hands of Caesar. 17. Though that young man is not very diligent, (yet) he improves. 18. Before you begin an action, consider well its consequences. 19. You will never be respected unless you fulfil your duties. 20. He will give it to you, on conditioji that you give it back to him. 21. They beat him so that they almost killed him. 170 XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LEfON. IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS. Those verbs are commonly called irregular which deviate from the three regular conjugations. This deviation is of three kinds. 1. Such verbs as take the termination corresponding to the ending of their Infinitive mood, but change their root. Ex. : Of the verb coudre, to sew, thejadical is coud- ; this final d is, in some persons and tenses, changed into s, for instance in the plural : nous cous-ons, we sew. These are the least difficult, and are therefore put in the first class. 2. Verbs which preserve their radical syllable throughout unchanged, but take flexions that do not accord with the ending of their Infinitive. For in- stance, the verb cotir-ir, to run, ending in -ir, ought to take the flexions of the second conjugation (Jinir). But this is not the case; it takes the flex- ions of the third conjugation (vendre) ; the Present is notyV courts, tu couris, etc., butyV cours, tu cours, etc. ; P. p. couru like vendu. Verbs of this kind we assign to the second class. 3: A certain number of verbs offer both these anomalies at the same time ; i. e. they undergo some changes in their root, and are conjugated with other flexions than those corresponding with the ending of their Infinitive. . For instance, the verb mourir, to die, ought, according to its Infinitive termina- tion, -ir, to take the flexions of Jinir. This is not the case; it is, in most tenses, conjugated like vendre; and, besides, its root viour- is, in certain tenses and persons, changed into metii'-, as : Pres. je meurs, tu meurs, etc. Such verbs, among which are included those ending in -oir, constitute the third class. To facilitate the study of the irregular verbs, it is essential to distinguish the primitive tenses from the derived ones. The lat- ter have generally a regular inflexion, whereas the former alone are subject to irregularity. As already mentioned, the primitive tenses are : 1. The Infinitive mood. 2 . The Participle present. 3. The Participle past. 4. The Present of the Pidicative mood. 5. The Preterite. IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 From these the other tenses and moods are derived, as it is explained, L. XX. The derivative tenses are formed regularly, and therefore seldom mentioned in the following list. To aid the pupil's memory, the following hints will prove Useful : 1. The Present of the Subjunctive may be found by dropping the final nt of the third person plural Indicative, as : from Us ecrivent — que fecrive; from Us prennent — que je prenne; from Us boivent — que je boive. 2. The plural of the Present Indicative, the Participle present and the Imperfect of the Indicative have the same radical, as : nous mourons, we die; V.-px.motirant; Imperf. je mourais; — nous craignons; P. pr. craignant; Imperf. je craignais; — nous allons; P. pr. allant; Imperf. j^allais, etc. 3. The Future and Conditional are formed from the Infinitive ; the follow- ing, however, have an irregular formation, —je courrai (instead of courirai), jemourrai, je verrai, j'enverrai, j'acquerrai, je pourrai, je saurai,je voudrai, il faudra, je viendrai, je tiendrai, je ferai, and jHrai. 4. When then the Participle past ends with the sound of i (i, is, it,) the Preterite generally ends in is. Ex. : Part. p. sorti, gone out ; Pret. je sortis; — Part. p. dit, said ; Pret. je dis; — Part. p. pris, taken ; Pret. je pris, etc. 5. But when the Participle past ends in u, the Preterite usually ends in us. Ex. : P. p. cru, believed ; Pret. je cms; P. p. lu, read ; Pret. je his; — P. p. connu, known ; Pret. je connus, etc. A LIST OF ALL THE IRREGULAR VERBS ACCORDING TO THE THREE CLASSES OF IRREGULARITY. FIRST CLASS. Containing the verbs in -re which take the terminations of the third conjugation, but whose radical is somewhat changed. a. (1 — 7. Insertion of an s. ) 1. Luire, to shine. Part. pres. luuant. Part, past \ lu/. Pres. Je luis, tu luis, il luit, nous luuons, vous luifez, ils lucent. Subj. Pres. Que je luise. Imperf. Je luirais. Pret. wanting. Put. Je luirai. Conjugate in the same manner : Reluire, to glitter. 2. Suffire, to suffice. P. pr. suffi^ant. P. p. suffi. Pres. Je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous summons, etc. !y 2 XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. Subj. Pres. Que je suffice. Imperf. Je suffijrais. Pret. Je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous suffimes, etc. Put Je suffirai. In the same manner : Confire, to preserve, to pickle ; and circoncire, to circumcise, except in the Part. past. The Participle of the former is conjit, of the latter circoncis. 3. Nuire, to hurt. P. pr. nuirant. P. p. nui. Pres. Je nuis, tu nuis, il nuit, nous nuuons, vous nuuez, ils nui- sewl. Subj. Pres. Que je nuue. Imperf. Je nuij-ais. Pret. Je nums. Put. Je nuirai. 4. Cuire, to boil, to bake (bread). P. pr. currant. P. p. cmt. Pres. Je cuis, tu cuis, il cuit, nous curyons, etc. Pret. Je cums. Put. Je cuirai. Thus also : Recuire, to boil once more. 5. Conduire, to conduct, to lead. Se conduire y to behave. Ppr. conduLfant. P.p. condui/. Pres. Je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, nous conduiions, etc. Pret. Je condums. Fut. Je conduirai. Thus : Reconduire, to reconduct, to see home ; dcduire, to deduct ; en- duire, to plaster ; indnire, to lead into ; introdiiire, to introduce ; prodiiire, to produce; reprodnire, to produce again; reduire, to reduce; se'duire, to seduce ; iraduire, to translate. 6. Instruire, to instruct. P. pr. instruuant. P. p. instrui/. Pres. J'instruis, tu instruis, il instruit, nous instruLrons, vous in- struuez, ils instrument. Pret. J'instruij-is. Fut. J'instruirai. In the same manner : Construire, to build ; detruire, to destroy. 7. Dire, to say, to tell. P. pr. dii-ant. P. p. di/. Pres. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dLfons, vous dites, ils drrenk Subj. Pres. Queje dire. Pret. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dirent. Imperf. Subj. Que je disse. Fut. Je dirai. Imper. Dis, duons, dites. IRREGULAR VERBS. 173 Conjugate in the same manner: redire, to say again, to object. As for the other compounds of dire, viz. : Contredire, to contradict ; de- dire, to unsay; and se de'dire, to retract; interdire, to forbid; medire, to slander ; and predire, to foretell, they do not form their second person plu- ral of the Present Indicative with the termination -tes, but -sez, as : vous contredisez, vous medisez, vous interdisez, etc. — Maudire, to curse, takes ss in the folloAving forms : Pres. plur. nous maudissons, vous maudissez, Us maudissent. Part. pr. maudissant. Imperf. je maitdissais. VOCABULARY. Le soleil, the sun. moderne, modern. tin rayon, a ray. • la peche, the peach. Vespoir, m. hope. la verite, the truth. la dette, the debt. THEME 38. 1. The sun shines. 2. Everything shines (glitters) in that house. 3. It is not sufficient (it does not suffice)* to understand the ancient languages, it is also necessary to study the modern ones. 4. We preserve these peaches in sugar. 5. Have you pickled cucumbers (des concombres) ? 6. Does he not hurt you in this affair? 7. All his property will not suffice to (pour) pay his debts. 8. Where do you conduct this blind (man) ? 9. 1 con- duct him to the physician {chez le medecin). 10. I instruct (the) youth. 11. We translate English into French. 12. The boys behaved very well. 13. You will hurt me more than any other person. 14. This bread is well baked. 15. What do you say? 16. I say that you are (have) right. 17. We say the truth. 18. Tell him that I am here. 19. I shall tell (it) him directly. 20. Never contradict any one (personne) in {en) public. 21. We foretold those disasters (desastres). 22. Let us curse nobody. * See p. 342, 10. I74 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVIEME LECON. XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVlfiME LEfON. IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. b. (8 — 17. Change of the final consonant.) 8. Traire, to milk. P. pr. trayant. P. p. trait. Pres. Je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous trayons, vous trajez, ils traient. Imperf. Je trayais. Pret. wanting. Put. Je trairai. Thus also: Distraire, to distract; extraire, to extract; soustraire, to sub- tract, to withdraw. 9. Suivre, to follow. P. pr. suivant. P. p. suivz. /fce-j. Je sm\f, tu sult, il suit, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils sui- vent. Subj. Pres. Que je suive. Pret. Je suivis. Put. Je suivrai. Jmper. Suis, suivons, suivez. Thus: S'ensziivre, to ensue; poursuivre, to pursue. 10. Vaincre, to conquer. jP/r. vain^z/ant. /!/. vaincu. ife. Je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vain^ons, vous vain- guQz, ils vain^z/ent. Pret. Je vain^z/is. Put. Je vaincrai. Imper. Vaincs, vain^z/ons, vain^ez. In the same manner : Convaincre, to convince. 1 1 . Coudi'e, to sew. P. pr. cou^ant. P. p. coum. Pres. Je couds, tu couds, il coud, nous coupons, vous cou^ez, ils couj-ent. Subj. Pres. Que je couj-e. Pret. Je cou^is. Put. Je coudrai. Thus : Decoudre, to unsew ; recoitdre, to sew over again. 12. Moudre, to grind. P. pr. mou/ant. P.p. mou/u. Pres. Je mouds, tu mouds, il moud, nous mou/ons, vous mou/ez, ils mou/ent. 6z//y. Pres. Que je mou/e. /te£ Je moulus. Put. Je moudrai. IRREGULAR VERBS. 175 In the same manner: Emoudre, to grind (knives, etc.), to sharpen, and remoudre, to grind again. 13. Pesoudre, to resolve. P. pr. reso/z>ant. P. p. reso/zz (or resous). Pres. Je resous, tu resous, il resout, nous resolvons, vous resolvez, Us resolvent. Subj. Que je resolve. Pret. Je lesolus, tu resolus, etc. Put. Je resoudrai. Tmper. Resous, re'solvons, resolvez. Thus : Absoudre, to absolve, and dissoudre, to dissolve. These two compounds have no Preterite, and make their Participles : ab- sous, f. absoute, and dissous, f. dissoule. 14. Peindre, to paint. P. pr. pei^/zant. Pp. pein/. Pres. Je peins, tu peins, il peint, nous pei^ons, vous peig7zez, Us peigyzent. Subj. Que je peig-zze. Jmperf. Je pei^-zzais. Pret. Je pei^is, tu pei^zzis, il pei^it, nous pei^imes, etc. Put. Je peindrai. Imper. Peins, pei^;zons, pei^zez. Thus : Ceindre, to gird. Feindre, to feign : depeindre, to depict. Teindre, to dye ; deteindre to discharge color ; atteindre, to attain, to reach ; eteindre, to extinguish. Restreindre, to restrain. Enfreindre to infringe, to trans- gress. 15. Craifidre, to fear. />. /r. crai^zzant. i°. p. crain/. ^rj. Je crains, tu crains, il craint, nous crai^/zons, etc. Pret. Je crai^/zis. Put. Je craindrai, etc. Thus also : Plaindre, to pity ; se plaindre, to complain ; contraindre, to compel, to constrain. 16. Joindre, to join. P. pr. joi^/zant. jP. /. join/. Pm\ Je joins, tu joins, il joint, nous joignons, vous joi^zzez, ils joi^zzent. Subj. Que je joi^zze. Pret. Je joi^zzis. Put. Je joindrai. Thus: Rejoindre, to rejoin; enjoindre, to enjoin; disjoindre, to disjoin; poindre, to dawn, break ; oindre, to annoint. 17. Ecrire, to write. P. pr. ecriz^ant. ^P. /. ecri/. />-«. J'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecri^ons, vous ecriz/ez, ils ecriz/ent. Subj. Que j'ecri^e, etc. Ij6 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. Fret. J'ecri^is, tu ecriz/is, il ecriznt, etc. Fut. J'ecrirai. Imper. ficris, ecriz'ons, ecrk;ez. Thus : De'crire, to describe ; circonscrire, to circumscribe ; inscrire, to in- scribe ; prescrire, to prescribe, to order ; recrire, to write again, to answer ; souscrire, to subscribe; transcrire, to transcribe. VOCABULARY. La vache, the cow. partir, to set out. le precepteur, the tutor. la marche, coarse, the course. la difficidte, the difficulty. la cendre, the ashes. la vie, the life. lafumee, the smoke. allemand, German. la chandelle, the candle. le meunier, the miller. la grandeur, the greatness. THEME 39. i. We milk the cows. 2. Soldiers! follow me. 3. I will lead you to (the) victory. 4. I shall follow you. 5. This dog follows me everywhere. 6. You did not follow the lessons of your tutor. 7. The enemies were conquered. 8. You conquer all the diffi- culties. 9. That did not convince me. 10. They pursued (Fret.) the slave, but in vain (en vain). 11. She was sewing her gown. 12. These handkerchiefs are badly sewed. 13. I sewed them myself. 14. Does the miller grind the corn ? 15. He has not ground it this morning. 16. He will grind it this evening. 17. I fear the rain. 18. We do not fear 'death; why should we fear it? 19. I resolved (de) to set out. 20. We pursued our course. 21. I have at last (enfin) convinced him of the greatness of his fault. 22. The wood which is burnt (qu'on brtile) resolves itself (se) into (en) ashes and smoke. 23. We pity the unfortu- nate. 24. You paint. 25. The young girl feigned to be ill. 26. Put out the candle and go to bed (allez vous coucher). 27. The servant feared (de) to displease his master (a son maitre). 28. Charles wrote his translation last night (hier au soir). IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 XL, QUARANTIEME LEfON. IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. c. (18 — 26. The vowel of the root is changed into u, in the Part, past and in the Preterite.') 18. Lire, to read. P. pr. liyant. P. p. lu. Pres. Je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous llrons, vous luez, ils luent. Pret. Je /#j, tu lus, il lut, nous lumes, vous lutes, etc. Imperf. Subj. Que je lusse. Fid. Je lirai, tu liras, il lira, etc. Thus also : elire, to elect ; reelire, to reelect ; retire, to read over again. 19. Poire, to drink. P. pr. buvaut. P. p. bu. Pres. Je bois, tu bois, il boit, nous b#z>ons, vous bz/z/ez, ils boiz'ent. Subj. Que je boiz/e, que tu boiz/es, qu'il boiz/e, que nous b&zions, que vous buviez, qu'ils boiz/ent. Imperf. Je buvais. Pret. Je bus, tu bus, il but, nous bumes, vous butes, ils burent. Put. Je boirai, tu boiras, etc. Iitiper. Bois, bz/z>ons, buvez. 20. Croire, to believe, to think. P. pr. croya?it. P. p. cru. Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous crqyons, vous crqyez, ils croient. Subj. Que je croie, que tu croies, qu'il croie, que nous erosions, que vous crqyiez, qu'ils croient. Pret. Je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, vous crutes, ils crurent. Put. Je croirai, etc. Faire accroire qch. a qn., to make one believe. N. B. — accroire is only used in the Infinitive.. I7 8 XL. QUARANTTEME LE£ON. 21. Croitre, to grow. P. pr. croissant. P.p.cru. Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous croi^ons, vous croiwez, ils croii'j'ent. Pret. Je crtls, tu crvis, il crut, nous crumes, etc. put, Je croitrai, etc. Thus : Accroitre, to increase ; decroitre, to decrease ; recrottre, to grow again. 22. Plaire, to please. /!/r. plauant. P.p.plu. Pres. Je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaiyons, vous plaisez, ils plauent. Subj. Que je plaice, etc. Pret. Jeplits, tu plus, il plut, nous plumes, vous plutes, ils plu- rent. Put. Je plairai, tu plairas, etc. Thus : Se complaire, to delight in ... ; deplaire, to displease. {SHI vous plait — if you please. ) 23. Taire, to conceal. P. pr. tawant. P.p. tu. Pres. Je tais, tu tais, il tait, nous tai^ons, vous taij-ez, ils tauent. Subj. Que je taue, que tu taifes, qu'il taij-e, etc. Pret. Je tus, tu tus, il tut, nous tumes, vous tutes, ils turent. Put. Je tairai. Thus: Se taire, to be silent. Pres. ye me tais, I am silent. Imper. Tais-toi, taisez-vous. Pret. Je me tus, I was silent. Comp. of the Pres. Je me suis tu, I have been silent. 24. Paraitre, to appear. P. pr. paraiwant. P. p. paru. Pres. Je parais, tu parais, il parait, nous paragons, vous paraif- sez, il par^aLwent. Subj. Que je parage. Pret. Jeparus, tu parus, il parut, etc. Put. Je paraitrai. Thus: Apparaitre, to appear; comparaitre, to appear before the judge; disparaitre, to disappear ; reparaitre, to reappear. 25. Paitre, to graze. P. pr. pakfant. Like pa?'aztre, but no Pret. Thus: Repaitre, to feed; with the Pret. Je repus. Part. repu. 26. Connaitre* to know. P. pr. connai^ant. P. p. connu. * Cowiaitre is used in connection with knowledge obtained through one of the five senses — savoir in other cases,. IRREGULAR VERBS. iy 9 Pres. Je connais, tu connais, il connait, nous connak?ons, vous connakyez, etc. Pret. Je cotinus. Put. connaitrai. Thus]: Me'connaitre, to mistake, not to acknowledge ; reconnoitre, to rec- ognize, to know again, to acknowledge. VOCABULARY. La conduite, the conduct. lejour, the daylight. triste, sad. sombre, dark. le traitement, the treatment. impossible, impossible. THEME 40. i. What are you reading there ? 2. Why did you read my let- ter? 3. I have not read it, and I shall not read it. 4. Read over again your lesson. 5. Dost thou drink water ? 6. No, I drink wine and water. 7. When you are thirsty, what do you drink ? 8. We drink fresh water. 9. Do you believe that ? 10. No, I do not believe it. 11. I thought (that) you had writ- ten your exercise, but I see (je vols) that I am mistaken. 12. She grows every day. 13. These trees have grown rapidly (rapideme7it). 14. He did not believe what I said. 15. I (have) thought that we would be here before six o'clock. 16. The young gentleman pleased by his conduct. 17. Be silent, Fred- erick. 18. Tell (to) your sister, if you please, to bring me her French grammar. 19. Do you know my brother ? 20. No, I do not know him. 21. You appear sad, what is the matter with you (qu'avez-vous)? 22. Such a treatment (has) appeared to me very cruel. 23. The daylight has disappeared. !8o XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LECON. XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LEfON IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 27. Faire, to do, to make. P pr. faij-ant.* P.p. fai/. Pres. Je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous hmons, vous /aites, \\sfont. Pres. Subj. Que je /asse, que tu /asses, qu'il /asse, que nous fassions, que vous /assiez, qu'ils /assent. Imperf. Je fauais (fesais), tu faisais, il faisait, etc. Pret. ]q/s, tu/s, \\/t, nous /tines, vous fit 'es, ils jirezzt. Imperf. Subj. Que je fisse, que tu fisses, qu'il fit, que nous fis- sions, que vous fissiez, qu'ils fissent. Put. Je/erai, tu feras, etc. Imper. Fais, fazsons, /aztes. Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of faire, vis. : defaire, to undo, to loosen ; contrefaire, to counterfeit ; refaire, to do again ; satisfaire, to satisfy ; surf aire, to exact, ask too much. 28. Mettre, to put. P. pr. mettant. P.p. mis. Pres. Je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils iftettent. Pres. Szibj. Que je mette. Imperf. Je mettais. Pret. Je mis, tu mis, il ?izit, nous mimes, vous mites, ils 7iiirent. Inperf. Subj. Que je misse, que tu misses, qu'il mit, etc. Put. Je mettrai, tu mettras, etc. Thus: Admettre, to admit; commettre, to commit; demettre, to turn out; dmettre, to omit; permettre, to permit, to allow; promettre, to promise; 607npromeltre, to compromise, to expose ; re7nettre, to put again, to replace, to hand over; soumettre, to submit; irans?nettre, to transmit, to send. Se mettre a signifies to begin, as : Venfant se mit a pleurer, the child began crying. 29. Prendre, to take. P. pr. pre;zant. P. p. -pits. * For the pronunciation otfaisaiit and its derivatives see p. 18. IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 Pres. Je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous pre/zons, vous pre;zez, ils present. Pres. Subj. Que je premie, que tu pre/z/zes, qu'il pre/z/ze, que nous pre/zions, que vous pre?ziez, qu'ils pre/z/zent. Imperf. Je pre7zais. Pret. Je pris, tu pris, il prit, nous primes, vous prites, ils pri- rent. Lnperf. Subj. Que je prisse. Put. Je prendrai. Imper. Prends, prezzons, prezzez. Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of prendre : Apprendre, to learn ; desapprendre, to unlearn ; rapprendre, to learn over again ; compren- dre, to understand; entreprendre, to undertake ; meprendre, to mistake ; re- prendre, to take again, to reply, to chide ; surprendre, to surprise. 30. JVaitre* to be born. P. pr. nakrant. P. p. ne. Pres. Je nais, tu nais, il n'ait, nous naksxms, vous nakrez, ils naurent. Imperf. Je nai^ais. Pret. Je naquis (I was born), tu naquis, il naquit, nous na- quimes, vous naquites, ils naquirent. Fut. Je naitrai, tu naitras, etc. Thus also : Renaitre, to be born again. Remark. When the person used as subject of the verb is living, the present instead of the past of the auxiliary is used with the past participle. Ex. : Mon pere est ne en Angleterre, My father (still living) was born in England. 31. Vivre, to live. P. pr. vivant. P.p. vecu. Pres. Je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent Subj. Que je vive; hence the expressions : Vive! pi. vivent! live J Imper. Vis, vivons, vivez. Imperf. Je vivais. Pret. Je vecus, tu ve'cus, il vecut, nous vecHmes, etc. Fut. Je vivrai. Thus also: Survivre (a qn.), to survive; revivre, to live again. Verbs marked thus * take etrc for an auxiliary, instead of avoir. iS 2 XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. VOCABULARY. Vapres-midi, f. the afternoon. une ligne, a line. le ruban, the ribbon. un compagnon de voyage, a fellow une fois, once. traveller. paten, pagan. ta decision, the decision. de'sormais, henceforward. Vabondanee, f. abundance. obeissant, obedient. THEME 41. i. What are you doing there? 2. I am writing my exercise. 3. Have you written it? 4. Yes, I have written it. 5. Charles will write it this afternoon. 6. These pupils make a great many mistakes in their exercises. 7. Put this book on the table. 8. Where have you put your penknife ? 9. I have put it in my drawer (tiroir, m.). 10. Did your father permit you to go to the theatre? 11. Yes, he has allowed it. 12. He allows me to go there (d'y aller) once a (par) week. 13. The servant promised henceforward to be faithful and obedient. 14. AH the children began to cry. 15. I take medicine. 16. He takes coffee. 17. We take tea. • 18. The children take milk. 19. I took a pen and wrote a few lines to my father. 20. Who has taken my pen- cil? ?i. I have not taken it. 22. Take mine. 23. Do not take this chair; it is broken (cassee). 24. Do you understand what I say? 25. I understand every word. 26. I should un- dertake that journey, if I had a fellow-traveller. 27. We submit ourselves to your decision. 28. Formerly we lived in the coun- try, but for (depuis) several years we have lived (Pres. tense) in Geneva (Geneve). 29. Many rich people live in abundance. IRREGULAR VERBS. 183 XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LEfON. IRREGULAR VERBS.-SECOND CLASS. (32 — 41. Verbs ending in ir, having the flexions of the Third Conjugation.) 32. Fuir, to shun, to flee. P. pr. fuyant. P. p. fa/. Pres. Je fuis, tu fuis, il fuit, nous fuyons, vous fuyez, ils fuient. Imperf. Je fuyais. Pret. Je fuis. Put. Je fuirai. Conjugate in the same manner : S'enfuir, to run away. Pres. Je irfen- fuis. Comp. of the Pres. Je me suis enfui, I have run away. ^. Vetir, to clothe. P. pr. vetant. P. p. veto. Pres. Je^vets, tu vets, il vet, nous vetons, etc. Pret. Je vetis. Put Je vetirai. Thus also : Devetir, to divest ; revetir, to invest. 34. Servir (qn.), to serve, to help. P. pr. servant. P. p. servi. Pres. Je sers, tu sers, il serf, nous servons, vous servez, ils ser- vent. Subj. Que je serve. Pret. Je servis. Put. Je servirai. Thus also : Desservir, to clear the table ; se servir de, to make use of, to use. 35. Dortnir, to sleep. P. pr. dormant. P.p. dormi. Pres. Je dors, tu dors, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils dorment. Subj. Que je dorme. * Pret. Je dormis, etc., like servir. Thus : Endormir, to lull asleep ; s'endormir, to fall asleep ; se rendormir, to fall asleep again. 36. Partir, to set out, to leave. P. pr. partant. P.p. parti. Pres. ]epars, tu pars, 'Apart, nous partons, etc., like servir. Thus : Repartir, to set off again, to reply. Not to be confounded with repartir, to distribute, which is regular. jg^ XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 37. Mentir, to lie. P. pr. mentant. P. p. menti. Pres. Je mens, tu mens, il ment, nous mentons, etc., like servir. Thus also : Dementir, to give the lie. 38. Sentir, to feel, to smell. P. pr. sentant. P. p. senti. Pres. Je sens, tu ^/?.f, il sent, nous sentons, etc., like servir. Thus : Consentir, to consent ; pressentir, to foresee ; ressentir, to feel. 39. »S? repentir de qch., to repent. /*./r. se repentant. P.p. repenti. Pres. Je me repens, I repent, etc., like sentir. 40. Sortir, to go out. .P. /r. sortant. />. /. sorti. Pres. Je .wj, tu sors, il .$w/, etc., like servir. Thus : Ressortir, to go out again. Ressortir, to resort, and assortir, to assort, are regularly conjugated like yfrzz'r. 41. Courir, to run. P./r. courant. P. p. coura. />w. Je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent. Subj. Que je coure. P'et. Je courus, tu courus, il courut, nous coummes, vous cou- rutes, ils coururent. Put. Je courrai, tu courras, il courra, nous courrons, vous cour- rez, ils courront. Tmper. Cours, courons, courez. Thus : Accourir, to run to ; concourir, . to compete ; discourir, to dis- course ; encoitrir, to incur ; parcourir, to run over ; recourir, to have re- course ; secourir, to relieve, to assist. 42. Cueillir, to gather. P. pr. cueillant. P.p. cueilli. Pres. Je cueilk, tu cueinVs, il cueilL?, nous cueillons, vous cueil- lez, ils^ueillent. Subj. Que je cueille. Pret. Je cueillis. Tmper. Cueille, cueillons, cueillez. Put. Je cueinVrai. Thus : Accueillir, to receive ; recueillir, to gather. 43. Offrir, to offer. P. pr. offrant. P. p. offert. Pres. J'offn?, tu offres, il offn?, nous offrons, etc. Pret. J'offris. I?7iper. Qffre, offrons, offrez. Put. J'offrirai. IRREGULAR VERBS. 185 44. Souffrir, to suffer. P. pr. souffrant. P. p. souffert. Pres. Je souffre, tu souffres, etc., like offrir. 45. Ouvrir, to open. P. pr. ouvrant. P. p. ouvert. Pres. J'ouvre, etc., like offrir. Thus : Rouvrir, to open again ; entr^ouvrir, to open a little. 46. Couvrir, to cover. P. pr. couvrant. P.p. couvert. Thus : Decoitvrir, to discover ; recouvrir, to cover over. 47. Tressaillir, to start, to tremble. P.pr. tressaillant. P. p. tressailli. Pres. Je tressailk, tu tressailli, il tressailli, etc. Pret. Je tressaillis, etc, Put. Je tressailkrai and je tressailkrai. Thus : Assaillir, to assault. 48. Saillir, to jut out, project. P. pr. saillant. P.p. sailli. Pres. third person, il saille, pi. ils saillent. Like tressaillir y but it is used only in the third person singular and plural. Saillir (=jaillir), to gush, is regular. VOCABULARY. Du mouton, mutton. fatigue, tired. la voiturc, the coach. la violette, the violet. mepriser, to despise. la livre, the pound. THEME 42. 1. The enemy flee. 2. Let us shun these places. 3. We clothe the poor. 4. The young girl was clad in black. 5. I cannot meet him; he shuns me. 6. Avoid bad company. 7. Your friend, Mr. A., does not serve me well. 8. I made use of your coach. 9. Tell me what he has done to you ; but above all (surtout), do not lie. 10. He who lies deserves to be despised. 11. I go out every day. 12. Do not go out, Robert; it is too cold. 13. If I were as ill as you, I would not go out of my room. 14. I feel the cold. 15. Do not make any (de) noise, for my mother is asleep (sleeps). 16. I hope she will sleep better to-night (cette nuit). 17. If I do not walk a little, I shall fall asleep. 18. Do i86 L XLIIL QUARANTE-TROISIEME LECON. you not repent of what {de ce que) you have done? 19. I always repent when I have done wrong (mal). 20. Do not run so fast (vite), you will be tired. 21. They always run when they go to see their aunt. 22. I ran faster than you. 23. If she is unhappy, I shall relieve her. 24. For whom are you gathering these violets? 25. I gather them for my mother. 26. The young lady has been received with the greatest kindness. 27. I always offer him my services. 28. He offered me a hundred pounds for my garden. 29. What are you doing there ? 30. I cover the plants with [de) snow. XLIII. QUARANTE-TROISlfiME LEfON. IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS. (49 — 53- Verbs in ir changing their radical vowel and taking the flexions of the third Conjugation.) 49. Mourir* to die. P. pr. mourant. P. p. mort. Pres. Je meurs, tu meurs, il nieurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurent. Subj. Que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que nous mourions, que vous mouriez, qu'ils meurent. Imper. Meurs, mourons, mourez. Pret Je mourus, tu mourus, il mourut, nous mourumes, vous mourutes, ils moururent. Put. Je mourrai, tu mourras, il mourra, etc. Thus also : Se mourir, to be near dying, to be fainting. Pres. ye me meurs, etc. 50. Bouillir, to boil, neut. v. P. pr. bouillant. P. p. bouilli. Pres. Je bous, tu bous, il bout, nous bouillons, vous bouillez, ils bouillent. Subj. Que je bouille. IRREGULAR VERBS. 1S7 Pret. Je bouillis. Fut. Je bouill/rai. To boil, as an active verb, is rendered /aire bouillir, as : To boil potatoes, /aire bouillir des pommes de terre. 51. Venir* to come. P. pr. venant. P.p. venu. Pres. Je viens, tu vzVns, il vz>nt, nous venons, vous venez, ils vzVnnent. Pres. Subj. Que je vz>nne, que tu vzVnnes, qu'il vienne, que nous venions, que vous veniez, qu'ils vzVnnent. Imperf. Je venais. Pret. Je vins, tu vms, il vmt, nous vihmes, vous vzntes, ils vm- rent. Imperf. Subj. Que je vinsse, que tu vinsses, qu'il vznt, que nous vinssions, etc. Fut. Je viendrai, tu vzVndras, etc. Cond. Je vzVndrais. Imper. Viens, venons, venez. Conjugate in the same manner: Convenir to agree, to suit; devenir* to become; intervenir* to intervene; parvenir* to attain, to reach ; prevenir, to be beforehand with, to inform; provenir* to arise, spring from, to pro- ceed ; se souvenir t to remember ; survenir* to happen ; subvenir, to relieve ; revenir* to come back (again). 52. Tenir, to hold. P. pr. tenant. P. p. tenu. This verb is conjugated like venir, as : Pres. Je Hens, tu tin- nent. Subj. Que je tzVnne. Pret. Je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tihmes, vous tmtes, ils tin- rent. Fut. Je tzVndrai. Imper. Tiens, tenons, tenez. Thus also : Appartenir, to belong ; s'abstenir, to abstain ; contenir, to contain; detenir, to detain ; entretenir, to keep up; maintenir, to maintain; obtenir, to obtain ; retenir, to retain ; soutenir, to sustain, uphold, support. 53. Acquerir, to acquire, i 5 . /r. acqueVant. P. p. acquis. Pres. yacquiers, tu acquzVrs, il acquz>rt, nous acquerons, vous acquerez, ils acquz7>- ^ s tms report true ? 34. I cannot (ConoJ.) tell (it) you. 35. He does not choose to (will not) eat. $6. If I chose (would), I should tell you where he lives. 37. What would you have me do (that I should do) (7m- perf. Subj.) ? 38. We could have stopped him, if we had chosen. 39. I send you herewith (ci-joint) the direction of Mr. L. 40. I have found the ring which my cousin has lost, and I shall send it to her. I 94 XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LECON. XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LEf ON. IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS CONTINUED. 67. Eire, to laugh. P. fir. riant. P. fi. ri. Pres. Je ris. Imfierf. Je riais. Pret. Je ris, tu ris, il rit, etc. Put. Je rirai. 68. Envoyer, to send. P. fir. envoyant. P. fi. envoye. Pres. J'envoie. Imfierf. J'envoyais. Pret. J'envoyai. Put J'enverrai, tu enverras, etc. Cond. J'enverrais. 69. Alter* to go. P. fir. allant. P. fi. alle. i^j. Je vais, tu z>tf.r, il va, nous allons, vous allez, ils vont. Pres. Subj. Que faille, que tu allies, qu'il #///u\.je nVen suis alle, tu t'en es alle, etc. INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT TENSE. Je m'en vais, I go away. nous nous en allons, we go away. tu t'en vas, etc. vous vous en allez, etc. il s'en va, etc. ils s'en vont, etc. IRREGULAR VERBS. *95 Neg. Je ne m'en vais pas. M'en vais-je, do I go away ? etc. tu ne t'en vas pas, etc. Ne m'en vais-je pas ? etc. IMPERFECT. Je m'en allais, tu t'en allais. M'en allais-je, did I go away ? Je ne m'en allais pas. Ne m'en allais-je pas? Je m'en allai. Je ne m'en allai pas. Je m'en irai. Je ne m'en irai pas. PRETERITE. M'en allai-je? Ne m'en allai-je pas ? FUTURE. M'en irai-je ? Ne m'en irai-je pas ? IMPERATIVE. AFFIRMATIVE. Va-t'en. (qu'il s'en aille). allons-nous-en. allez-vous-en. (qu'ils s'en aillent). NEGATIVE. Ne t'en va pas. (qu'il ne s'en aille pas), ne nous en allons pas. ne vous en allez pas. (qu'ils ne s'en aillent pas). COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. Je m'en suis alle, I have gone nous nous en sommes alles. away. tu t'en es alle. vous vous en etes alle (s). il s'en est alle. ils s'en sont alles. elle s'en est all6e. elles s'en sont allees. NEGATIVELY. Je ne m'en suis pas alle. tu ne t'en es pas alle. il ne s'en est pas alle. nous ne nous en sommes pas alles. vous ne vous en £tes pas alle (s). ils ne s'en sont pas alles. 196 XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. M'en suis-je all6 ? t'en es-tu alle ? s'en est-il alle ? INTERROGATIVELY. nous en sommes-nous alles ? vous en etes-vous alle (s) ? s'en sont lis alles ? NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. Ne m'en suis-je pas alle ? ne t'en es-tu pas alle ? ne s'en est-il pas alle ? ne nous en sommes-nous p. alles ? ne vous en etes-vous pas alles ? ne s'en sont-ils pas alles ? COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. Je m'en etais alle. M'en etais-je alle ? Je ne m'en etais pas alle. Ne m'en etais-je pas alle ? Que je m'en aille. que tu t'en ailles. qu'il s'en aille. subjunctive. PRESENT. que nous nous en allions. que vous vous en alliez. qu'ils s'en aillent. IMPERFECT. Que je m'en allasse. que tu t'en allasses. qu'il s'en allat, etc. PERFECT. Que je m'en sois alle. PLUPERFECT. Que je m'en fusse alle. S'en aller. INFINITIVE. S'en etre alle. S'en allant. PARTICIPLES. S'en etant alle. VOCABULARY. Oblige, obliged. Jendi dernier, last Thursday. la musique, music. le pavilion, the flag. sonner, to strike. la sante, health. importitner, to importune. hisse, hoisted. DEFECTIVE VERBS. 197 THEME 45. 1. I go to London. 2. Thou goest to Paris. 3. He goes to Berlin. 4. My brother has also gone to Berlin. 5. Where are you going? 6. I am going to the play (ait spectacle). 7. I would go with you, if I had time. 8. Why are they going away so soon? 9. They are obliged to go away. 10. Will not your mother be angry (fachee), if you go away before her? n. I told her that I would go away before her, and she has permitted (it to) me. 12. My sister and I (we) went to the concert last Thursday. 13. If you had gone (there, y) also, you would have heard fine music. 14. These men went yesterday from house to (en) house. 15. At what o'clock will you go (away)? 16. I should have already gone, if it had not rained so fast (fort). 17. Is he really gone (away) ? Yes, he went (has gone) away this morning. 18. Let us go (away), it is going to (il va) strike three o'clock. 19. How is (va) your health? 20. Thank you, it is not very good. 21. I wish (should like that) the boy would go (away) (Imperf. Subj.). 22. I wish they would go away. 23. Begone (go away), you importune me. XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LEfON. DEFECTIVE VERBS. Verbs whereof some tenses or persons are wanting are defective verbs. They are as follows : — 70. Br aire, to bray. Pres. II brait, ils braient. Fut. II braira. Cond. II brairait. 7 1 . Bruire, to roar. P. pr. bruyant. Imperf. II bruyait, pi. ils bruyaient. 72. Choir, to fall. P. p. chu. I9 8 XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 73. Clore, to close. P.p. clos. Pres. Je clos, tu clos, il clot. Put. Je clorai, tu cloras, etc. Cond. Je clorais. 74. Edore* to be hatched. P. p. eclos. Pres. II eclot, //. ils eclosent. Subj. Qu'il eclose, //. qu'ils eclosent. Fat. II eclora, pi. ils ecloront. Its compound tenses are formed with etre. 75. Faillir, to fail. iP./r. (faillant). P./. failli. ite. II faut. jP/r/. Je faillis, tu faillis, il faillit, nous faillimes, vous faillites, ils faillirent. Per/. J'ai failli, I had nearly. Thus : Defaillir, to faint. 76. Ferir, is used only in the expression: Sans coup fe'rir, without striking a blow. 77. Frire, to fry. P. pr. wanting. P.p. frit. .Pm-. Je fris, tu fris, il frit. Plur. wanting. Fnt. Je frirai. Cond. Je frirais. Per/. J'ai frit, etc. 78. Gesir, to lie. P. pr. gz'sant. /Vir j'acquiers acquerant acquis, e j 'acquis 53 Aller je vais allant alle, e j'allai 69 Assaillir j'assaille assaillant assailli, e j'assaillis 47 S'asseoir je m'assieds s'asseyant assis, e je m'assis 66 Atteindre j'atteins atteignant atteint, e j'atteignis 14 Battre, see L. xxiii., Rem. I. Boire je bois buvant bu, e je bus 19 Bouillir je bous bouillant bouilli, e je bouillis 5o Braire il brait — wanting wanting 70 Bruire Imp. il bruyait bruyant — — 71 Ceindre je ceins ceignant ceint, e je ceignis H Choir, see dechoir — — — So Circoncire je circoncis — circoncis je circoncis 2 Clore je clos — clos — 73 Conclure je conclus concluant conclu, e je conclus Z. 23 Concevoir je concois concevant concu, e je concus 55 Conduire je conduis conduisant conduit, e je conduisis 5 Confire je confis confisant confit, e je confis 2 Connaitre je connais connaissant connu, e je connus 26 Coudre je couds cousant cousu, e je cousis 11 Courir je cours courant couru, e je courus 41 Couvrir je couvre couvrant couvert, e je couvris 46 Craindre je crains craignant craint, e je craignis 15 Croire je crois croyant cru, e je crus 20 Croitre je crois croissant cru, e je crus 21 Cueillir je cueille cueillant cueilli, e je cueillis 42 Cuire je cuis cuisant cuit, e je cuisis 4 Dechoir je dechois — dechu, e je dechus 56 Devoir je dois devant du je dus 54 Dire je dis disant dit, e je dis 7 Dormir je dors dormant dormi je dormis 35 * The derivatives which are not in this table will be found with the primitives, under their respective number. 200 XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LEf ON. fichoir il echoit echeant echu il echut 56 ficlore il eclot — eclos — 74 Ecrire j'ecris 6crivant ecrit, e j'£crivis 17 Envoyer j'envoie envoyant envoye j'envoyai 68 Faire je fais faisant fait, e je fis 27 Faillir — faillant failli je faillis 75 Falloir il faut — fallu il fallut 57 Feindre je feins feignant feint, e je feignis H Ferir — — — — 76 Frire je fris — frit, e — 77 Fuir je fuis fuyant fui je fuis 32 Gesir il git gisant — — 73 Joindre je joins joignant joint, e je joignis 16 Issir — — issu, e — 79 Instruire j'instruis instruisant instruit, e j'instruisis 6 Lire je lis lisant lu, e je lus 18 Luire je luis luisant lui — 1 Mentir je mens mentant menti je mentis 37 Mettre je mets mettant mis, e je mis 28 Moudre je mouds moulant moulu, e je moulus 12 Mourir je meurs mourant mort, e je mourus 49 Mouvoir je meus mouvant mu, e je mus 58 Naitre je nais naissant ne, e je naquis 30 Nuire je nuis nuisant nui je nuisis 3 Offrir j'offre offrant ofFert, e j'offris 43 Oindre j'oins — oint j'oignis 16 Ouir — — OU1 j'ouis 80 Ouvrir j'ouvre ouvrant ouvert, e j'ouvris 45 Paitre je pais paissant pu — 25 Paraitre je parais paraissant paru je parus 24 Partir je pars partant parti je partis 36 Peindre je peins peignant peint je peignis 14 Plaindre je plains plaignant plaint je plaignis 15 Plaire je plais plaisant plu je plus 22 Pleuvoir il pleut pleuvant plu il plut 59 Prendre je prends prenant pris je pris 29 Poindre je poins poignant (point) (je poignis) 16 Pourvoir je pourvois pourvoyant pourvu, e pourvus 60 Pouvoir jepeux (puis ) pouvant pu je pus 61 Repentir, se je me repens > repentant repenti je me repentis 39 Restreindre je restreins — restreint je restreignis 14 Rire je ris riant ri je ris 67 Rompre, see L. xxin., Rem. 2. Saillir il saille saillant sailli il saillit 48 SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 201 Savoir je sais sachant su, e je sus 62 Sentir je sens sentant senti, e je sentis 38 Seoir il sied seant sis, e — 82 Servir je sers servant servi, e je servis 34 Sortir je sors sortant sorti je sortis 40 Souffrir je souffre souffrant souffert, e je souffris 44 Sourdre elle sourd — — — 81 Suivre je suis suivant suivi, e je suivis 9 Suffire je suffis suffisant suffi je suffis 2 Surseoir je surseois sursoyant sursis je sursis 83 Taire je tais taisant tu, e je tus 23 Teindre je teins teignant teint, e je teignis 14 Tenir je tiens tenant tenu, e je tins 52 Traire je trais trayant trait — 8 Tressaillir je tressaille tressaillant tressailli je tressaillis 47 Valoir je vaux valant valu je valus 63 Vaincre je vaincs vainquant vaincu, e je vainquis 10 Venir je viens venant venu, e je vins 5i V£tir je vets vetant vetu je vetis 33 Vivre je vis vivant vecu je vecus 3i Voir je vois voyant vu, e je vis 65 Vouloir je veux voulant voulu, e je voulus 64 XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LEfON. HOW TO RENDER DO, DID, SHALL, WILL, ETC- SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES The auxiliaries do, will, shall, etc., in answers, are often used in English in an elliptical manner, when in French the principal verb must be repeated, and a noun or pronoun supplied. Si, "yes," is generally used in answers instead of oui in replying to a question in which there is a negation, or in contradiction to a negative state- 202 XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LECON. EXAMPLES : Avez-vous du pain? Oui, fen ai. Have you any bread? Yes, I have. Avez-vous repondu? Oui, j'ai re- Have you answered? Yes, I have. pondu ? Acheteront-ils ce beurre ? Oui, ils Will they buy that butter? Yes, they Pacheteront. will. Voulez vous le lui demander ? Oui, Will you ask him for it? Yes, I will. je veux bien. Etes-vous anglais? Non, je ne le Are you an Englishman? No, I am suis pas. not. Avez-vous ete a Rome ? Non, je n'y Have you been injiome? No, I have ai pas ete. not. Est-ce vous qui etes venu hier soir ? Was it you who came last night? No, Non, ce n'' est pas moi. it was not I. Ce n'est pas ce peintre qui a fait votre That painter did not take your like- portrait ? Si, c' "est lui. ness, did he? Yes, he did. Lui rendrez- vous son portrait ? Cela Will you return her likeness to her? va sans dire. Of course I will. Partira-t-il ? Oui, il partira. Will he set out? Yes, he will. Iriez vous s'il y allait? Mais oui,_/> Should you go there if he did? Why, le ferais. yes, I should. Est-ce la mode ? Oui, c'est la mode. Is it the fashion ? Yes, it is. Pourquoi vous plaignez - vous ? Je Why do you complain ? I do not ne me plains pas ; c'est mon frere complain ; my brother does. Does qui se plaint. II se plaint ! Oui, he ? Indeed he does, and he has vraiment, et il y a longtemps qu'il complained for a long time. se plaint. J'ai faim. Vraiment? Oui, bien I am hungry. Really? Yes, very. faim. Doit-elle venir ce soir ? Oui, elle Does she intend to come this evening ? doit venir. Yes, she does. In exclamations the auxiliary must be translated by some words expressive of the meaning implied by the English ellipsis. Ex. : — Son associe est revenu des Indes. His partner has returned from India. Est-ce possible, vous me surprenez, He has ? or simply, Ah ! vraiment ! J'ai sommeil. Ah! vraiment? or, I am sleepy. Are you ? Allons done, vous plaisantez. SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 203 SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. The verbs aller, devoir, and venir de are idiomatically used, forming, with an infinitive, what some grammarians have called " Supplementary Tenses." Alter said devoir before an infinitive form idiomatic futures, and corre- spond to the English verbs to go and to be (to be about to), in alike position. Venir de forms idiomatic past tenses, and corresponds to the English to have just. CONJUGATION OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. Je vais avoir, / am going to have. Tu vas chanter, Thou art going to sing. 11 va danser, He is going to dance. Nous allons finir, We are going to finish. Vous allez rendre, You are going to render. lis vont recevoir, They are going _ to receive. J'allais avoir, etc. / was going to have, etc. Je dois avoir, I am to have. Tu dois chanter, Thou art to sing. 11 doit danser, He is to dance. Nous devons finir, We are to finish. Vous devez rendre, You are to render. lis doivent „ recevoir, They are „ to receive. Je devais avoir, etc. I was to have. Je devrais avoir, etc. I should or ought to have. J'aurais du av oir, etc. I should c r ought to have had. Je viens de (d') Tu viens " 11 vient " Nous venons " Vous venez " lis viennent " avoir, chanter, danser, finir, rendre, recevoir, Je venais d'avoir, etc. I have just ~\ had. Thou hast just sung. He has just I danced. We have just (finished. You have just rendered. They have just J received. I had just had, etc. 204 XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. These last tenses may be expressed by /aire preceded by ne and followed by the conjunctive que, with an infinitive preceded by de {ne /aire que de). e. g. // ne fait que d'arriver. He has but just arrived, ye ne fais que de soriir. I have but just gone out. N. B. — The particle de is here indispensable, because, without it the ex- pression would have quite another sense, and would denote a continuation or a frequent repetition of the action. Ex. : Vous ne faites que sortir. You do nothing but go out. Elle ne fait que jouer. She does nothing but play. PART II. ELISION. The vowels a, e, i, when final, are sometimes elided before a word beginning with a vowel or h mute ; thus : Vdme, V homme y sHl, instead of la dme, le homme, si il. Elision of a. A is elided only in the word la. Ex. : Pamitie. Elision of e. E is elided in the nine monosyllables je, me, te, le, de, ne, ce, se and que. Ex. : faime j c'est V homme quHl rtestinie pas. Exceptions. — I. The vowels of the pronouns le, la, je, and ce are never elided when they come after the verb. Ex. : Ai-je mi livre ; est-ce elle. The e inje and ce is not pronounced 1 , however, though the e and a of le and la are in voyez-la aujourd ) hici, voyez-le aujourd 1 hui. 2. Before oni and onze no elision takes place : je crois que oui; le onze. The e is elided in lorsque, when; puisque, since; quoique, though, only before il, elle, on and un. Ex. : lorsqu'il, piiisqu'on, etc. In quelque the e is elided only before un, une, and autre. Ex. : quelqu'un; quelqit autre. In entre and presque, e is elided only when they form part of a compound word. Ex. : entr'acte, presqiHle. Elision of i. I is elided only in the conjunction si before // and Us. Ex. : s'il, s'ils. 2 o6 I. PREMIERE LEgON. I. PREMlfiRE LEfON. ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. I. RULES ON THE GENDER OF SIMPLE NOUNS. § I. MASCULINE BY THEIR SIGNIFICATION ARE: i. The names of all masculine beings, as: Henri, Henry; Vempereur, the emperor ; le maitre, the master ; le Francais, the Frenchman ; le taureau, the bull, etc. 2. The names of metals, trees, shrubs, seasons, months, and days, as: le fer, iron; k chene, the oak ; le printemps, spring ; le joli Mai, (the) fine May ; (le) lundi, Monday, etc. 3. All words that are made substantive by prefixing the arti- cle, as : le vert, the green (color) ; le Men, the good ; le boire et le manger, drinking and eating ; le oui et le non, the yes and no. 4. Nouns expressing professions, titles, or qualities which be- long generally to men : philosophe, orateur, etc. 5. The names generally used in natural history to designate the different species of animals : un quadrupede, un mammifere, un herbivore, etc. 6. The names employed in chemistry to designate simple bodies and most of their compounds : Vor, le cuivre, Vhydrogene, Poxy gene. 7. The names of the decimal nomenclature: le metre, le franc, le centime, etc. § 2. MASCULINE BY TERMINATION. i. Nouns ending in a consonant (except those in aison, ion, and eur). 2. Nouns ending in any vowel except e mute and /preceded by / or ti. 3. Nouns ending in e mute preceded by b, g, I (not double), m, ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 207 r (except rr not preceded by u), s, t (not double), or u (except those in ique). To any rules for terminations, there will be found many exceptions. These rules are general. Most of the exceptions in common use the pupil will learn as they occur in this grammar. § 3. FEMININE BY SIGNIFICATION : i. All names of female persons and animals, as : Marie, Mary • la reine, the queen; lafille, the girl; lajument, the mare, etc. 2. The names of fruits, flowers, and herbs, as : la poire, the pear; la pomme, the apple; la rose, the rose; Vherbe, the grass. Except : Le marron, the chestnut ; le citron, the lemon ; le raisin, the grape ; un abricot, the apricot ; tin ceillet, a pink ; le lis, the lily, and a few more, on account of their masculine termination. 3. The names of countries, places, and rivers ending in e mute, as : la France, la Prusse, Vancienne Ro?ne, la Loire, la Seme, etc. Except : Le Hanovre, le Mexique, le Danube, le Rhone, le Maine, Ameri- can State, province in France, and river, le Tibre, le Tigre, PEuphrate, le Scamandre, le Meandre, le Tage, le Vesuve, le Pyree, le Havre, le Caire. § 4. FEMININE BY TERMINATION : i. Nouns ending with e mute, not included in the masculine termination, as : la vie, life ; Vepee, the sword. 2. Those ending in aison, ion, and eur, as: la maison, the house ; la religion, la grandeur. 3. Those ending in e preceded by / or ti, as : la beaute, beauty. 4. These five words ending in i are feminine : la foi, faith; la loi, law; la four mi, the ant; la merci, mercy; Vapres-midi. 5. Most nouns ending in oire (not oir) are feminine, as : la gloire, glory ; Vhistoire, history ; la victoire, victory ; la machoire, the jaw. 6. Gens. This word presents an anomaly in gender. It is masculine, but when an adjective precedes it, that adjective takes the feminine form, if its termination is not e mute. If a defini- tive;, as tout or certain, precedes this adjective, the definitive also 2 o8 I. PREMIERE LECON. takes the feminine form. In all other cases, gens takes a mascu- line adjective, as : Toates les vieilles gens sont soupfonneux, all old people are suspicious. But, Tous les jeunes gens. II. GENDER OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES. This depends upon the manner of their composition. i. When the first component is a noun, it determines the gen- der of the whole, as : Le chou-fleur, the cauliflower ; un arc-e?i-ciel, a rainbow ; la fete-Dieu. 2. When they consist of a preposition or an adjective and a noun, the gender of the noun remains for the whole, as : Le contre-coup, the counter-buff; Vavant-bras, m. the fore-arm. 3. Those nouns compounded with a verb and noun are always of the masculine gender, as : Le portemanteau, the portmanteau; k tire-bouchon, the corkscrew; le porte-feuille, the portfolio (though feuille is feminine). THEME 1. Indicate the gender of the following nouns, by placing an arti- cle, either the definite or the indefinite, before them : The horse, — cheval. The pear, — poire. The metal, — metal. A winter, — hiver. Italy, — Italic The cherry, — cerise. The cherry-tree, — cerisier. The house, — maison. The vapor, — vapenr. The walnut, — noix. A leaf, — feuille. The truth, — verite. The van-guard, — avant-garde. The cart, — charrette. The work, — travail. The shell, — coquille. The hat, — cha- pean. The shoe, — soldier. The honey, — miel. The carpenter, — charpetitier. The nurse, — nonrrice. The sun, — -soldi.- The earth, — terre. A year, — annee. The life, — vie. The feast, — fete. The beauty, — beaute. The master-key, — passe-partout. The spit, — toume-broche. Christianity, — christianisme. III. DOUBLE GENDER OF SOME NOUNS. 1. The following nouns have a double gender: I? aide, m. the assistant. Vaide, f. the help, support. Vaigie, m. the eagle. Paigle, f. the standard. ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 209 Panne, m. the alder-tree. Paune, f. the ell, yard. uncotiple, a couple, husband and wife, une couple, a brace, two of a sort. un enseigne, an ensign. une enseigne, a sign. le garde, the keeper. la garde, the guard, watch. le guide, the guide. la guide, the rein in driving. le livre, the book. la livre, the pound. le manche, the handle. la manche, the sleeve. le memoire, the memorandum. la memoire, the memory. le mousse, the cabin-boy. la mousse, the moss. Porgue, m. sing, the organ. les orgues, pi. organ, or organs. le page, the page (of a prince). la page, the page (of a book). tin paillasse, a merry andrew. une paillasse, a straw-bed. Pdques, pi. m. Easter. la pdque, the Passover. le poele, the stove. la poele, the frying-pan. le poste, the post, military post. la poste, the post-office. tin somme, a nap, slumber. la somnie, the sum. & tour, the trick, turn. /« tour, the tower. /^ trompette, the trumpeter. /a trompette, the trumpet. ?m z/ y sea. sans fafons, without ceremonies. sur terre, sans peine, without trouble. parterre, by land. sans peril, without danger. sous peine de mort, on pain of death. 5. No article is used before a substantive which is repeated with a preposition, as : Promesses sur promesses, promises upon promises. De temps en temps, from time to time. De siecle en siecle, from age to age. 6. In the following expressions, where the noun forms but one idea with the verb antecedent, as : Avoir faim, to be hungry. prendre patience, to have patience. avoir soif, to be thirsty. prendre soin, to take care. USE OF THE ARTICLE. 225 avoir soin, to take care. /aire grace, to grant pardon. avoir pear, to be afraid. faire attention, to pay attention. avoir bonne mine, to look well. faire grand cas, to value. avoir pitie, to have pity. faire peur, to frighten. avoir honte, to be ashamed. faire mention, to mention. avoir raison, to be right. faire fortune, to make one's fortune. avoir tort, to be wrong. rendre compte, ) ■ A . i r 7 ? to account for. avoir sujet, to have occasion for. rendre raison, $ avoir dessein, to intend. rendre visite, to visit. avoir envie, to have a desire, a mind, ^porter envie, to envy. avoir besoin, to want. courir risque, to run risk. avoir coutume, to be in the habit, to demander pardon, to beg one's par- use, don. prendre part, to join. demander grace, to beg for grace. prendre garde, to take care. ajouter foi, to give credit. prendre conge, to take leave. 7. Further, after many verbs which are followed by de, a, or m, as : Combler de bienfaits, to load with benefits. Vivre de pain, to live upon bread. Monter a chevdl, to mount (get) on horseback. Monter en voiture, to enter a carriage. Tomber de cheval, to fall from horseback. Descendre de cheval, to alight. Se mettre a table, to go to dinner. Se lever de table, to rise from dinner. Perdre de vue, to lose sight of. Mourir de faim, to die of hunger. Mourir de froid, to die of cold, to freeze. Trembler de peur, to tremble with fear. fttre malade de chagrin, to be ill with grief. THEME 6. 1. Charity 1 begins at home (par soi-meme). 2. Necessity has no law (lot). 3. Games, 2 conversation, theatre, nothing diverts (distrait) him. 4. Nobody was satisfied; fathers, uncles, aunts and brothers, all thought themselves (se crurent) neglected. 3 5. This man has neither vice^ nor virtues; neither talents- nor de- fects. 4 6. We expected our friend from day to day. 7. It does 22 6 HI. TROISIEME LE£ON. not suffice to heap (d" 1 entasser) facts 5 upon facts, to load 6 your memory ; you must exercise 7 also your judgment. 8 8. I shall do it with pleasure. 9. One florin a day. 10. Ten pounds a year." n. The poor woman was starving with hunger and (with) cold. 12. You are always right; I have been wrong. 13. Have pity on (de) my weakness. 9 14. The least noise 10 frightens me. 15. Those who speak without reflection, are exposed to many (a bien des) errors. 16. I must take leave of you. 17. Many poor peo- ple live on (de) bread and potatoes only. 1. Charitd. 2. Jeu, m. 3. Nigliges. 4. Dtfaut. 5. Le fait. 6. Charger. 7. Ex~ ercer. 8. Jugemcnt. 9. Faiblesse. 10. Bruit, m. READING LESSON. DEMOSTHENE. D6mosthene, jeune horame d'Athenes, avait grande envie de devenir orateur habile; mais la nature semblait lui en avoir refuse tous les moyens. D'abord il begayait 1 a l'exces; puis il ne pouvait prononcer la lettre R ; ensuite il avait une voix desagreable et glapissante, 2 et de faibles poumons. 3 D'autres ajoutent qu'il avait encore la mauvaise habitude de lever l'epaule, 4 quand il avait prononce trois ou quatre mots. Aussi, la premiere fois qu'il harangua le peuple, il s'en tira si mal, qu'il fut siffle. 5 Tout autre que lui aurait a jamais perdu courage. Mais De- mosthene prit patience et resolut, en depit 6 de la nature, de de- venir bon orateur, et il le devint. Ecoutez comment il s'y prit. 7 Quelquefois il allait au bord de la mer, dans l'endroit ou les vagues 8 venaient se briser {break) avec fracas. 9 La, il debitait 10 un discours a haute voix, pour s'accoutumer a dominer le tumulte d'une assemblee populaire. D'autres fois, il mettait dans sa bouche de petits cailloux (peb- bles); puis il courait en gravissant 11 une montagne et en decla- USE OF THE ARTICLE. 227 mant, afin de se contraindre 12 a prononcer clairement jusqu'a la moindre syllabe. Enfin, on dit qu'il s'exergait a parler dans une chambre souter- raine, 13 et que pour se mettre dans la necessite de rester long- temps enferme, il s'etait fait raser 14 la moitie de la tete. II se placait des heures entieres devant un miroir, pour se don- ner une bonne contenance et des gestes convenables. On dit qu'il se mettait aussi l'epaule nue immediatement sous la pointe d'une £pee, 15 afin qu'elle le piquat, 16 toutes les fois que, d'apres sa mauvaise habitude, il ferait son mouvement d'epaule. C'est par des exercices soutenus 17 de ce genre, joints a une £tude profonde des sciences, qu'il se rendit enfin le plus grand orateur qui ait existe; et aujourd'hui encore, apres tant de siecles, 1 ® ses harangues sont admirees comme des chefs-d'oeuvre d'eloquence. 1. To stammer. 2. Shrill. 3. Lungs. 4. Shoulder. 5. To hiss. 6. In spite of. 7. To manage. 8. The waves. 9. Noise. 10. To deliver. 11. To climb. 12. To force. 13. Subterranean. 14. To shave. 15. A sword. 16. To sting. 17. Continued. 18. Cen- tury. CONVERSATION. La nature avait-elle favorise Au contraire, elle semblait lui Demosthene ? avoir refuse tous les moyens de devenir orateur. Quels defauts avait-il done ? II begayait et ne pouvait pro- noncer la lettre r. Comment etait sa voix ? Elle etait desagreable et glapis- sante. Comment s'en tira-t-il, lorsqu'il II s'en tira si mal qu'il fut siffle prononca son premier dis- [hissed). cours ? Fut-il decourage par ce resul- Non, il ne perdit pas courage; tat ? au contraire, il persista dans son dessein. Et comment s'y prit-il ? II s'exercait continuellement et de differentes manieres. 22 8 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. Dites-moi comment. II mettait de petits cailloux dans sa bouche pour se de- faire {rid of) de l'habitude de begayer. Est-ce qu'il reussit dans ses ef- II reussit si parfaitement qu'il forts ? devint a la fin le plus grand orateur qui ait existe. Ses harangues existent-elles en- Oui, elles ont ete conservees, core? et elles sont encore aujour- d'hui admirees comme des chefs-d'oeuvre d'eloquence. IV. QUATRIEME LEfON SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. In general we may say de is used when made of, composed of, coming from, belonging to, can be understood : whereas a is employed when for the pur- pose of is meant. I. DE IS USED : i. After adverbs of quantity, as: beaucoup, peu, plus, moms, tant, etc. (See Part I. L. 6, p. 42). 2. Before a limiting word which follows a noun used parti- tively and preceded by a word denoting quantity. Ex. : — II y eut deux hommes DE tues, there were two men killed. Void quelque chose DE plus, here is something more. Void un homme DE trop, here is a man too many. J'ai deux chambres DE louees, I have two rooms let. Note. The noun may be understood. Ex. : J' en ai une de loue'e. Or rien or personne may supply the place of the noun and its preceding word. Ex. : // rfy a personne de malade chez nous, there is no one sick at our house, Rien de bon, nothing good. SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 229 3. As in English, often nouns expressing quantity, number, measure, weight, etc., as: Une quantite de noix, a quantity of walnuts. Une paire de bas, a pair of stockings. Une livre de beurre, a pound of butter. Une piece de toile, a piece of linen. Un morceau de fro?nage, a piece of cheese. Une main de papier, a quire of paper. Une bouteille de vin, a bottle of wine. 4. After adjectives denoting dime?isio?i or age, as : A wall twenty feet high : un mur haut de vingt pieds or un mur qui a vingt pieds DE haut or DE hauteur. A boy ten years old, un {petit) garpn de dix aits. A table six feet long, une table tongue de six pieds or de six pieds de longueur. Note. It may be observed here that with adjectives of dimension, the verb to be may be rendered in French by avoir, as : This tower is 120 feet high. Cette tour A cent vingt pieds DE hauteur. 5. When an English adjective is rendered in French by a noun, the order of the substantives is inverted in English. In French the latter is preceded by de. Ex. : — A witty man, un homme d 'esprit. A gold watch, une montre d'or. Silk stockings, des bas de soie. The Russian Ambassador, Pambassadeur de Russie. Irish linen, la toile d'/rlande. Spanish wool, la laine d : Espagne. Burgundy wine, le vin de Botirgogne. 6. De is used, as in English, after a common noun followed by its proper name. Ex. : — Le royaume d' Espagne, the kingdom of Spaiu Uile de Malte, the island of Malta. La ville de Londres, the city of London. Le lac de Geneve, the lake of Geneva. Except the combinations with mont, rue, place, and e'glise, as : le Mont Blanc, le Mont Etna, rue Richelieu, place Vendome, feglise Saint-Sulpice, etc. 2 3 o IV. QUATRIEME LECON. 7. After many adjectives it takes the place of the English with, from, of, by, in, etc. (See L. 8, compl. of adj. 1). Ex.: — Full of ardor, plein de feu. Greedy after money, avide & argent. Dressed in black, vetu de noir. I am pleased with my situation. Je suis content de ma position. I am deprived of everything, je suis prive de tout. 8. De is used for than, instead of que, after plus, more, and moins, less, when these adverbs are followed by a numeral adjec- tive, or substantive : II a plus de six ans, he is more than six years old. 9. For in, after a superlative, before the name of a place : Urie des meilleures institutions de Boston, one of the best institutions in Boston. Le premier de noire ecole, the first in our school. FRENCH COMPOUND NOUNS WITH DE. 10. English nouns compounded with two substantives are gen- erally rendered in French by two separate substantives joined by de, when one expresses the nature, species, or quality of the other. (Compare p. 240, 2). In French the order must be altered, the last coming first, and a preposition inserted. Westminster bridge, for instance, must be translated as if it were bridge of Westmin- ster : le pont de Westminster. I. De is used when coming from, belonging to, made 0/ can be understood, as: A toothache, un mat de dents. A headache, un mal de tete. The town-hall, P hotel de ville. A sea-fish, ten poisson de mer. A feather-bed, un lit de plumes. A holiday, un jour de fete. A gold mine, une mine d'or. The moon-light, le clair de lune. A masterpiece, un chef-d'oeuvre. SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 231 2. When in the English word the second component denotes a person or an animal, in French de is always used, as : A schoolmaster, un maitre d'e'cole. A chambermaid, line femme de chambre. The dancing-master, le maitre de danse. The music-mistress, la maitresse de musique. A saddle-horse, ten cheval de selle. A sea-fish, un poisson de mer. THEME 7. 1. Give me much bread and little meat. 2. You must use more prudence. 3. I have bought a quantity of apples and pears. 4. You make too much noise. 5. How many children has your aunt? 6. She has four children. 7. You have eaten too many cherries. 8. We have not bread enough.* 9. Mr. Henry has a great many friends. 10. We had a great deal of pleasure. 11. I bought a pound of cheese. 12. We want a dozen pens, a bottle of ink, and two quires of paper. 13. A great number of friends remained attached 1 to me. 14. They have built a wall eighty feet long and ten feet high. 15. How many boys were there killed? 16. There were six killed (see § 2). 17. How many soldiers were there wounded ? 18. There were six books lost. 19. How many were there found ? 20. How many rooms are there let in that house ? 21. Have you anything good ? 22. I have nothing bad. 23. When my sister was a girl of seven years, she lived with my mother in Italy. 24. Have you a gold or a silver watch? 25. My watch is of gold. 26. Irish linen is as 2 good as Dutch 3 linen. 27. I prefer Burgundy wine to Spanish wine. 28. The kingdom of Spain is larger than the kingdom of Portuga/. 29. The city of Parix is older than the city of Berlin. 30. Is that gentleman 4 your music- master ? 31. No; he is my writing 5 -master. 1. A ttachds. 2. A ussi. 3. De Hollande. 4. Monsieur. 5. £criture, f. * Assez, enough, is placed after the substantive in English, and always before in French. 232 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. THEME 8. 1. To-morrow is (c'est) a holiday ; it will be a day of happi- ness. 2 2. Human life is full of disappointments. 3 3. Mr. E. is a young man endowed 4 with (d') wit 5 and judgment. 4. We were very much pleased with his behavior. 6 5. I was in Eng- land, but I have not seen Westminster bridge. 6. Burgundy wine is very dear. 7. Spanish wool is better than German wool. 8. I have sold my gold watch. 9. Mr. B. always wears 7 silk stockings. 10. My sisters and I (we) have taken 8 a walk by {an) moonlight. 11. The battle-field was covered with the dead and dying. 12. This girl is the chambermaid of the Duchess of L. 13. Who are these gentlemen ? 14. One is my music-mas- ter, and the other is my sister's dancing-master. 15. Let us go to {allons dans) the dining-room; dinner is served (servi). 16. I shall not dine to-day j I have a bad 9 headache. 1. Fete. 2. Bonheur. 3. Fevers. 4. Dotie'. 5. Esprit. 6. Conduite, £ 7. Porter. 8. To take a walk = se firomener. 9. Violent. II. SPECIAL USE OF a. i. The preposition a alone (without article) is used after a verb in the following expressions : Condamner a mort, to condemn to death. Fermer a clef, to lock. Tomber a terre, to fall to the floor or ground. A Her a pied, to go on foot, to walk. A Her a cheval, to ride, to go on horseback. Monter a cheval, to get or mount on horseback. Tomber a genoux, ) c ,, } to kneel down. be i?ieltre a genwcx, 5 Se mettre a table, to sit down to dinner. 2. When two substantives make a compound word in English, their order is inverted in French, and the preposition a intervenes, when the one expresses the use of the other, or wheny^^ the pur- pose of, by means of, may be understood : The silk-worm, le ver a sole. SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 233 A milk-pot, un pot a lait* A teacup, tine tasse a the. A repeater, une montre a repetition. A windmill, un moulin a vent. A paper-mill, un moulin a papier. A powder-mill (a mill for powder), un moulin a poudre Gunpowder, de la poudre a canon. A dining-room, une salle a manger. A bedroom, une chambre a coucher. A wineglass, un verre a vin. * A coffee-cup, une tasse a cafe. A steam-engine, une machine a vapeur. A steamboat, un bateau a vapeur. Fire-arms, des amies a feu. 3. If the second word begins with a vowel or h mute, the arti- cle is commonly inserted as : An ink-bottle, une bouteille a Vencre (or a encrej). A water-jug (pitcher), une cruche a Yeau (or a eau). 4. When the compound word denotes a place where certain things are sold or kept in quantities, the article is also used with h y as : The horse-market, le marche aux chevaux. The fish -market, le marche aux poissons. The corn-market, la halle aux ble's. 5. A together with the article is further used to call a dish or drink after its principal ingredient, as : A milk-soup, une soupe au lait. Coffee with milk, du cafe au lait. A cream-tart, une tarte d la creme. A pancake with herbs, une omelette auxfnes herbes. Note. But we say du syrop de groseille, not syrop a groseille, currant syrup, because this is made entirely of currants. 6. To denote the different kinds of hunting, fishing, etc, as : A deer-hunt, la chasse au chevreuil. Fox-hunting, la chasse au renard. 7. A is generally employed to translate expressions in which * Un pot de lait, im verre de vin, signify a pot of milk, a glass of wine ; pot au lait refers both to the vessel and to its contents. 234 IV - QUATRIEME LE£ON. with is expressed or could be employed, or when having could be used. Ex. : — Une maison a deux e'tages, a two-story house. Un chateau a grands bords, a broad-brimmed hat. Une voiture a deux places, a double- seated carriage. THEME 9. i. I have bought six teacups; take 1 them into the dining-room. 2. Where is Xht oil 2 -bottle? 3. Who has broken this fiower-pot ? 4. Bring me a wineglass and two teaspoons. 5. Why has he been condemned to death? 6. He has committed 3 a murder 4 . 7. Your room is locked. 8. Is this an ink-bottle? 9. No; it is a vinegar 5 -bottle. 10. Lejt us sit down (mettons-nous) to dinner. 11. Did you observe 6 that man with 1 black hair? 12. You must buy another milk-pot. 13. Is this the corn-market ? 14. I always keep (keep always) fire-arms in my bedroom for my safety 8 during the night ; but I have no gunpowder at present, thus (ainsi) my fire-arms are useless. 9 1. Portez. 2. Huile, f. 3. Commis, P. p. of commettre. 4. Meurtre, m. 5. Vinaigre. 6. Remarquer. 7. .<4«;r, pi. 8. Surety f. 9. Inutile. THEME 10. 1. Whom have you called? 2. I have been to the fish-mar- ket ; however I have bought no fish, because it was too dear. 1 3. I went fox-hunting yesterday, and to-morrow I shall see a deer-hunt. 4. What had you for desser/? 5. We had cherry- pie 2 and a cream 3 tart.* 6. Can you tell me where the hay-store is ? 7. It is near the horse-market. 8. Who invented gunpow- der? 9. Berthold Schwarz, a German monk. 5 10. The poor girl has broken a milk-pot, two wineglasses, and several teacups. 11. The Great Eastern is the largest steamship in the (au) world. 12. Call the milk-woman; 6 I must buy a pot ^milk. 1. Cher. 2. Gateau. 3. Creme, f. 4. Tourte, f. 5. Moine. 6. Laitiere. NAMES OF COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 235 V. CINQUIEME LEfON. PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NAMES OP COUN- TRIES, TOWNS, ETC. (See Part I., L. VII.) 1. As mentioned in the First Part (7th lesson), the definite ar- ticle is put before the names of countries, provinces, rivers, and mountains. But the names of countries and islands, which have the same name as cities situated in them, such as Naples, Bade, Genes, (Genoa), Matte, Candie, etc., are used without the article. Except, however: le Hanovre and le Luxembourg. 2. Further, the definite article is always retained with names of countries which are only used in the plural, and in those which are compounded with an adjective. Ex. : — The productions of India, les productions des Indes. The governor of the Netherlands. Le gouverneur des Pays-Bas, The queen of Great Britain. La reine de la Grande-Bretagne. 3. In the following cases de only, without the article, is used before names of countries : I. When sovereigns, courts, and titles are spoken of. Ex. : — La reine dCAngleterre, the queen of England. Le Grand-due de Bade, the grand duke of Baden. Note. With the names of some countries that are not European, the ar- ticle is generally used, as : L? empereur de la Chine, du Bre'sil, etc. The emperor of China, of Brazil, etc. However, with Persia, la Perse, and Egypt, VEgypte, only de is used : — Le roi de Perse, the king of Persia. 236 V. CINQUIEME LEgON. 2. Where the names of countries have the meaning of an adjective (see also L. IV. 4), as V argent de France, French money. La soie d' ) Ltalie, the silk of Italy. 3. After the verbs: venir, to come; revenir, to come back, to return; arriver, to arrive, and the noun le retour, if the name of the country is femi- nine, as : 7/ est venu de France, he has come from France. Lorsque je revins d' 'Espagne, when I returned from Spain. A mon retour d' Ltalie, on my return from Italy. But if the same is masculine, the definite article is used, as : y arrive du Tyrol, du Afexique, da Portugal, etc. 4. After words, such as empire, royaume (kingdom), duche, ville, He (isle), as in English (see L. IV. 6): V empire d'Autriche, the empire of Austria. La ville de Paris, the city of Paris. 4. Both to and in used after a word signifying going, coming, sending, living, being, etc., before names of countries in the singu- lar, must be rendered in French by the preposition en, without any article. Ex. : — We are going to America, nous allons en Ameriqiie. He is to go back to Belgium, il doit retoumer en Belgique. I send him to Switzerland, je Penvoie en Suisse. My brother is in America, mon frere est en Amerique. Rouen is in France, Rouen est situe'e en France. 5. If the name of the country be accompanied by an adjective, dans with the definite article must be used : Dans la Suisse franfaise, in French Switzerland. Dans VAllemagne meridionale, in southern Germany. 6. The article is omitted before names of towns, villages, etc., as: Anvers, Antwerp. Livoume, Leghorn. Athenes, Athens. Lisbonne, Lisbon. Bruxelles, Brussels. Londres, London. Douvres, Dover. Lyon, Lyons. Geneve, Geneva. Venise, Venice. NAMES OF COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 237 Note. A few names of towns are preceded by the article : Le Havre, Havre. la Rochelle, Rochelle. la Haie, the Hague. le Caire, Cairo, etc. 7. The names of rivers and mountains are preceded by the definite article, as in English : La Seine, the Seine. le Tibre, the Tiber. le Rhone, the Rhone. le Danube, the Danube. le Rhin, the Rhine. la Moselle, the Moselle. les Alpes, the Alps. le Righi, the Righi. 8. Both to and at or in before names of places are rendered by a. Ex. : — Are you going to Brussels, allez-vous a Bruxelles ? He was at Rome and Naples, il e'tait a Rome et a Naples. 9. After partir, to set out, to leave, the preposition pour must be used before names of countries with the article, before names of cities without it : Nous partirons pour VEspagne et le Portugal. We will set out {or leave) for Spain and Portugal. Elle est partie pour Paris et Lyon. She left for Paris and Lyons. THEME 11. 1. I prefer the wines of Germany to the wines of Spain. 2. We shall soon go to Switzerland and Italy. 3. Naples may (petit) be called a paradise, 1 from its (a cause de so) beauty and fertility. 2 4. This merchant has bought Italian silk, Spanish wool, and French wines. 5. My grandfather lives in the West Indies. 3 6. I set out for Egypt to-morrow. 7. This cheese comes from Switzerland. 8. Cologne is situated 4 on (sur) the Rhine. 9. The Alps are higher than the Pyrenees. 10. The emperor of Russia, Peter 5 the Great, died at St. Petersburgh in the year (en) 1725. 11. Sicily is the granary 6 of (§ 1) Italy, and Italy the garden of Europe. 1. Paradis, m. 2. Fertility. 3. Les Indes occidentales. 4. Situe'e. 5. Pierre. 6. Crenier, m. 238 V. CINQUIEME LE£ON. READING LESSON. CHARLES XII. (Douze.) Charles XII, roi de Suede, naquit 1 a Stockholm le 27 juin 1682. II perdit sa mere dans sa onzieme annee, et avait a peine quinze ans lorsque son pere mourut. Selon 2 le testament du feu 3 roi, il ne devait £tre majeur 4 qu'apres avoir passe sa dix- huitieme annee, mais sur la proposition du ministre Piper, les £tats lui defererent 5 le gouvernement deja, en 1697. L'an 1700, Pierre I, empereur de Russie, Frederic IV, roi de Danemark, et Auguste, electeur de Saxe, lui declarerent la guerre. II les attaqua l'un apres l'autre et remporta d'abord 6 des vic- toires eclatantes, 7 entre autres celle de Narva, ou il dent 8 avec moins de 9 8,000 Suedois, quatre-vingt mille Russes, dont il resta plus de vingt mille sur le champ de bataille, tandis qu'il ne per- dait que six cents hommes. Mais plus tard, lorsqu'il penetra en Russie, il perdit la bataille decisive de Pultawa, et fut contraint de se refugier sur le territoire turc avec une faible escorte de deux cent cinquante Suedois. 1. Was born. 2. According to. 3. Late. 4. Of age. 5. To transfer. 6. At first. 7. Splendid. 8. To defeat. 9. Than. CONVERSATION. Ou naquit Charles XII ? Ce roi naquit a Stockholm. Dans quelle annee ? En 1682, le 27 juin. Perdit-il ses parents de bonne Oui, il perdit sa mere, quand il heure ? avait 1 1 ans, et son pere, quand il avait 15 ans. Quand fut-il declare majeur? En 1697, a l'age de quinze ans et demi. Qu'arriva-t-il trois ans apres ? Pierre I, empereur de Russie, Frederic IV, roi de Dane- mark, et Auguste, electeur de Saxe, lui declarerent la guerre. Que fit Charles XII ? II les attaqua Tun apres l'autre et les dent. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 239 Quelle est sa plus eclatante Celle de Narva, ou il battit victoire ? 80,000 Russes. Avait-il beaucoup de soldats ? II n'avait que 8,000 Suedois. Y eut-il beaucoup de tues ? Les Russes perdirent plus de vingt mille hommes, les Suedois a peine six cents. A-t-il toujours ete heureux dans Non, il perdit la bataille de ses batailles ? Pultawa. A quoi fut-il contraint ? II fut contraint de se refugier sur le territoire turc, avec une faible escorte. VI. SIXlfiME LEfON. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. (See the First Part, L. XII.) 1. Possessive adjectives must be repeated : — 1. Before every noun of the same sentence, as : My brothers and sisters have arrived. Mes freres et mes sceurs sont arrives. 2. Before two or three adjectives qualifying different things : I love your great and your little children. yaime vos grands et vos petits enfants. Note. But when the two substantives relate to the same person, and when the two or three adjectives are of the like signification * and qualify the same object, the possessive adjective is not repeated. Ex. : — My teacher and friend, mon pre'cepteur et ami. His good and useful advice, ses bons et utiles conseils. * If they have a contrary signification, the possessive adjective must be repeated, as: Ses ponnes et ses mauvaises pensees (thoughts). 2 4 o VI. SIXIEME LEgON. 2. Custom requires the use of the possessive adjective before the names of relations in addressing them or speaking of them. Ex.:— Aunt, when do you leave ? Ma tante, quand partez-vous ? Cousin, will you go with me ? Mon cousin {ma cousine), voulez-vous alter avec moi ? Father is not at home, mon pere n^ est pas a la maison. 3. When in English the possessive pronouns mine, thine, his, hers, etc., preceded by the preposition of, are placed after a noun to which they relate, they are rendered in French by mes, tes, ses, etc., before the noun, which is put in the plural. Ex.: — A book of mine, tin de mes livres. A friend of yours, un de vos amis. 4. When the verb to be is found before a possessive adjective followed by a noun in the possessive case, and signifies to belong, in French a must be used. Ex. : — This book is my father's, ce livre est a mon pere. That house is our uncle's, cette maison- la est a notre oncle. 5. When parts of the body, or physical and intellectual facul- ties are spoken of, the 'French generally use the definite article where in English the possessive adjective is used (see L. III. 5). Ex.:— I have a pain in my head, j'ai mat a la tete. He has lost his senses, it a perdu V esprit. % Note i. If, however, there were an ambiguity to be feared, the possessive adjective should be used in French as in English. Note 2. When a habitual complaint is spoken of, the possessive adjective is also properly used. Ex. : — His headache has returned, sa migraine Pa repris. 6. After the verbs cha?iger and redoabler the possessive adjective is dropped and replaced by the preposition de, as : He has changed his religion, it a change de religion. We have changed our opinion. Nous avons change & opinion or d'avis. They redoubled their activity, its redoublerent $activite\ POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 241 THEME 12. 1. My father, mother and sisters are in the country. 2. His uncle and aunt know it. 3. I thank you for (de) your good and useful service.?. 4. He is a friend of mine. 5. I found a pencil of yours. 6. Where are you, daughter ? 7. Here I am, mother. 8. Come, friend, let us work. 9. He will never betray 1 me, for he is my friend and protector. 2 10. We changed our mind 3 when we heard that news. 11. He tells 4 a falsehood 4 as often as [toutes les fois qu 1 ) he opens his mouth. 12. A cousin of ours came yesterday to see us. 13. Give me my dictionary and grammar. 5 14. My mother has a pain in (a) her head. 15. I have a pain in my ear. 6 16. The man who fell from the roof 7 of our house, dislocated (se demit) his wrist. 8 17. In (a) the last battle 9 our general lost his right leg, and I was wounded 10 in my shoulder. 11 1. Trahir. 2. Protectetir. 3. Avis, m. 4. Dire un mensonge. 5. Gram~,naire,i. 6. Oreille. 7. Toit, m. 8. PoigJiet, m. 9. Bataille, f. 10. Blesser, reg. v. 11. Epaule. f. 7. When in English the word own is found alone, i. e. without a noun, after a possessive adjective, the latter is rendered by a pos- sessive pronoun : le mien, le Hen, le sien (propre), etc., or in the feminine by la mienne, la tienne, la sienne (profire), etc. Ex. : — The daughter of his friend and his own. Labile de son ami et la sienne {propre). 8. The indefinite pronoun one's denoting a possession is trans- lated in French son, sa, ses. Ex. :— One is glad to find one's money again. On est content de retrouver son argent. 9. When its and their refer to a thing which is not the subject of a proposition they are rendered by en unless preceded by a pre- position, in which case son, sa, ses, leur, leurs must be used. Ex. : — I like this country, its air (Nom. ) is healthy, its soil fruitful, etc. J'aime ce pays ; Pah' en est sain, le sol en est fertile. What plant is this ? — I do not know its name. Quelle est cette plante ? — Je n'en connais pas le nom. 2 4 2 VI. SIXIEME LE£ON. Look at these trees ; what is their height ? Voyez ces arbres ; quelle en est la hauteur (not leur h.)? But we must say : Paris a ses beautes. Paris has its beauties. J ''admire la grandeur de ses rues, I admire the size of its streets. Ces arbres sont remarquables par leur hauteur. These trees are remarkable for their height. jo. Observe the following gallicisms : Let me soon hear of you. Donnez-moi bientot de vos nouvelles. I shall go to meet you, firai a votre rencontre. They are cousins of mine, ce sont de mes cousins. With regard to me, — to you, — to us. A mon egard, a votre egard, a notre egard. THEME 13. i. He has worked much more for our good 1 than for his own. 2. Paris is a large city, its streets are too narrow. 2 3. I particu- larly 3 admire (I adm. p.) its rich stores. 4 4. Windsor is a fine town; I admire its situation, walks 5 and streets. 5. London has its beauties. 6. I like the size 6 of its streets. 7. This illness 7 is dangerous; I know its origin 8 and effects. 9 8. This is (void) a fine tree; its fruit is delicious. 10 9. Every science has its princi- ples. 10. An illustrious ( — tre) birth 11 receives from virtue its most shining 12 lustre. 11. Mr. Dubois has sold his father's house and his own. 1. Le Men. 2. Ittroit. 3. Surlout. 4. Magasin, m. 5. Promenade, f. 6. Gran- deur, f. 7. Maladie, f. 8. Origine, f. 9. Effet, m. 10. De'licieux. 11. Naissance, f. 12. Beau. READING LESSON. EUDAMIDAS. Eudamidas de Corinthe fit, en mourant, un testament qui sem- blerait ridicule a tout autre qu'a un ami. II touchait a sa POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 243 derniere heure, et laissait sa mere et sa fille exposees a la plus cruelle indigence, n'ayant pour tout bien que deux fideles amis, Carixene et Arethus. Eudamidas ne fut point alarme; il jugea des cceurs de ses amis par le sien propre, et il fit ce testament qui ne doit jamais etre oublie. "Je legue 1 a, Arethus le soin de nourrir ma mere, et de l'entretenir dans sa vieillesse ; a Carixene le soin de marier ma fille, et de lui donner une dot 2 convenable." Carixene etant mort quelque temps apres, Arethus executa la commission de tous les deux ; et, pour rendre son action plus il- lustre, il maria la fille de son ami et la sienne en un merae jour, et leur donna a toutes deux une meme dot. Quant a (as to) la mere, il la nourrit jusqu'a la mort. Si la generosite d'Arethus est digne d'admiration, la noble hardiesse 3 et la confiance du testa- teur 4 Test encore davantage ; car celui qui a la resolution de faire un semblable 5 testament, est capable non-seulement de l'execu- ter, mais de quelque chose encore de plus, et il n'est pas douteux qu'il n'eut nourri la mere de son ami, et marie sa fille, aussi bien que la sienne propre, meme sans en etre prie. 1. I bequeath. 2. Dowry, portion. 3. Boldness. 4. Testator. 5. Such, similar. CONVERSATION. Que fit Eudamidas de Corinthe II fit un testament remarqua- en mourant? ble. Etait-il riche ? Au contraire, il etait tres- pauvre, mais il avait deux fideles amis. Que legua-t-il done k ses amis ? II legua a son ami Arethus le soin de nourrir sa vieille mere, et a. Carixene le soin de marier sa fille. Devait-il la marier sans dot ? Non, avec une dot convenable. Les deux amis executerent-ils L'un d'eux, Carixene, mourut ce que le testament leur im- quelque temps apres. posa ? Et l'autre que fit-il ? Arethus executa la commission de tous les deux, 244 YIL SEPTIEME LE£ON. De quelle maniere l'execu- II maria la fille de son ami et la ta-t-il ? sienne en un meme jour, et leur donna a toutes deux une dot egale. Et comment agit-il en vers la II la nourrit jusqu'a la mort. mere d'Eudamidas ? Comment trouvez-vous la gene- Elle est digne d'admiration. rosite d'Arethus ? VII. SEPTIEME LEfON. NUMERALS. (See the First Part, L. XIV.) i. When the cardinal numbers are used substantively they take the masculine article, as : Un un, a one. Le trois, the three. Ce huit est mal fait, this eight is badly made. 2. A and one before hundred and thousand are not translated. Ex.:— A hundred and twenty horses, cent vingt chevaux. In the year one thousand one hundred and sixty. Van (or simply en) mil cent soixante. 3. Observe the following expressions with numerals : Un a un, one by one. Deux a deux, two by two. Lhcn apres V autre, one after the other. Vers six heures or vers les six heures, by, about six o'clock. Vers midi or vers le midi, towards (by) twelve o'clock. Une heure et demie, one hour and a half or half-past one. Deux heures moins un quart, a quarter to two. Trois heures {et) un quart, a quarter past three. NUMERALS. 245 Tons les deux jours, every other day. D'aujourd'hui en huit, to-day week. D^aujourd^hui en quinze, to-day fortnight. Dans quinze jours, in a fortnight. II y a huit jours, a week ago. II y a un an, a year or a twelvemonth ago. 4. More than, and less than, before numbers are rendered//^ de and moins de, instead of plus que and moins que. Ex. : — I have spent more than a hundred francs. yai depense plus de cent francs. You have not less than ten mistakes in your exercise. Vous n'avezpas moins de dix fautes dans votre theme. 5. Nearly, before a number, is translated, pres de. Ex. : — It is nearly five o'clock, il est pres de cinq heures. THEME 14. 1. This six is well made, but this nine is badly made. 2. Henry the Fourth was one of the greatest kings of France. 3. Num# was one of the seven kings of Rome. 4. America was discovered 1 in the year one thousand four hundred and ninety- two. 5. The shepherd 2 has sold a hundred sheep. 6. When do you dine ? 7. I dine at twelve o'clock, sometimes at one o'clock. 8. I sup 3 at half-past eight, and I go to bed 4 at mid- night. 9. Is it four o'clock? 10. No, sir; it is a quarter to four. n. I must go out at a quarter past four. 12. We went in (enframes) one by one. 13. My brother will set out this day week, and will come back in a fortnight. 14. Has Mr. L. three children ? 15. No ; he has (en a) more than three : he has four or five. 16. This book costs less than ten francs. 17. How old is your son Charles? 18. He is nearly fourteen years old. 19. I have a French lesson 5 every other day. 1. Fut dtcouverte. 2. Le berger. 3. Sourer. 4. Se coucher. 5. Une lecon de frangais. 2 4 6 VIII. HUITIEME LECON. VIII. HUITIEME LEfON. ADJECTIVES. (See Part I., Lesson XVII.) A. AGREEMENT OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE NOUN. i. In French, the adjective agrees in gender and number with the noun to which it relates : Une feuille verte, a green leaf. De dons amis, good friends. Les primes sont mitres, the plums are ripe. 1. If it belongs to two or more nouns in the singular, it must be in the plural : Le pauvre et le riche sont egaux devant Dieu. The poor and the rich are alike before God. yai trouve la porte et la fenetre fermees. I found the door and the window shut. La clemence et la majeste etaient peintes sur son front. Clemency and majesty were imprinted on his brow. 2. If the substantives are of different genders, and joined by et, and, the adjectives must be in the masculine plural : Monfrere et ma sceur sont tres-heureux. My brother and sister are very happy. 3. When the two nouns are joined by ou, or, or when the conjunction is left out, the adjective agrees only with the latter noun : Un chateau on line maison ruinee, A ruined castle or house. Le fer, la fiamme e'tait touie prete. The sword, the flame was quite ready. 2. The adjectives demi, half; nu, bare; exceple, except; y com- prise included ; suppose, supposed ; ci-joint, inclosed, annexed, are invariable when they precede the noun ; demi and nu are th^n joined with their noun by a hyphen. Ex. : — Une demi-heure, half an hour. ADJECTIVES. 247 Marcher nu-pieds, to walk barefooted. Marcher nu-tete, to. walk bareheaded. Excepte les deux premieres pages. Except the two first pages. Y compris la somme de cent francs. The sum of a hundred francs included. Suppose ces f aits, these facts supposed. But they must agree with their noun when they follow it, as : Une heure et demie, an hour and a half. Avoir les jambes nues, to have bare legs. Les deux premieres pages excepted. The two first pages excepted. Copie de ma leltre est ci-jointe. A copy of my letter is annexed. 3. Feu, late, is invariable, like the preceding ones, when it is before the article or possessive pronoun ; when it follows, it varies, as: Feu la reine or lafeue reine, the late queen. Feu mes tantes or mes feices tantes, my late aunts. 4. Some adjectives, as bon, vite, has, etc., may be used adverb- ially ; then, of course, they are invariable. Ex. : — Ces roses sentent tres-bon (not bonnes). These roses smell very sweet. Les cerfs courent tres-vite, the stags run very fast. 5. If the expression avoir Pair, to look, is followed by an ad- jective, this latter remains unchanged when a moral or intellectual quality is spoken of, as : Ces dames ont Pair bon. These ladies look good-natured. But if a bodily or organic quality is mentioned, or when the adjective refers rather to the subject than to the word air, the ad- jective agrees with the subject of the sentence. In the latter case, the verb etre is understood, as : Ces pierres ont Pair tres-dures. These stones seem to be very hard. Madame F. a Pair mecontente (i. e. d'etre me'contente). Mrs. F. appears to be discontented. 6. If a noun is accompanied by an adjective in the superlative, 2 4 8 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. the latter always agrees with it in gender and number. When the superlative follows, the article must be repeated : La plus belle fe i?ime, the handsomest woman. Les gens les plus riches, the richest people. THEME 15. i. I have a good friend. 2. The leaves are green. 3. These pears are riper than those apples. 4. His brother and cousin have arrived. 5. Charles and Louisa are very industrious. 6. Men and women are mortal. 7. My son and daughter are happy. 8. His uncle and aunt are dead. 9. Louis XIV had in France an absolute 1 power 2 and authority {autorite). 10. She left her room and her trunk 3 open. 11. I found the windows and the shutters 4 shut. 12. Give these present? to the most in- dustrious pupils. 13. Miss Emma is the daughter of the richest man in (de) this town. 14. I remained there (y) for hajf an hour. 15. The child slept two hours and a half. 16. I have read the whole book, except the two last chapters. 5 17. The late queen was opposed 6 to that measure. 7 18. Why do you go barefooted ? 19. These pears appear to be ripe. 1. Absoln. 2. Pouvoir, m. 3. Coffre, m. 4. Volet, m. 5. Chapitre, m. 6. S'oppo- sait. 7. Mesure. B. PLACE OF THE ADJECTIVE. The principal rules have already been given in the eighteenth Lesson of Part I. We have to add here only the following : When two adjectives refer to the same noun, we should exam- ine what kind of adjectives they are. 1. If both of them are such as precede, when single, they may both remain before the noun if one of them forms with the noun, as it were, but one idea. Ex. : Une jolie petite fille* a pretty little girl. Un beaujeune homme,\ a handsome young man. * In L&tin Jik'oZa. t Youth (j uveitis). ADJECTIVES. 249 2. If both preceding adjectives are taken in their full sense, they must be joined by et, and, as : Un grand et beau jardin, a large, beautiful garden. 3. An adjective usually placed before the noun, when con- nected by a conjunction with another adjective which is to be put after it, is itself placed after the noun. Ex. : — Une action belle* et courageuse. A fine, courageous action. Une femme petite, mais bien faite. A short but well-made woman. 4. In English, two or more adjectives may qualify a substan- tive, without a conjunction; but in French, et (or sometimes mais) is always placed before the last of the adjectives, if these follow their noun. Ex. : — Une daj?ie riche, jeime et aimable. A young, rich, amiable lady. I ~u homme instruit, modeste et estime de tout le monde. A well-instructed, modest, and generally-esteemed man. THEME 16. 1. Charles is a handsome young man. 2. Henry is a pretty little boy. 3. This is a long (and) tedious 1 book. 4. My friend is an amiable and virtuous man. 5. He has a large and beauti- ful house. 6. This is a drowned 2 man or woman. 7. For this place I want an aged man or woman. 8. Is it the elder brother or sister ? 9. The savage lived in a large, damp 3 cav- ern. 10. Spain is a fertile country, but badly cultivated. 4 11. A plain, 5 simple, and natural style is the only one to be reco7n- mended? 12. Brave and trusty 7 men are generally humane 8 and merciful. 9 13. This is an interesting 10 and instructive study. 11 1. Ennuyeux. 2. Noye e. 3. Bumide. 4. Cultive" e. 5. Uni. 6. Recommandable. 7. Constant. 8. Humain. 9. Misericordieux. 10. Inttressant. 11. £tude, f. * "A fine action " would be, Une belle action. 250 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. C. COMPLEMENT OF ADJECTIVES. The complement of an adjective is either a substantive or a verb, preceded by one of the prepositions de, a, en, etc. i. Adjectives and participles which denote plenty, desire, scar- city or want, and most of those followed in English by of, with and from, govern in French by means of the preposition de, as : La vie est pleine de miseres, life is full of miseries. Le jeune homme fut comble & honneurs, (loaded with honors). 2. The following adjectives govern also by means of de : Capable, capable. las, tired, wearied. content, contented, pleased.' litre, free. digne, worthy. mecontent, discontented. exempt, free. satis/ait, satisfied. honteux, ashamed. sur, sure, etc. jaloux, jealous. Ex. : LI est digne de recompense, he is worthy of reward. 3.* Adjectives denoting fitness, unfitness, disposition, inclina- tion, readiness, or any habit, require a before the object. Ex. : — 77 est pj-opre a tout, he is fit for anything. Le cheval est utile a L homme, the horse is useful to man. Note i. The following adjectives are followed by a in French and of in English : Attentifd, heedful of ; sensible a, sensible of ; insensible a, insensible of or to. Ex. : Soyez attentifs au danger, be heedful of (the) danger. Je suis sensible a votre bonte, I am sensible of your kindness. Note 2. Some adjectives are followed in French by the preposition d and in English by in ; such are : Habile a, skilful in. patient a, patient in. exact a, punctual in. impatient a, impatient in. Ex. : LI est habile a tout, he is skilful in doing all. Elle est exacte a son service, she is punctual in her service. 4. The following adjectives, which are followed in English by to or towards when they express behavior, require in French the preposition e7ivers : * To this rule must be excepted some words in the preceding list, § 2. ADJECTIVES. 251 Affable envers, affable to. poll envers, polite to. bon envers, (ox pour) kind to. reconnaissant envers, thankful to. juste envers, just to. respectueux envers, respectful to. cruel enve?s, cruel to. genereux envers, generous to. honnete envers, civil to. liberal envers, liberal to. Ex. : 77 a ete tres-bon envers moi (ox pour mot). He has been very kind to me. Soyez poli envers tout le monde. Be polite (civil) to everybody. 5. All others not mentioned in the foregoing sections, and which take in English the preposition to, are followed in French by a. Ex. : — That is easy to say, cela est facile a dire. Religion is necessary to man, la religion est ne'cessaire a Vhomme He was deaf to my prayers, il etait sourd a mes prieres. THEME 17. j. We were loaded 1 with honors. 2. The basket 2 is full of frui/. 3. Do not be so greedy of (after) riches. 4. My cousin is worthy of your friendship. 5. Are you pleased with your horse? 6. Human life 3 is never free from troubles. 4 7. Voltaire was always greedy of praise and insatiable of glory. 8. I am not satisfied with your exercise. 9. That old man is not fit for that place; he is not punctual in his engagements. 10. My servant is always ready to do his duty. 5 11. Nature 3 is content with little. 12. Many people are dissatisfied with their condition. 13. Let us be kind to everybody. 14. These children are in- clined 6 to idleness. 7 15. That is easy to say, but difficult to do. 16. Scipio Africanus 8 was respectful to his mother, liberal to his sisters, good to his servants, just and affable to everybody. 17. Children must 9 not be cruel to animals. 18. He is insensible to all the remonstrances 10 of his friends. 1. Comblt. 2. Le panier. 3. Put the article. 4. Peine, f. 5. Devoir, m. 6. Enclin. 7. Paresse, f. 8. Scipion V Africain. 9. Doivent. 10. Remontrance, f. D. ADJECTIVES OF DIMENSION. i. Adjectives relating to the dimension or size of objects are expressed in French either by an adjective or a substantive. 252 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. Thus long can be rendered by the adjectives long or longue (f.) de, or by the noun de longueur. Observe that in the first case de follows, in the second precedes, and that these adjectives are placed after the substantive and before the dimension. Ex. : . c tine table longue de dix pieds. A table ten feet loner, < . *, j j- j.j/1 b ' { tine table de dix pieds de longueur. . ' C une tour haute de cent pieds. A tower a hundred feet high, J ^ ^ ^ cmt pUds de hautmr . 2. The verb to be connected with such adjectives, must be ex- pressed by etre when, in French, the adjective of dimension is preferred to the noun, as : This table is ten feet long. Cette table est longue de dix pieds. That tower is a hundred feet high. Cette tour-la est haute de cent pieds. 3. But the verb to be must be rendered by avoir when the dimension is expressed by a noun. Ex. :— This table is ten feet long. Cette taMe a dix pieds de longueur. That tower is a hundred feet high. Cette tour-la a cent pieds de hauteur. 4. In a similar manner age is expressed either with age de and the verb etre^ or with the verb avoir without the verb age. Ex. : — A boy eight years old, tin garcon age de huit ans. je suis age' de vingt ans. fai vingt ans. I am twenty years old, (The latter is much preferred). 5. The word by, which is sometimes used in English after a comparative, to denote how much a thing exceeds another, is rendered by de, not by par. Ex. : — Charles is taller than I by three inches. Charles est plus grand que moi de trois pouces. ADJECTIVES. 253 THEME 18. 1. I have seen a tree ninety feet high. 2. We have a house eighty feet long and forty-five high. 3. This stick is three feet long. 4. This plank 1 is two inches 2 thick. 3 5. This tree is fifty feet high. 6. London bridge 4 is nine hundred and twenty feet long, fifty-five high, and fifty-six wide. 5 7. The monumen/ of London stands '{est place) on a pedestal 6 twenty feet high. 8. This ditch is twelve feet deep. 7 9. The famous min , , , . .._, . \ ce 7i est pas nous qui avons dit cela. 256 IX. NEUVIEME LEfON. _, , . ( eux, Us Vontfait. Iney nave done it, < . . 7 , . r -. J ' \ce sont eux qui lontfait. Note. Observe that in such cases the verb is put in the same number and person as the^pronoun which is the antecedent of the relative qui, as : Is it I who told this news ? Est-ce moi qui ai dit cette nouvelle ? 3. When a verb relates to subjects of different persons, it is put in the plural with nous, if one of the several subjects is in the first person, — or with vous, if the subjects are in the second and third persons. Ex. : — My brother and / shall go into the country. ATonfrere et moi, nous irons a la campagne, or, Nous irons a la campagne, mon frere et moi. I told you and him or both you and him. Je vous Pai dit a toi et a lui. You and your friend will come with me. Vous et votre ami, vous viendrez avec moi. 4. When the verb governs two pronouns (both being persons), one in the Direct Objective, the other in the Indirect, the Indi- rect is a disjunctive (see p. no). Ex.: — Je vais vous presenter a lui. I am going to introduce you to him. 5. A personal pronoun, used as subject, may follow the verb after aussi, peut-etre, encore, toujours, en vain, du moins, or au moins. THEME 19. 1. I believe and shall always,believe that you were (avez eu) wrong. 2. He says so, but he does not believe it. 3. I honor and respect him, but I do not love him. 4. We come and go. 5. A passionate 1 temper 2 renders a man unfit 3 for business, 4 deprives 5 him of his reason, and makes him unfit (makes that he is not fit) (profire) for society. 4 6. I have always loved and es- teemed her. 7. They (on) flatter 6 and praise us. 8. It is I PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 257 who have written it. 9. It is they who have seen it. 10. They and my brother have come. n. You like the town and I the country. 1. Passionne". 2. Caractere. 3. Inefite. 4. Put the definite article. 5. Priver. 6. Flatter. 6. When two personal pronouns limit a verb, both should be disjunctive, and therefore after the verb. Ex. : — I forgive both you and her. Je pardonne a vous et a elle.* I speak to him and not to you. ye parle a lui et non a vous. 7. The pronouns himself, herself, themselves, when with a re- flective verb, are expressed in French by se j otherwise by lui- meme, elle-meme, eux-memes, elles-memes. Ex. : — He (she) does not know himself (herself). 77 {elle) ne se connait pas. They highly distinguished themselves. lis (elles) se distinguerent beauconp. But : Has he done it himself? Yes, himself. Va-t-ilfait lui-meme ? Oui, lui-meme. 8. Soi, self, is of both genders, and is used of things as well as of persons. Ex. : — II est sage de parler rarement de soi. It is wise to talk seldom of one's self. 9. The pronoun itself, preceded by a preposition and relating to an inanimate object, is expressed by soi, when the antecedent noun is taken in an abstract sense. Ex. : — Uaimant attire lefer'd soi. The loadstone attracts iron to itself. La vertu est aimable en soi. Virtue is amiable in itself. * This sentence may better be translated thus : Je vous pardonne ainsi qu'a elle, and the following, c'est a vous que je parle, etc. 258 IX. NEUVIEME LE£ON. 10. But it is rendered by elle, when the inanimate object is of an individual nature and of the feminine gender. Ex. : — La riviere entraina tout avec elle. The river carried everything away with itself. Ces raisons sont solides en elles-memes. Those reasons are solid in themselves. 11. The English personal pronouns are always rendered by the disjunctive {moi, toi, lui, etc.), when they (a) do not immedi- ately precede their verbs, (b) when the verb is understood, (c) when governed by prepositions, or (d) after que, than. Ex. : — Qui a fait cela ? Moi, lui, elle, etc. Who has done that ? I, he, she, etc. Vous, lui et moi sommes anglais. You, he and I are English. Here the first two pronouns do not immediately precede the verb, and the third follows their form of consistency. Voulez-vous aller avec moi, avec lui, avec eux ? etc. Will you go with me, with him, with them ? etc. Je parte de toi, d'elle, d'elles, de votes, etc. I am speaking of thee, of her, of them, of you, etc. // est plus jeune que 7noi. He is younger than I. THEME 20. 1. I speak to you and to him. 2. I forgive (both) you and him, because I hope (that) you will behave 1 better for the future {a Vavenir). 3. The governor is your enemy; if you apply 2 to him you will never succeed. 3 4. I do not trust 4 (to) him, but I should trust (to) his brother. 5. That man works for himself. 6. Each acts for himself. 7. If you do this for him and for her, you will greatly oblige me. 8. One ought not 5 (to) speak of one's self, unless (qu J ) with modesty. 9. That man is too proud; he does not know himself. 10. The moon brought 6 a change 7 of weather. 1. Se conduire. 2. S* addresser a qn. 3. Reussir. 4. Sejieraqn. 5. On tie doit pas. 6. Amena. 7. Changemetit, m. II. PARTICULAR USE OF EN AND Y. 1. The pronouns it and them, used with regard to inanimate objects, are rendered by en, when the French verb requires de PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 259 before an object which follows, whatever preposition may be used in English. Ex.: — A-t-on parle de mon-ouvrage ? Out, on en a parte. Did they speak of my work ? Yes, they spoke of it. Vous ni'avez rendu service. Je vous en remercie. You have done me a service. I thank you for it. 2. En is further used to express the words so??ie and any, when they come after a verb, and supply the place of an antecedent substantive, as : Void du jambon ; enveux-tu? Donnez-ni'en, s" 1 il vous plait. Here is ham, will you have some ? Give me some, if you please. yai des noix, en voulez-vous? Donnez-ni'en trois. I have some walnuts ; will you have any ? Give me three of them. Donnez-lui-en, give him some. Offrez-leur-en, offer them some. Note. Observe 1, that when- used with another personal pronoun, en follows that pronoun ; and 2, that, in the affirmative Imperative, moi and toi are changed into m' and /' before en, as : donnez-ni'en. 3. Y stands for in it, into it, at it, to it, there, and, with the verb penser, for of it, about it, of them. Like the other conjunctive pronouns, it is placed immediately before the verb, except with the affirmative Imperative, where it follows it.* Ex. : — Voire pere est-il ati jardin ? Oui, il y est. Is your father in the garden ? Yes, he is in it (there). Allez-vous au spectacle? Non, Monsieur, je n'y vais pas. Are you going to the theatre ? No, sir, I am not. Y pensez-vous ? Je n 'y pense plus. Do you think of it ? I do no more think of it. Allez-y, go there. N'y allez pas, do not go there. Y refers also to other pronouns. Ex.: — Think of me, pensez a moi. I shall ever think of you, j'y penserai toujour?,. Think of yourself, pensez a vous mime. I will think (of myself), j'y penserai. Note. Fmust always refer to an antecedent. * Except moi and toi which follow the word y, with tne affirmative Imperative, as : Con- duisez-y-moi, rends-y-toi (go there), whereas we say : Condnisez-nous-y. When both en and^ happen to be governed by the same verb, y stands before en. Ex. : Je vous y en por- terai, I will bring you some there. But conduisez-moi la is preferable to condiiisez-y-inoi, 2 6o IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. THEME 21. i. We speak of it. 2. You speak of them. 3. I am sorry for it. 4. I have heard that your uncle has arrived, and I am very glad of it. 5. She spoke to him of it. 6. Talk 1 no more of it, for I will not hear of it. 7. Have you (any) books? 8. Yes, I have. 9. Have you bought some flowers? 10. Yes, I have bought some. n. Give me three of them, it you please. 12. You have bread, give some to the poor. 13. I thank you for it. 14. Do not thank me for it. 15. I study that language, 2 I know its rules well. 16. Since 3 you have no apples in your gar- den, I will send you some. 17. If I had money, I would give you some. 18. Send us some. 19. Send me none. 20. Mr. A. is a true friend ; I shall never forget the services which I have received 4 from him. 21. Is your father in his garden? 22. Yes, he is (in it). 23. Do you agree 5 to it ? 24. Yes, I agree to it. 25. Have you G just returned from the country ? 26. No, I am going there. 27. We shall think of it. 28. We have forced 7 them to it. 29. There is a ditch, 8 take care 9 not to fall into it. 30. Our orchard 10 is very fruitful, we see all sorts n of fruits in it. 31. It is (c'est) a good book, one {011) reads excellent things in it. 1. Parler. 2. Langue, f. 3. Puisque. 4. Regit. 5. Consentir. 6. Revenez-vons ? 7. Forces. 8. Un fosse. 9. Prenez garde. 10. Verger. 11. Toutes sortes de. in. THE SUPPLYING PRONOUNS LE, LA, LES. 1. The pronouns le, la, les are used in t French to supply the place of an antecedent substantive or adjective, or of a phrase. In such case, their equivalent in English is sc or it, either ex- pressed or understood. 2. When le refers to a noun with the definite article or possess- ive adjective, it takes the gender and number of that noun. Ex.:— Etes-vous la mere de ces enfants. Oui,je la suis. Are you the mother of these children ? Yes, I am. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 261 Mesdemoiselles, etes-vous les nieces de Madame B.J Oui, Madame, nous les sommes. Ladies, are you Mrs. B.'s nieces? Yes, madame, we are. Sont-ce la vos domestiques ? Oui, ce les sont. Are those your servants ? Yes, they are. Sont-ce la vos gants neufs ? Non, ce ne les sont pas. Are those your new gloves ? No, they are not. 3. But when le supplies the place of an adjective, of a noun used adjectively, or of a phrase, it remains unchanged. Ex.: — Depuis quand etes-vous malade? Je le suis depuis huit jours. How long have you been ill ? I have been (so) these eight days. Ces dames sont-elles mariees? Oui, elles le sont. Are these ladies married ? Yes, they are (it or so). Ittes-vous chretiens ? Oui, nous le sommes. Are you Christians ? Yes, we are. 77 lefera, sHl le petit, he will do it, if he can. Note. Le, la, les must be used ($2) when the adjective is used substan- tively, as : Mademoiselle, etes-vous la malade ? Oui, je la suis Miss, are you the sick one ? Yes, I am (she). 4. Le should also be inserted in sentences containing a com- parative, after que — fie, as : Ll est maintenant plus actif quHl ne Petait auparavant. He is now more active than he was before. Elle est moins riche qu'on ne le pense. She is not so rich as one would think. THEME 22. 1. Is that your book? 2. Yes, it is. 3. Are those your books? 4. Yes, they are. 5. Are you the mistress of the house? 6. No, I am not. 7. Are these boys the pupils of Mr. M. ? 8. Yes, they are. 9. Are you my friend's sisters? 10. Yes, we are. 11. You want some men of good will ? 1 12. We are all so. 13. Are these your horses ? 14. Yes, they are. 15. Are the brothers rich? 16. No, they are not. 17. Are the house and garden large? 18. Yes, they are. 19. Is not this pretty girl your gardener's daughter ? 20. Yes, madam, she is. 21. We need 2 only think, ourselves happy, and we shall be so. 22. Young ladies, are you English? 23. Yes, we are. 24. Are 262 IX. NEUVIEME LE£ON. you physicians? 25, Yes, sir, we are. 26. Are you the physi- cians? 27. Yes, sir, we are. 28. Is he sad? 3 29. No, he is not. 30. Is she rich? 31. Yes, she is. 32. Are those gentle- men brothers? 33. Yes, they are. 34. Are you still my friend ? 35. Yes, I am. 36. Are you the sister of Mrs. A. ? 37. Yes, I am. 38. Are you the ladies whom my mother expects ? 39. Yes, we are. 40. Because she is pretty, she must not imagine 4 that she will always be so. 41. We were embarrassed, 5 and are so yet (encore). 42. Children ought to (doivent) apply 6 them- selves to their studies as much as they can. 1. De bonne volonte". 2. Nous n'avons qu'a notes croire. 3. Triste. 4. // ne fazd pas qu'elle s"imagine. 5. Embarrasses. 6. S'appliquer. READING LESSON. l'elephant. ( Continuation. ). L'elephant vit (lives) au dela de cent cinquante ans, quand il est libre. Ces animaux marchent ordinairement de compagnie; le plus age conduit la troupe; le second d'age marche le dernier; les jeunes et les femelles sont au milieu desautres; les meres portent leurs petits et les tiennent embrass^s de leurs trompes. L'elephant dompte 1 est le plus doux et le plus patient de tous les animaux. II s'attache a celui qui le soigne ; 2 il le caresse, et semble deviner 3 tout ce qui peut lui plaire. En peu de temps il comprend les signes et raeme la parole. II recoit les ordres de son maitre avec attention et les execute avec prudence. Un elephant domestique rend autant de service que six bons chevaux. lis ne cassent rien de ce qu'on leur confie. Us posent douce- ment les paquets qu'ils portent, et les ran gent dans Fendroit 4 qu'on leur montre. Us essaient avec leurs trompes flexibles, s'ils sont bien situes, et quand un tonneau 5 commence a rouler, ils vont d'eux-memes chercher des pierres pour l'etablir solide- ment. 1. To tame. 2. To take care. 3. To guess. 4. Place. 5. Cask. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS, 2 6$ CONVERSATION. Quel age l'el6phant atteint-il ? II vit au dela' de 150 ans. Se laisse-t-il dompter ? Oui ; et quand il est dompte, it est le plus doux de tous les animaux. L'&ephant est-il intelligent ? Tres-intelligent ; il comprend les signes et meme la parole, Se rend-il utile aux hommes ? Un seul elephant rend autant de service que six bons che^ vaux. Les elephants sont-ils mala- Non, pas du tout; ils ne cas- droits (awkward) ? sent rien de ce qu'on leur confie. Que font-ils quand un tonneau Ils vont chercher des pierres commence a rouler ? pour l'6tablir solidement. X. DIXIEME LEfON, INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. (See Part I., Lesson XXVII.) rogative pronoun following observations are to be made : ■ i. Lequel, which? always refers to some noun either preced- ing or immediately following, and agrees with it in gender and number. Ex. : — Void deux routes, laquelle prendrez-vous ? Here are two routes ; which will you take ? Lesquels de vos Soulier s sont dec hires ? Which of your shoes are worn out ? 264 x - DIXIEME LEgON. Note. The interrogative adjective what joined to a noun is always ex- pressed by quel, f. quelle. Ex. : — What book do you read ? quel livre lisez-vous ? What are your reasons ? quelles sont vos raisons ? 2. The interrogative pronouns who ? whose? to whom? whom? are expressed by qui? de qui? («not dont?) a qui? and for the. objective qui? (que as an interrogative means what, never whom). Ex.: — Who comes ? qui vient? Of whom do you speak? de qui parlez-vous ? Whom do you seek ? qui cherchez-vous ? 3. Instead of the simple qui? the form qui est-ce qui, who? is often used for the Nom., and qui est-ce que, whom ? for the Dir. Obj. Ex.:— Qui est-ce qui vient Id, who comes there ? Qui est-ce que votes cherchez, whom are you looking for ? 4. The same is the case with que? for which qu' est-ce qui? is often used in the Nom., and qu 'est-ce que ? in the Dir. Obj. The latter has a still stronger form, qu' est-ce que c' est que . . ? This compound form is generally used in the expression what is that ? and also when a simple noun follows, e. g. : Qi? est-ce que cela ? 1 Qu* est-ce que e'est que cela ? \ what 1S that ? Qic* est-ce que la vie? } . ~. , . , . j ■ 9 > what is life ? Qu est-ce que c est que la vie f $ 5. The pupil must be careful, however, not to confound qui est- ce qui, who ? with qu' est-ce qui, what ? The latter is used for the wanting Nominative of the conjunctive pronoun que. We say: „ , , ( qui est-ce qui vous a offense? Who has offended you?< . „ > J \ qui vous a offense / Whereas : What {Nom. ) makes you so sad ? Qu 1 est-ce qui vous rend si triste ? „„ . . ^\ qu'' est-ce que vous faites la? What are you doing there? < r '.. ,, 3 s £ que faites vous la ? C qu'y a-t-il de nouveau ? What is the news ? J ^,^ ^ u y a ^ ^^ f INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 265 6. Que, what ? as the conjunctive form, can only be used be- fore the verb or in close connection with it; but the .disjunctive form quoi, what ? stands either alone or after a preposition, or is even used as an interjection. Ex. : — Vous cherchez quelque chose ; quoi done ? You are looking for something ; what is it ? A quoi pense-t-il, of what does he think? De quoi parle-t-on, of what do people talk? Quoi ! vous etes marie! what ! you are married ! Note. Quoi is also used instead of qu'y a-t-il, as : Quoi de phis magnifique qzi'une belle nuit d^ete ! (instead of qa?y a-t-ii de plus magnifique /) What is there more splendid than a beautiful summer's night ? 7. In antithetical questions with or (as you or I?), the French usage departs very widely from the English, inasmuch as the con- trasted persons or objects, instead of standing in the Nominative as in English, usually follow de. Ex. : — Qui de vous ou de moi remportera le prix? Who will take the prize, you or I ? Qui a ete le plus applique de toi ou d^Emile? or, Qui de toi ou d^Emile a ete le plus applique? Who has been the most diligent, you or Emile ? 8. De may be omitted, however, when two or more oil's oc- cur, and also when de or des with lequel precedes. Ex. : — Laquelle des dezix nations e'tait la plus vertueuse, les Grecs ou les Romains ? Which of the two nations was the more virtuous, the Greeks or the Ro- mans? THEME 23. 1. Which of your brothers is married ? 2. Which of your sis- ters has (est) gone to England ? 3. Of all these pictures, which should you like best P 1 4. Which of your daughters learns Ital- ian ? 2 5. Here are two pencils; which will you take ? 6. What countries did Alexander the Great conquer ? 3 7. What are your terms? 4 8. Who goes there? 9. To whom do you speak? 10. For whom does a miser 5 hoard 6 riches? 7 11. Who will be bold 8 enough to attack him ? 12. Who are these women ? 13. 2 66 X. DIXIEME LE£ON. Whose 9 gloves are these? 14. Here are two grammars; to which do you give the preference? 15. Who sustains 10 this globe in the air ? 16. What is more pleasant than to do good ? n 17. What is human life ? 18. What should prevent 12 your father from buying (d'acheter) this house? 19. A little more fame, 13 a little more wealth, — what does all this signify ? 14 20. What are you speaking of? 21. Of what do you accuse me? 22. On (stir) what will you interrogate 15 him ? 23. What ! Charles has been arrested! 16 24. Which of you has been sick, Emily or Emma? 25. Which was the greatest man, Alexander, Caesar, or Napoleon the First ? 1. Le mieiix. 2. Put the article. 3. Put has conquered, a conquis. 4. Condition, f. 5. L'avare, m. 6. Amasser. 7. Richesse. 8. Hardi. 9. See p. 264, § 2, a qui. 10. Sou- venir. 11. Du Men. 12. Empecher. 13. Gloire. 14. Signifier. 15. Interroger. 16. A rrete. READING LESSON.* SERVILIUS SE DEFEND DEVANT LE PEUPLE. •'Si Ton m'a fait venir ici pour me demander compte 1 de ce qui s'est passe dans la derniere bataille ou je commandais, je suis pret a vous en instruire ; mais si ce n'est qu'un pretexte pour me faire perir, comme je le soupconne, 2 epargnez-moi 3 des paroles inutiles : voila mon corps et ma vie que je vous abandonne, vous pouvez en disposer. " Quel est done mon crime ? Quelle faute ai-je commise jus- qu'ici ? On m'accuse d'avoir perdu beaucoup de monde dans le dernier combat. Mais quel est le g6neral qui puisse livrer des batailles contre une nation aguerrie, 4 qui se defend courageuse- ment, sans qu'il y ait de part et d'autre 5 du sang de repandu ? Quelle divinite s'est engagee en vers le peuple romain, a lui faire remporter des victoires sans aucune perte? 6 A qui fera-t-on croire que la gloire s'acquiert 7 autrement que par de grands penis ? J'en suis venu aux mains avec des troupes plus nom- * The Conversation on this Reading Lesson will be found at the end of the following les- RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 267 breuses que celles que vous m'aviez confiees; j'ai mis en deroute leurs legions, qui, a la fin, ont pris la fuite. Que me restait-il a faire ? Qui d'entre vous eut pu se refuser a la victoire qui mar- cbait devant moi? Etait-il meme 8 en mon pouvoir de retenir vos soldats, que leur courage emportait, et qui poursuivaient avec ardeur un ennemi effraye? Que dis-je ? Si j'avais fait son- ner 9 la retraite, si j'avais ramene nos soldats dans leur camp, de quoi ne m'accuserait-on pas aujourd'hui ? Lequel de vos tribuns aurait approuvre ma conduite ? Ne m'accuseraient-ils pas d'in- telligence avec les ennemis ? " 1. Account. 2. Suspect. 3. Spare. 4. Warlike. 5. On both sides. 6. Loss. 7. Can be gained. 8. Even. 9. To sound. XL ONZIEME LECON. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. (See Part L, L. XXIV.) 1. The relative pronouns who, which and that are rendered by qui, when they are in the Nominative case, whether they refer to persons or things, as : The man who works, / 'homme qui travaitte. The pen which is on the table. La plume qui est sur la table. 2. The same pronouns when in the Direct Objective, whom, which, that, are expressed by que, as : The man whom you know, / *ho?nme que vous connaissez. The book which I have lost, le livre que j'ai perdu. Note. Sometimes, however, lequel must be employed instead of qui or que, when by the use of the latter an ambiguity might arise. In such a case as this, for instance : Le frere de Madame Lebeau qui habite Paris, where 2 68 XL ONZIEME LEfON. two persons being mentioned, it would be doubtful whether we mean to say that the brother or the lady lives in Paris. In the first case, we must say : Le frere de Mad. Lebeau lequel habite Paris, or if the lady is meant : Le frere de Mad. Lebeati laquelle or qui habite Paris. For the latter of the two persons qui can generally be used. 3. When the relative pronouns whom or which follow a prepo- sition, they are usually expressed by qui in speaking of persons,* and by lequel or laquelle (pi. lesquels, lesquelles) in speaking of animals and things, as : The little boy to whom I give the book, is diligent. Le petit ga?'fon a qui je donne le livre, est applique. The Englishman with whom I travelled. V Anglais avec quij^ai voyage. The glory to which heroes sacrifice, etc. La gloire a, laquelle les ke'ros sacrifient, etc. The cane with which he struck me, etc. La canne avec laquelle il irfafrappe, etc. 4. The relative pronouns whose, of whom or of which are com- monly expressed in French by dont, both for persons and for ob- jects, as : The Frenchman whose brother arrived yesterday. Le Franfais dont le frere est arrive hier (see L. III., 12). I have seen the garden of which you speak. y'ai vu le jar din dont vous parlez. As dont contains the preposition de already, there is no room for another preposition before it. 5. But lequel must be employed when the noun which follows whose is governed by a preposition. We can consequently say : The man whose merits are known. Vhomme dont les merites (Nom.) sont connus. The author whose works you have read. * After entre, between, and fiarmi, among, we must always write lesguels or les quelles, whether persons or things be spoken of. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 269 Vauteur dont vous avez hi les onvrages (Dir. Obj.).* But we must say : The man of whose modesty people talk so much. Vhomme de la modestie duquel on parte tant. The friend to whose honesty I have trusted, has deceived me. I? ami a la probite duquel je me suis fie, m'a Irompe. 6. The relative pronouns whom, which, and that, are often left out in English, but in French qui and que are never omitted. Example : — The boy I saw with you yesterday. Le gaiyon que fai vu hier avec vous. I shall send you the books you have chosen. Je vous enverrai les livres que vous avez choisis. THEME 24. 1. The man who has done this is generally 1 esteemed. 2. The flocks 2 which graze 3 in those meadows 4 rendre. 6. Rogue's. 7. Les abeil'les. 8. Ordre. 9. Prqfesseur. 10. Habiter. 11. y^ me fo?ide. 12. 5a«j rdpliqtie. 13. y* «'<«£ me fier. 14. Amasser. 15. Un Jil. 16. The'se'e, 17. Sortir. 7. (?# ne pas ( point} avoir etudie. Not to have studied, > , . . /■ 1 • *\ u i" ' ) n avoir pas {point} etudie. 3. The words no more or not any more (meaning not more) are expressed by ne before the verb and pas plus after, when more is followed by than : He is no more than fifteen years of age. II n 'a pas plus de quinze ans. But they are rendered by nc—plus without pas, when more is not followed by than. Ex. : — I shall read no more (no longer), je ne lirai plus. 4. Non settlement, not only, takes no, ne, with the verb. Ex.: — Je Vai fait non seulement pour lui, mais aussi pour ses enfants. I have done it not only for his sake, but also for his children's. THEME 31. 1. I do not speak. 2. I have not spoken. 3. Have you bought this book? 4. No, sir, I have not (P. I., L. XLVII). 5. It is your friendship which I seek, not my interest. 1 6. Not I. 7. Not we. 8. Are you tired? 9. Not at all. 10. I was not there; nor my sister either, n. This peasant 2 can neither read nor write. 12. This boy has neither paper 3 nor pens. 13. I have never had such a (un si) good book. 14. We have no desire at all 4 to do it. 15. The speaker 5 has con- vinced 6 not only his friends but also his adversaries. 16. Charles XII persisted in 7 never speaking (never to speak) French. 17. I have no more hope. 1. Inter et, m. 2. Paysan, m. 3. See p. 224, § 3. 4. Nzdlement envie. 5. L'orateur. f>. Convaincre. 7. S'obstina a. SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 291 NE USED ALONE WITHOUT PAS. 5. The negative not may be expressed by ne without pas or point with the three verbs : cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; pou- voir, to be able ; when followed by an Infinite, as : Elle ne cesse de pleurer, she does not cease crying. II n'ose revenir, he dares not come back. Je ne puis le croire, I cannot believe it. Note i. Cesser takes pas, however, when a time is specified, as : II ne cesse pas de travailler avant huit heures du soir. Note 2. In regard to pouvoir, use in the first person of the Present tense either : Je ne puis (without pas), or : ye ne peux pas. 6. When the negative use of savoir means to be uncertain, i. e., in doubt, it does not take pas. In the same way pas is usually omitted in the expression je ne saurais, I cannot. Ex. : — Je ne savais que dire, I did not know what to say. Je ne saurais vous donner une garantie. I cannot give you a security. But if "not know" has the signification of not to have learned, not to know (a language, etc.), then savoir always takes ne and/rtj. Ex. : — Je ne sais pas nager, I cannot swim. , Ne savez-vous pas Pallemand, do you not know German? 7. Prendre garde que requires the depending verb with tie only and the subjunctive ; or this verb in the infinitive with ne pas governed by a ; or by de without ne pas. Prenez garde que vous ne tombiez. Prenez garde a ne pas tomber, Prenez garde de tomber. Same meaning and less emphatic^ 8. Of two negative sentences standing in immediate connec- tion with each other, the latter loses its pas. Ex. : — Je ne connais personne qui nefasse quelqitefois des f antes. Note I. Also peu and sans are here regarded as a negation, as : Peu s^en faut qu'il ne soit tombe, he was very near falling. Sans rienfaire, without doing anything. 2 9 2 XV. QUINZIEME LECON. Note 2. The former sentence may also be interrogative if only the idea of negation be contained in it, as : Y a-t-il (or est-il) un homme qui ne croie en Dieu ? 9. Do not put pas after que ne, when used instead of pourquoi pas. Ex. : — Si vous avez froid, que ne mettez-vous votre manteau ? If you are cold, why not put on your cloak ? 10. Nor after voila, il y a and depuis que, when the verb which has the idea of negation is in the compound of the Present or in the compound of the Imperfect. Ex. : — II y a deux mois que je ne lui ai parte. II a bien change depuis que je ne Pai vu. 11. Pas is not used when ne is connected with d' autre followed by que, as : Je ti'ai d' 'autre ambition que de vous rendre heureux. I have no other ambition than to make you happy. ■ 12. Further in the following idioms: N' 'avoir garde, to take care not to, to be on one's guard. NHmporte, it does not matter. Ne voir goutte, to see nothing (at all). Ne dire mot, to say not a word. A Dieu ne plaise que, etc., God forbid, etc. 13. A moins que and conjunctions expressing fear, take ne be- fore the following verb (in the Subjunctive). Ex. : — A moins que vous ne le fassiez, unless you do it. THEME 32. 1. Alcibiades could not suffer that his country should obey 1 a rival. 2 2. I dare not enter 3 his room. 3. It is not more than a week 4 since I saw (que fat vu) your uncle; he has gone to Amer- ica, you will see him no more. 4. I cannot (§ 6) tell you whether (si) my father is at home or not (non) ; I have not seen him this morning. 5. Take care lest (que, § 7) he steal your SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS, 293 money. 6. Take care not to be (to come) too late. 7. We dare not tell him this news. 8. There is no enemy who is (soit) not able 5 to injure. 6 9. God forbid that I should betray 7 your secre/. 1. Imperf. Subj. 2. A une rlvale. 3. Entrer dans. 4. Huit jours. 5. En itat. 6. De nuire. 7. Trahir. NEGATION USED IN FRENCH, AND NOT IN ENGLISH.* 14. Ne is, moreover, often employed in French when in English no thought of negation is to be discovered. This is the case : With the affirmative verb of a comparative clause introduced by que, than, when the verb closely follows que. Also after verbs, nouns, and conjunctions expressing fear and apprehension. Examples : — II est phis age que je ne croyais. He is older than I thought. Je crains qu'il ne vienne. I fear he may come. II park autre?nent quHl n'agit. He speaks otherwise than he acts. A moms que vous ne le fassiez. Unless you should do it. Note. But if the first clause of the sentence be negative, que of the latter clause is not followed by ne, if the compared action is not doubtful, as : // rtecrit pas mieux quHl parle. 15. The verbs douter, to doubt; nier and disconvenir, to deny ; contester, to contest, require ne before the verb (in the Subjunctive) of the dependent sentence, yet only when these verbs themselves are used simply negatively or simply interrogatively. Ex. : — Je ne doitte pas, } rv . > que eel a ne soit vrai. (?) Doutez-vous, 3 y v ' I do not doubt (do you doubt) that this is true? Niez-vous, ) ~ . , > au il ne soit coufiable. (?) Je ne me pas, y r \ 1 Do you deny (I do not deny) that he is guilty? * The pupil should learn, in connection with this lesson, § 6, L. XIX. p. 330. 294 xv - QUINZIEME LE£ON. 1 6. But when these verbs are affirmative, or negative-interrog- ative, ne is not inserted in the second clause. Also when ne pas douter has the force of etre stir. Ex. : — Je doute que cela soil vrai (without ne). Ne niez-vous pas qu'il soit coupable? 17. If the dependent sentence in English is negative, it takes, of course, ne—pas. Ex.: — I fear he will not come, je crains qu'il ne vienne pas. They fear the fortress will not have ammunition enough. On craint que la forteresse n' 'ait pas assez de munition. , 18. Empecher, to prevent, to hinder, requires ?ie before the fol- lowing verb in the Subjunctive mood, as : y empecherai qu'il ne sorte. I will hinder him from going out. Empechera-t-il, } TJ , . „ j , > qice votes ne la fassiez. II n empechera pas, y J Will he prevent you (he will not prevent yon) from doing it ? THEME 33. 1. He is more wicked than I thought. 2. Henry is stronger than he was last year. 3. Ireland is more powerful, at present, than were the three kingdoms at (a) the death of queen Eliza- beth. 4. A traveller often relates 1 things otherwise than they are. 5. I fear lest (que) some misfortune has befallen 2 my son. 6. I fear our master will come; do you not fear he will come? 7. He denies that his brother is mixed up 3 in that affair. 8. The city of Paris has become much more beautiful since 4 you saw (have seen) it. 9. Do you fear he will write to your father? 10. I do not fear it. 11. We do not fear that the bat- tle is lost. 12. Do you deny that you have procured (for) him the means of flight ? 5 13. I do not deny that I have given him some clothes and some money. 14. I will hinder him from com- ing back. 15. I doubt whether the letter has been sent to him (see p. 275, § 1, note 1). 16. I cannot prevent him from loving (that he loves) pleasure 6 better than work. 6 1. Rapporter. 2. Pttre arrivd a. 3. Meier. 4. Depuis que. 5. Fuite,{. 6. Put the def. article. SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. READING LESSON. 2 95 LE CONNETABLE DE BOURBON ET BAYARD. (Suite.) Le Con. Qu'as-tu done? Est-ce que tu ne saurais te con- soler d'avoir ete vaincu et fait prisonnier dans la retraite de Bonnivet? Ce n'est pas ta faute, e'est la sienne: les armes sont journalieres {changing). Ta gloire est assez bien etablie par tant de belles actions. Les Imperiaux 1 ne pourront jamais ou- blier cette vigoureuse defense de Mezieres contre eux. Bay. Pour moi, je ne puis jamais oublier que vous etes ce grand connetable, ce prince du plus noble sang qu'il y ait dans le monde, et qui travaille a dechirer 2 de ses propres mains sa patrie et le royaume de ses ancetres. Le Con. Quoi ! Bayard, je te loue, et tu me condamnes ! Je te plains, et tu m'insultes ! Bay. Si vous me plaignez, je vous plains aussi ; et je vous trouve bien plus a plaindre que moi. Je sors de la vie sans tache ; j'ai sacrifie la mienne a mon devoir, je meurs pour mon pays, pour mon roi, estime des ennemis de la France, et regrette de tous les bons Francais. Mon etat est digne d'envie. Le Con. Et moi, je suis victorieux d'un ennemi qui m'a ou- trage, je me venge de lui; je le chasse du Milanais; 3 je fais sentir a toute la France combien elle est malheureuse de m'avoir perdu, en me poussant a bout. 4 Appelles-tu cela etre a plaindre ? Bay. Oui, on est toujours a plaindre quand on agit contre son devoir. II vaut mieux perir en combattant pour la patrie, que de la vaincre et de triompher d'elle. Ah ! quelle horrible gloire que celle de detruire 5 son propre pays ! {To be continued?) i. The Imperialists, Austrians. 2. To tear. 3. From the Milanese territory. 4. To the extreme. 5. Destroy. 296 XVI. SEIZIEME LECON. XVI. SEIZlfiME LEfON. REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. The use of the prepositions is of too various a nature to allow of its being determined by definite rules. Their departure from the original signification can only be shown by examples. Prepositions must generally be repeated before every noun. A, de, and en must always be repeated. All prepositions except en ^govern the infinitive; en is followed by the present participle. Ex. : — Pour aller, in order to go. En allant, in going. I. ON THE USE OF SOME FRENCH PREPOSITIONS. a. A denotes (i) place, and is used before names of places (not countries), and common names; (in English at or in) : a Paris, at Paris, a Veglise, at church. a la cajnpagne, in the country, a r ombre, in the shade. au theatre or au spectacle, at the theatre. a laposle, at the post-office. f rapper a la porle, to knock at the door. a la main, in the hand, a droite, to the right. 2. Time: a quelle heure, at what o'clock ? a deux heures, at two o'clock, a midi, at twelve o'clock. au commencement de la lefon, at the beginning of the lesson a temps, in time, a mon arrivee, on my arrival. a la pointe du jour, at daybreak. 3. Manner and instrument : a la mode, in fashion, fashionably. a pied, on foot, a cheval, on horseback. a bras ouverts, with open arms. travailler a V aiguille, to work with the needle. REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 297 peindre a Vhuile, to paint in oil. me surer a Panne, to measure by the ell (yard). deux a deux, two and two. goutte a goutte, drop by drop. a bon marche, cheap. a cinq pour cent, at five per cent. a Panglaise, after the English style. 4. Destination:" Une cuiller a the, a teaspoon. Une montre a repetition, a repeater (watch). 5. Direction, especially with the verb aller or se rendre, to go (the English to) : Aller a Vienne, to go to Vienna. Nous allons a la campagne, we are going into the country. Aller au theatre, to go to the theatre. Aller a la chasse, to go hunting, etc. Dans, en. Dcms means both in and into a (closed) place ; it is used in a more determinate sense than en, and is always followed by the article or another determinate word (such as this, my, which, etc.) E^c.:— Dans la {ma, voire) chambre, in the (my, your) room. Dans via poche, in my pocket. Dans Phiver de 1850, in the winter of 1850. Dans une colere affreuse, in a dreadful passion. II est dans la prison, he is in (the) prison (of that place). Etre dans la ville, to be within the town (not in the country). Observe also the difference in the following expressions : 77 est au jardin and il est dans son jardin. ye suis a la maison (at home) andy> suis dans ma maison. En is used in a more vague sense, and is followed by no article. It is used for in or to before the name of a kingdom, republic, country, county, or province. Ex. : — En liberte, in liberty. En colere, in a passion. En France, in or to France. En Avril or au mois d ''avril, in April. En ete, in summer. En hiver, in winter. A few exceptions of en with the article : En Vhonneur, en Panne'e 1883, en la presence du juge ctu roi, jeter une balle en V air, f aire des contes en Pair. 2 9 8 XVI. SEIZIEME LEgON. En automne, in autumn (but au printemps, in spring). Eire en voyage, to travel about. En ces termes, in these words. Vivre en paix, to live in peace. Etre en ville, to be out, to be from home. 77 est en prison, he is in prison (he is a prisoner). Note. There are a few expressions in which the article is retained after en: such are, en V absence, in the absence; en Vhonneur, in honor. Only /' and la are thus found after en, never le. Dans and en, relating to time, are differently used. Dans de- notes the point of time, en the duration. Ex. : — Dans dix mimites, ten minutes hence. En dix minutes, within the space of ten minutes. Je partirai dans huit jours, I shall set out in a week. M. B. reviendra dans deux mois, Mr. B. will return in two months. jf'ai appris lefrangais en dix mois, I learned French in ten months. Entre, prrnii. Entre answers in general to the English between, betwixt, and is said of two objects, which may be individuals or collective bodies, only. Ex. : — Entre la porte et lafenetre, between the door and the window. Entre autres, among others. La mere tenait Pen/ant entre ses bras. The mother held her child in her arms. La guerre entre les Frangais et les Anglais. Parmi corresponds rather to among, and is said of several ob- jects, as : Parmi les rockers, among the rocks. Votre grammaire se trouva parmi mes livres. Your grammar was found among my books. Jjevant, avant. Devant is a local preposition, and is also used for in presence of, as : Nous jouerons devant la maison, we will play before the house. LI a paru devant le juge, he appeared before the judge. Sur le devant, in the front; la porte de devant, the front door.. Avant denotes priority of time and order, as : ye suis arrive avant vous, I arrived before you. REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 299 V article se met avant le nom, the article is put before the noun. * Avant tout, above all. Avant is also used before an infinitive with de : Avant de partir, before leaving. Envers, vers. Envers, towards, to, is used for with regard to, in a moral sense, as : Soyez charitables envers les pauvres, be charitable towards the poor. Comportez-vous bien envers lui, behave well towards him (with regard to him). Vers expresses motion and is put before names of places and persons. : Vers la colline, towards the hill. // s'avanga vers moi, he advanced towards me Chez. Chez might be rendered in English by at the house of, with, among, etc. Ex. : — Chez voire pere, at your father's. Chez les Romains, among the Romans. Chacun est maitre chez soi, everybody is master in his own house. Je viens de chez vous, I come from your house. Hors de, hors. 1. Hors de denotes an exclusion from a place, out of, outside of, without. Ex. : — Hors de la maison, out of the house. Hors du royatmie, out of the kingdom. Note. In this signification de may be left out, as : Hors la maison, hors la barriere, etc. 2. Hors de is also used in a figurative or temporal sense, as : // est hors de danger, he is out of danger. Hors d'e'tat, out of condition, unable. 3. Hors (without de) signifies except, besides : Hors cela nous sommes d ''accord, with the exception of that we are agreed. Note. In this sense hormzs is sometimes used for hors, more frequently excepte. 300 XVI. SEIZIEME LE£ON. D'avec, d'entre, de dessous, etc. Some prepositions are preceded by de, which serves to indicate the point from which an action proceeds, as : Ma separation d^avec mon pere. My separation from my father. On arracha P enfant Centre les bras de sa mere. They tore the child from the arms of its mother. On le tira de dessous le lit. They drew him from under the bed. Sans. Sans, without, is sometimes expressed in English by but for. Example : — Sans lui, je serai mort de fai?n. But for him, I should have starved. Es. This word is a contraction for en les. It is used for university degrees. Ex. : — Bachelier es letlres, bachelor of arts. Law expression, used nowadays in French deeds : To deliver a deed into his own hands. Livrer un acte es-mains a quelquhtn. THEME 34. i. Where are you going? 2. I am going into the country. 3. My friend arrived in the beginning of summer; he was re- ceived with open arms. 4. Is this book to (a) your taste ? 1 5 . No, I do not like it (// does not please me). 6. I met that gentle- man on my journey in Italy. 7. Is Mr. A. at home ? 8. Yes, sir ; he is in the garden. 9. In the absence of the king, who is now in Italy, these affairs must be suspended. 2 10. The poor man had to choose between slavery 3 and death. 11. Why has she been so unjust towards her parents? 12. Did you arrive before or after four o'clock? 13. Before the church there are three high poplars. 4 14. My neighbor was kindly disposed to- wards me. 15. I found this letter among my papers. 16. Brandy {V eau-de-vie) is the source of great evils among that people. 1. Gout, m. 2. Stispendre. 3. L'esclavage, m. 4. Peuplier, m. REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 301 THEME 35. 1. They (on) told me amongst other things, that the ship had been taken by the enemy (//). 2. The old man was unable (not in a condition) to do anything for her. 3. He has sold all his horses, except one or two. 4. Now we turn to (towards) the south. 5. Among the merchants in London, there are many beneficent 1 men. 6. He lives with his brother. 7. The tailor will come to your house to-morrow. 8. Where do you come from ? 9. I come from my aunt's. 10. The wooden horse was outside the walls 3 of Troy. 11. The patient 3 is at present out of danger. 12. Nobody besides myself was present. 13. Out of (sur) sixty soldiers who tried the attack, twenty-five fell into (en- tre) the hands of the enemy (pi). 14. One must distinguish true friendship from (d'avec) (the) false. 15. The dog sprang out 4 from under the table. 1. Bienfaisant. 2. Les imtrs de Troie. 3. Le malade. 4. Sauter. II. HOW TO EXPRESS SOME ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS. Above. Above, when it expresses time or number, so as to signify more than or lo7iger than, is rendered in French by plus de. Ex. : — The fight lasted above four hours. Le combat dura plus de quatre heures. It is above twenty miles from here. II y a plus de vingt lieues dHci. About. 1. About, in the sense of aroimd, is to be rendered by autour de. 2. In the signification of concerning, it is touchant, concer- nant, sur, or simply de. 3. In speaking of things which people carry about them, it is translated with sur. Ex. : — 1. All thronged about the prince. Tout le monde sepressa autour du prince. 2. I will speak to him about our affair (business). Je lui parlerai touchant (or sur or de) notre affaire. 3. I have no money about me, je n^ai pas d 1 argent sur moi. 3 o2 XVI. SEIZIEME LECON. At. i. At is most commonly rendered by a with or without an arti- cle. 2. After nouns or verbs denoting derision, anger, surprise, sorrow, etc., at is rendered by de. 3. It is translated chez when, in English, it precedes the word house, either expressed or under- stood. Ex. : — 1. We were at dinner, nous e'tions a diner. Do you play at cards, jouez-vous aux cartes ? 2. She laughed at him, ellc se moqua de lui. I am surprised at what you say. Je suis surpris de ce que votes dites. 3. We were at your aunt's, nous etions chez votre tante. By. i. By, denoting the agent or cause, is translated de ox par (see p. 135, 2). Ex.:— Mr. Bell is respected by everybody. M. Bell est respecte de tout le monde. Troy was destroyed by the Greeks. Troiefut detruite par les Grecs. 2. In affirmations and swearing by is translated par : He swears by his honor, il en jure par son honneur. 3. By, after the verbs to sell, to buy, to work, etc., preceding a noun of weight or measure, day, week, month, or year, is rendered in French by a with the definite article. Ex. : — I sell the tea by the pound, je vends le the a la livre. We work by the hour or by the day. Nous travaillons a Vheure ou a lajournee. 4. When preceding a numeral immediately followed by an ad- jective of dimension, by is rendered in French by sur. Ex. : — This room is fifteen feet long by ten wide. Cette chambre a quinze pieds de longueur sur dix de largeur. 5. By, immediately following the verbs to kill, to wound, etc., is translated in French by d y un coup de, when it expresses the blow, wound, firing, etc., of an instrument by which a man was wounded, killed, etc. Ex. : — REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 303 The officer was wounded by a bullet. L'officierfut blesse dhcn coup de fusil. Achilles was killed at the siege of Troy by an arrow. Achillefut tue au siege de Troie d'un coup de feche. Note. If the blows have been repeated, a coups de is used, in which case it is most commonly rendered in English by with. Ex. :— They knocked him down with a stick. lis V assommerent a coups de baton. ' THEME 36. 1. My father was not above" twenty-two years old when he was married. 1 2. My uncle's country-house 2 is very handsome; but it cost him above eighty thousand francs. 3. It is above a year since my friend set off for 3 America. 4. Rome was built by Romulus. 5. The poor man has been driven out 4 of his house by his creditors. 5 6. I will get up to-morrow at six o'clock. 7. Were you at Mrs. D.'s ball last night? 8. I will pay you at the end of this month. 9. I rejoice greatly at your good luck. 6 10. She always smiles 7 at every thing that is said. 11. Where was your sister this morning? 12. She was at her aunt's. 13. My box 8 is a foot and a half deep by two wide and four long. 14. Harold was wounded by an arrow. 9 15. William the second was killed by an arrow in the New-Forest. 16. He is so strong that with his fist 10 (5, Note) he could knock down 11 an ox. 17. They killed the dog with stones. 18. The soldiers kill one another with bayonets. 12 1. To be married, se marier. 2. La maison de campag7ie. 3. Pour. 4. Chasse". 5. Cre"ancier, m. 6. Bonheur. 7. Sourire. 8. Le coffre. 9 Flee he, f. 10. Le poing. 11. Abattre. \2. La baionette. From. 1. From, preceding the name of a person, or a possessive ad- jective, or a personal or interrogative pronoun after the verbs to go, to come, to send, etc., is generally rendered by de la part de. Examples : — Many compliments from Dr. O. Bien des compliments de la part de Monsieur le docteur 0. I come from him or her ( from them), etc. Je viens de sa part {de leur part). 304 XVL SEIZIEME LEgON. 2. From, meaning from some one's house, is in French de chez. Example : — I come from my uncle's, aunt's, etc. Je viens de chez mon oncle, — de chez ma tante, etc. 3. From — to, is rendered by de — en. Ex. : — He went from street to street, from town to town, etc. 77 atla de rue en rue, de ville en ville, etc. Note. When two names of towns or villages are mentioned, to is ren- dered by a. Ex. : — From Paris to Rouen, de Paris a Rouen. 4. From is rendered by depuis, and to by jusqu'a, when speak- ing of extent or time. Ex. : — From Easter to Christies, depuis Pdques jusqu'a Noel. From is also rendered by des, to express a closer, more rapid start : From this very day, des aujourd'hui. ^rom to-morrow I shall be ready, des demain, etc. In. 1. In — dans or en, see these words in the first part of this Lesson. 2. In, after words denoting pain, hurting, etc., and preceding a possessive adjective with any part of the body, is to be rendered by a with the definite article. Ex. : — I have constantly a pain in my head. yai toujours mat a la tete. 3. In adverbial expressions of time, in is not expressed in French. Ex. : — In the morning, le matin. In the evening, le soir. On or upon. 1. On or upon is most generally stir. Ex.: — He climbed upon the tree, it grimpa sar Varbre. 2. After the verbs to play, to live, to depend, and the like, on or upon is rendered by de. Ex. : — You play on the violin, and I play on the flute. Vous jouez du violon, et moi, je joue de lafliite. A good end often depends on a good beginning. Une bonne fin depend souvent d'un bon commencement. REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 305 The prisoner lives on bread and water. Le prisonnier vit de pain et d'eau. 3. The preposition on, before the days of the week and with dates, is dropped in French. Ex. : — Come on Sunday, vencz dimanche. On the twelfth of May, le douze mai. 4. On, denoting time, in other cases is translated by en. Over. This preposition is commonly rendered in French by stir, but it must be expressed by the Part. Past of the verbs passer, finir, achever, when it denotes an action ended. Ex. : — As soon as the rain will be over. Des que la pluie sera passe'e. Is dinner over, le diner est-ilfini ? With. 1. With is rendered by de after such verbs as to die, to meddle, to do, to dispense, to load, to cover, to fill, and after some adjec- tives, as : pleased, contented, etc. (see p. 250, § 1 and 2). Ex. : — He died with cold, il mourut de froid. The wagon is loaded with goods, la voiture est chargee de marc/iandises. 2. With is expressed by a and the article before nouns denot- ing in what manner a thing is done or made. Ex. : — To draw with a pencil, dessiner au crayon. To fight with pistols, se baltre au pistolet. Note. Charger takes a, and se battre, au, a la, a /' (as the noun may re- quire), before the names of materials or weapons generally used for loading fire-arms or for fighting; otherwise, with is rendered by avec. Ex. : — Charger un fusil a dalles, avec des pierres. Se battre a Vepee, au pistolet, avec des haches, avec des ??iarteaux. The ambiguous English sentence, He struck the man with a wooden leg, would be translated into French by II frappa V homing a la jambe de bois, if the man was crippled ; but if the wooden leg is the weapon of attack, avec is used. 3. With mustmot de expressed after the following verbs: to meet with, rencontrer; to trust with, confier qch. a qn. / to sup- 306 XVI. SEIZIEME LEfON. ply with, fournir qch. a qn. ; to reproach with, reprocher qch. h qn. Ex. \ — We will supply him with everything. Nous lui fournirons tout. I reproached him with his ingratitude. ye lui reprochai son ingratitude. Remark. Prepositions are placed in French before the words they gov- ern, though in English they are sometimes placed after. Ex. : — Whom do you speak to, a qui parlez-vous ? What's that for, pour quoi cela ? The man whom you are interested in. Vhomme pour qui votes vous interessez. THEME 37. i. Go from me to Mr. S., and tell him that I am expecting him. 2. From whom do you come? 3. I come from Miss £• 4. Charles was wounded in his arm, and not (non) in his leg. 5. I have very often a pain in my teeth. 6. I will call upon you in the afternoon, and in the evening (I will) go to the play 7. Upon what instrument does your sister play ? 8. She plays the piano. 9. That happened 1 on the 12th (of) March. 10. I am in the habit 2 of taking a cup of coffee as soon as dinner is over. 11. Do not meddle 3 with my affairs; attend to your own. 12. Is that house covered with slate 4 or tiles? 5 13. It is covered with tiles. 14. This, picture seems to be done with chalk. 6 15. When you meet a poor man, never reproach him (with) his pov- erty. 16. France extends 7 from the Rhine to the Atlantic 8 Ocean. 17. What does he complain 9 of? 18. We have trav- elled from Switzerland to Italy. 19. You spend all the day in going (a aller) from house to house, from street to street, from place to place. 20. Those laborers 10 work from (depuis) morn- ing 11 to night. 11 21. I walk every day from twelve (midi) to three. 1. Se fossa. 2. To be in the habit of, avoir V habitude de. 3. JSe meter. 4. Ardoise, in singular. 5. Tuile, in plural. 6. Craie, f. 7. S'e'tendre. 8. V Ocfan Atlantique, 9, Se plaindre de qch. 10. Ouvrier, m. 11. Put the article. USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 307 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEfON. DIFFERENT USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 1. QUE WITH THE INDICATIVE. 1. The conjunction que is used, 1, to join the two terms of a comparison ; 2, in a restrictive sense for but or only, as : Elle n^a que deux freres, she has only two brothers. 2. The que of admiration or exclamation expresses wonder or surprise ; it answers to the English words how, how much, how many. Ex. : — Que vous etes heureux! how happy you are ! Que la terre est petite en comparaison avec le soleili How small is the earth compared with the sun ! Que de peine votes prenez pour moi ! How much trouble you take for me ! 3. In short exclamations que is inserted after the noun when the verb is omitted. Ex. : — Quel beau pays que Vltalie ! What a beautiful country Italy is ! Quel homme que ce Ee'nelon ! What a man that Fenelon is (or was) ! 4. It stands iotpourquoi in negative exclamations, as : Que ne puis-je vous aider! why can I not assist you ! 5. The French periphrase of a sentence with e'est is followed by que, whereas in English this is not expressed. Ex. : — C'esl une belle chose que la discretion. Discretion is a good thing. C'est une chose detestable que la haine. Hatred is a detestable thing. If, however, an Infinitive follows, que need not be used : Cest une honte (que) dHgnorer sa langue maternelle. It is a shame not to know one's mother tongue. 308 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 6. Que must be inserted after c'est-a-dire, that is to say, when a verb follows. Que is also frequently used after voila and peut- etre. Ex:— Vous screz parfaitement libres, c'est-d-dire que vous ne dependrez de per- sonne. You will be perfectly free, that is to say, you will depend upon nobody. 7. In the expressions: que out, yes; que si! O yes! que non, no ; que is used pleonastically. Ex. : — Je dis que oui, I say yes. 8. Que stands for since instead of depuis que : Combien y a-t-il que voire sceur est morte? How long is it since your sister died ? 9. Que is used for when after a peine, scarcely, and in the sig- nification of as or when, after the specification of a time, in which case the use of lorsque would be incorrect. Ex. : — A peine e'tait-il sorti, que la ?ualson s^ecroula. Scarcely was he gone out, when the house fell. Un matin que je sortais de tres -bonne heure. One morning as I went out early. Maintenant que vous etes en France, etc. Now that you are in France. . . . 10. Que corresponds to the English that after all verbs of think- ing, feeling, saying* as : dire, affirmer, repondre, declarer, croire, penser, sentir, etc., and usually takes the Indicative when these words are used affirmatively. In English the that is often omit- ted, but in French it must always be employed. Ex. : — Dites-lui que je V 'attends. Tell him that I am waiting for him. 77 ni'a repondu qifil rfen savait ricn. He answered me that he knew nothing of it. On croit qifelle est tres-riche. She is supposed to be very rich. * Where in Latin the Ace. is used with the Injinitive, USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 309 Note. Que is not only always expressed in French, but repeated before each member of the proposition. Ex. : — ye crois que vous vous trompez et que vous ne reussirez pas. I think you are mistaken, and that you will not succeed. 11. In many cases where the conjunction is repeated in English, the French, instead of repeating it, put que in the place of it. This is the case with brsque, quand, pe7idant que, tandis que, parce que, tant que and des que. Ex. : — Lorsque P empereur fut revemi et quHl (and when he) eut visite le camp, il re'solut de livrer bataille. Tandis que Charles XII donnait tin roi a la Pologne soumise, que le Danemark n'osait le tmibler, et que le roi de Prusse recherchait son amitie, le czar de venait de jour en jour plus redoutable. THEME 38. 1. I am much younger than you. 2. Caroline is only seven- teen years old. 3. How pretty she is ! 4. How I hate flatter- ers! 1 5. How small is the part of the world which we inhabit! 2 6. What {que de) misfortunes you have undergone! 3 7. If you are (avez) cold, why (§ 4) don't you put on your cloak ? 8. It is a very difficult thing to know (§ 5) (how to) keep what one has. 9. Look, it rains ! 10. Perhaps he will come. 11. I be- lieve (that) you are right. 12. He told me that he had not yet received a letter from his uncle. 13. Are you ready ? 14. O no! (§ 7) I cannot finish before an hour. 15. Have you not been there? 16. O yes! 17. How long is it since you lost your father? 18. One day when the two sparrows 4 had flown out, 5 the children took away 6 their nest. 19. Tell me the day (on which, § 9) you think 7 of leaving. 20. I think he is not at home. 21. Scarcely is he out of bed before he begins to work. 22. Why (§ 4) did you not tell it? 23. When you have ac- knowledged your faults, and (§11) have repaired 8 them, I will forgive you. 1. Flatteiir. 2. Habiter. 3. E~prouve"s. 4. Le moineau. 5. £taient sortis. 6. En- lever. 7. Voiis comptez partir. 8. Repare"s. 3 io XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. II. QUE WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. i. Que, in a conditional sense, is used in the beginning of a sentence for the word whether, and in the middle, to avoid the repetition of si; in both cases it governs the Subjunctive mood. Examples : — Whether he come or not, I do not care. Qu 1 il vienne ou non, je ne m'en soucie pas. If somebody calls and I am out, send for me. Si quelqiiun vient me voir et que je sois sorti, envoyez-moi chercher. If you meet her, and (if) you have time to speak to her. Si vous la rencontrez et que vous ayez le temps de lui parler. 2. For till, instead of jusqiCa ce que, after attendre, to wait. Examples : — Wait till it gets less cold. Attendez quHlfasse moins froid. You must wait till I am back. Ilfaut attendre que je sois de retour. 3. For the English third person of the Imperative, let him or let them. Ex. : — Let him come, qii'il vienne. Let them do it, quHls {qu 1 elks') le /assent. 4. For that, instead of pour que, afin que : Come here that I may speak to you. Venez ici que je vous parte. 5. Que is used with 7ie for the English but (or but that) after verbs expressing doubt, fear, etc. (see p. 293, § 15). Ex.: — I don't doubt but that you are right. Je ne doute pas que vous n'ayez raison. 6. In the same manner que is used for before, instead of avant que ; for unless, instead of a moins que ; for without, instead of sans que, and for yet instead of et cependant. Ex. : — I shall not go out before you are in. Je ne sortirai pas que vous ne soyez rentre'. USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 3" I shall not pardon you unless you acknowledge your faults. Je ne vous pardonnerai pas que vous ne reconnaissiez vos fautes. . He takes no trip without some accident befalling him. 7/ ne fait pas de voyage quHl ne lui arrive quelque accident. Though he should have all the gold in the world, yet he would not be satisfied. // aurait tout Vor du monde, quHl ne s erait pas content. (For the use of que instead of repeating compound conjunctions, and after verbs governing the Subjunctive, see Lesson 19, on the Subjunctive Mood, $12). THEME 39. 1. Whether it rain or not, I must go out directly. 2. If I were rich and had children, I would give them a good education. 3. Whether you be rich or poor, you should (devez) be a man of probity. 4. He had not a doubt (did not doubt) but that this was his pursuer. 1 5. Wait till the rain is over. 6. A miser 2 might have all the gold in the world, he would never be satis- fied. 7. You shall not go out before it is light. 3 8. Let him have his share. 4 9. Come that I may tell you the reason of that thing (en). 10. May heaven bless 5 you ! n. May the earth lie lightly on him (be light 6 to him). 12. Let him employ his time well. 13. I shall not leave the house (go out) before you pay me. 14. He cannot play but he hurts 7 himself. 15. If you go to Paris and (§ 1 ) will take me with you, I shall be most happy. 8 16. My friend says he will not pay the bookseller 9 before he has received all the books (which) he (has) ordered. 17. I shall put off 10 my journey; I shall wait till your time allows you to accom- pany me. 1. Perskuteur. 2. Avare. 3. To be light— -/aire jour. 4. Part, f. 5. Binir. 6. Ligire. 7. Sefaire trial. 8. Most happy — enchante. 9. Lc libraire. 10. Remettre. READING LESSON. LE CONNETABLE DE BOURBON ET BAYARD. (Fin.) Le Connet. Mais ma patrie a ete ingrate apres tant de ser- vices que je lui avais rendus. Le roi m'a fait une injustice 3 i2 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. enorme. En me depouillant 1 de mon bien, on a detache de moi jusqu'a, (even) mes domestiques, Matignon et d'Argouges. J'ai £te contraint, pour sauver ma vie, de m'enfuir presque seul. Que voulais-tu que je fisse ? Bay. Que vous souffrissiez toutes sortes de maux, plutot que de manquer a la France et a la grandeur de votre maison. Si la persecution etait trop violente, vous pouviez vous retirer : mais il valait mieux etre pauvre, obscur, inutile a tout, que de prendre les armes contre nous. Votre gloire eut ete au comble 2 dans la pauvrete et dans le plus miserable exil. Le Con. Mais ne vois-tu pas que la vengeance s'est jointe a l'ambition pour me jeter dans cette extremite ? J'ai voulu que le roi se repentit de m'avoir traite si mal. Bay. II fallait Ten faire repentir par une patience a toute £preuve, qui n'est pas moins la vertu d'un heros que le courage. Le Con. Mais le roi, etant si injuste et si aveugle 3 par sa mere, meritait-il que j'eusse de si grands egards pour lui ? Bay. Si le roi ne le meritait pas, la France entiere le meritait. La dignite meme de la couronne, dont vous etes un des heritiers, le meritait. Vous vous deviez 4 a vous-meme d'epargner 5 la France, dont vous pouviez etre un jour roi. Le Con. Eh bien! j'ai tort, je l'avoue; mais ne sais-tu pas combien les meilleurs coeurs ont de peine a resister a leur ressen- timent ? Bay. Je le sais bien : mais le vrai courage consiste a resister. Si vous connaissez votre faute, hatez-vous de la reparer. Pour moi, je meurs, et je vous trouve plus a plaindre dans vos pros- perites, que moi dans mes sourTrances. Quand l'empereur ne vous tromperait pas, quand meme il vous donnerait sa soeur en manage, et qu'il partagerait la France avec vous, il n'effacerait point la tache 6 qui deshonore votre vie. Le connetable de Bourbon rebelle! ah! quelle honte! Ecoutez Bayard mourant comme il a vecu, et ne cessant de dire la verite : *, Strip. 2. The highest. 3. Blinded. 4. To owe. 5. To spare. 6. The stain. USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 3x3 XVIII. DIX-HUITlfiME LEfON. USE OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. I. PRESENT TENSE. 1. The Present of the Indicative corresponds to the English present. In French there is only one form of this tense, as : Je lis, I read ; j'aime, I like. The English forms : I am reading, I do read, etc., must, therefore, always be translated as if they were: I read,y> lis. Ex.: — The children are playing in the garden. Les enfants jouent an jardin. Nous dinons toujours a deux heures. 2. The Present tense is sometimes employed for the Future, when speaking of actions which are to be done at a time proxi- mate or near, as : Je pars demain, I (shall) set out to-morrow. 3. It is also used in a narrative, instead of the Preterite, in or- der to give more vivacity to the description, and to make the event, as it were, present. For this reason it is called also the historical or nar'rative Present. Ex. : — A cette nouvelle, qifil repousse avec irritation, Napoleon descend de la mon- tagne du Salut et s'approche de la Moskwa et de la porte Dorogomilow. II s^arrete (stops) encore a V entree de cette barriere, mais inutilement. Murat lepresse, etc. Here repousse, descend, s'approche, s^arreie, presse are historical Presents (instead of repoussa, descendit, s'approcha, s'arreta, pressa). It is particu- larly liked for euphony, when several Preterites of the first conjugation would be used. Example : — Mentor range les soldats, il marche a leur tete et s'avance vers les ennemis (instead of rangea, marcha, s^avanfa). 4. The Present tense must also be used for the English Perfect, 314 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. when a duration of time is expressed in which the condition is still continuing. How long have you been here ? Depuis quand etes-vous ici? Have you had this dog long ? Y a-t-il longtemps que vous avez ce chien ? I have had him these two years. Je Pai depuis deux ans. If the Compound of the Present were used in these sentences, it would imply that the condition no longer existed. II y a deux ans quHl a ete mort, would be absurd in French, as it would imply that he was alive again. THEME 40. i. Do you speak French? 2. Yes, sir, I do. 3. Is it rain- ing ? 4. No, it does not rain. 5. I do not like lazy boys. 6. I cannot write with a bad pen. 7. I see a man who is asleep. 1 8. What are you doing ? 9. I am reading a very amusing book; you must read it also; to-morrow I shall send it to you. 10. I set out to-morrow for Germany. 11. I shall be ready in a mo- ment. 12. How long have you been (§ 4) in Paris ? 13. I have been here for {depuis) three months. 14. Have you had this stick 2 long? 15. I have had it for more than (de) four years. 16. Has your father known that gentleman long ? 17. I think he has known him for a year or two. 1. Qui dor t. 2. Canne, f. PAST TENSES. 5. The Imperfect tense denotes co?iti7iuity of an action or condi- tion, in past time. It is therefore used to express what was cus- tomary or habitual. It is also used in descriptions of persons and of things, in expressing physical and moral qualities, traits of char- acter, etc.* Whenever the simple form of the Past can be changed into the progressive form, / was .... ing, the Imperfect must be used. When the form / did is preferable the Past Definite must be employed, and in conversation, the Past Indefinite. Ex.: — * Hence it is called by some grammarians the simultaneous past, and by some the descrip- tive tense. USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 315 Henri IV etait un bon prince, il avait de belles qualit/s, il aimait son peu- ple et en itait dime. Je ne savais pas cela. Pendant tnon sejour d la campagne je me levais tous les matins d cinq keures etje faisais de tongues promenades. Calypso ne pouvait se consoler du depart d 1 Ulysse. Sa grotte ne re'sonnait plus de son chant. Les nymphes qui la servaient, n'osaient lui parler. Elle se promenait souvent seule, etc. Lorsquej'e'tais enpleine mer,Je m'amusais quelquefois d dessiner les beaux nuages, semblables d des groupes de montagnes, qui voguaient a la suite les uns des autres, sur Vazur des cieux. La grotte de la de'esse etait sur le penchant d'une colli ne : de Id on de'couvrait la mer ; d'un autre cote on voyait une riviere oil se montraient des ties bordees de hauls peupliers qui portaient leurs teles superbes j usque dans les nues. Les divers canaux qui formaient ces ties, semblaienl se jouer dans la campagne : les uns roulaient leurs eaux claires avec rapiditi ; d'autres avaient une eau paisible et dortnante. On apercevait de loin des collines et des montagnes qui se perdaient dans les nues. Les montagnes voisines etaient couvertes de pam- pres verts qui pendaient en festons : le raisin, plus /clatant que la pourpre, ne pouvait se cacher sous les feuilles, et la vigne etait accablee sous son fruit. 6. When two occurrences take place, that which is interrupted by the other and which was lasting before the other happened, must be in the Imperfect tense : Je dormais (I was sleeping) lorsquHl entra. Je le surpris pendant quHl ecrivait. From this we see that whenever in English the Imperfect, I was, with the Part. pres. is used (I was sleeping, I was writing, etc.), in French the Im- perfect tense must be employed. 7. In longer narrations, all those parts which do not form the thread of 'the narrative •, but serve only to illustrate the principal facts, and which are only explanatory additions or observations of the writer, are in the Imperfect tense. Ex. : — Au temps que /Italic etait francaise, une s/dilion e'clata (broke out) dans un des regiments en gamison d Livoume. C etait une affaire grave : c 'etait beaucoup plus qu'tine mutinerie de soldats. Vempereur parut extremement irrite, lorsquHl apprit cette nouvelle. Ses ordres etaient precis et terribles ; il ne voulait pas de conseils de guerre, etc. 3 i6 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. Etait, etaient and voulait serve as illustrative additions and explanatory observations of the writer on the facts expressed by the verbs eclata, parut, apprit. 8. After the conjunction si, if, the Imperfect is used to denote a condition or supposition (see § 18). Ex.: — Sij'avais de V argent. Si monfrere venait, etc. 77 me demanda si J 'avals des keures litres. He asked me if I had some hours to spare. 9. Sometimes the Imperfect is used instead of the Conditional to denote that something would have happened, had not another occurrence prevented it, as : y etais perdu, sHl ne ni'avait pas retenu. I should have been lost, if he had not held me. Note. In a similar manner the expressions : should have, ought to have, and could have, are often rendered in French by the Imperfects : II fallait, je devais, il pouvait, etc. Ex. : — Vous deviez 7ne le dire tout de suite. You ought to have told me directly. THEME 41. i. Caesar was a great general. 2. Henry the Fourth was a good king, he loved his people. 3. We were at dinner when the cou- rier 1 arrived (Fret.). 4. Tranquillity reigned throughout (dans) the whole country. 5. The general was waiting for troops 2 which were to (devaient) come. 6. My father studied (used to study) much when he was young. 7. If he came now, he would find me prepared. 8. When I was at Paris, I went every morn- ing to take a walk in the Champs-Elysees, or in the Bois de Bou- logne ; afterwards 3 I came home, where I employed 4 myself till dinner, either in reading 5 or writing, and in the evening, I gen- erally went (for) amusement 6 to the French Theatre or the Op- era. 9. If I were in France, I would learn French. 10. If he had something, he would give it to you. 11. I asked him if his father was at home. 12. He answered that he did not know it. 13. I thought you were wrong. 14. I observed that he was quite pale. 7 1. Lc courrhr. 2. Troupes, pi. f. 3. Aprte cela. 4. S'occuper. 5. A lire. 6. M'a. tmiser. 7. Pale. USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. THE PRETERITE. 317 10. This tense (as : J'allai, je vis, je regus, etc.) is used in French to express a particular fact or event entirely elapsed, which has happened but once, or very seldom, at a definite time. It is the narrative or historical sense. Ex. : — Je fus a Rome Pete passe. II partit le 20 octobre. Les Romains chasserent Tarquin de Rome. Apres la mort d'Aristide, Cimon prit les renes du gouvernement. Ce fut Pepoque oil la Grece commenga a produire les grands hommes. Quand les ordres de Criton furent execute's, tin domestique apporta la coupe (cup, goblet) fa tale. Le premier octobre IJI4 Charles XII quitta enfn la Turquie. Les Turcs accompagnerent le roi jusqii'a la frontiere et comblerent ce monarque de tons les signes de leur respect et de leur admiration. Pendant cinq jours Charles supporta la lenteur qu'entraine nature llei?ient un long cortege ; le sixieme jour il perdit patience et congut Pide'e de continuer le voyage tavec deux coM- pagnons. Accompagne de deux colonels sue'dois, il abandonna le cortege. Tons trois franc hirent la frontiere et continuerent le voyage a cheval avec line vite Vaurais compris. THEME 44. 1. The Tyrians had, by their pride, 1 offended the great Sesos- tris, who ruled in Egypt, and who had conquered so many king- doms. 2. The wealth which they had acquired 2 by commerce, USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 321 and the strength of the impregnable 3 city of Tyre, lying 4 in the sea, had lifted up 5 the heart of these people. 3. They had re- fused to pay Sesostris the tribute 6 which he had imposed upon them (leur) on his return from his conquests ; 7 and they had fur- nished troops to his brother, who had attempted 8 to kill him in the midst of the festivities 9 of a great banquet 4. As soon as Sesostris learned 10 this, he determined 11 to humiliate their pride and to destroy their commerce upon all seas. 5. Julius Cae- sar, having disembarked 12 in Africa, fell (down) as he was leav- ing the vessel; this appeared to his soldiers a very inauspicious 13 omen : 13 he, however, turned the feelings of the army to his ad- vantage by exclaiming (en s'ecriant), " It is now, O Africa, that I hold thee." 1. Orgueil, m. 2. Acquises. 3. Imprenable (before the noun). 4. Situde dans. 5. Enfle. 6. Le tribut. 7. ConquSte, f. 8. Voulu. 9. Joies. 10. Apprendre. 11. // ri- solut d 'humilier. 12. Ayant debarqne. 13. Un presage de mativais augure. III. THE FUTURE TENSES. 19. The Future (je fiarlerai, je ferai, etc.) denotes in general future events and circumstances, as : Charles partira demain. 20. It must sometimes be used in French after adverbs of time (quand, lorsque, etc.) where the English use the Present, when the idea is one of future time. Ex. : — Vous pouvez venir quand vous vondrez. You may come when you like. 21. It is used as a softened form of the Imperative, implying the expectation of fulfilment. Ex. : — Vous ni'ecrirez demain, (do) write to me to-morrow. Vous ne tuerez point, thou shalt do no murder. Quand votes viendrez, vous apporterez mon livre. When you come you will bring my book. Note i. When shall and will imply determination, they are rendered by vouloir, as : I will do it, je veux le /aire. You shall do it, y> veux que vous le fassiez. 3 22 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LECON. 22. It sometimes has the sense of the Imperative in sentences like the following : Croira qui voudra Vhistorien Capitolin et quelques autres ecrivains qui font danser les elephants sur la corde. Believe who will the historian Capitolinus and several other writers, who make elephants dance on a rope. Note. To be on the point of doing something is expressed in French by aller, which corresponds precisely with the English to be going, etc. (See Part I., Lesson XLVII.) Ex. :— Are you going to write to him ? allez-vous lui ecrire ? I am coming, je vais venir. Napoleon dit a ses soldats, "Nous allons entreprendre la conquete de PEgypte. Les peuples avec lesquels nous allons vivre, sont mahome'tans" etc.. 23. The Compound of the Future indicates an event which is to precede another future event specified. Ex. : — Quand faurai termini ' mes affaires, je partirai tout de suite. Aussitot que je serai, arrive, jHrai le voir. 24. When the conjunction si signifies whether, expressing un- certainty, the future can be used after it, in French as in English. Si is never followed by the future, unless it means whether. Ex. ;•— Je ne sais si monfrere viendra. I do not know if my brother will come. 25. When si signifies on condition that, the English Future must be rendered by the Present. Ex. : — Vous deviendrez savant, si vous e'ludiez bien. You will become a learned man, if you will study. 26. The Future is sometimes used to imply surmise. Ex. : — Oil est mon argent? Vaurai-je peut-etre perdu ? Where is my money? Have I perhaps lost it ? 27. The Conditionals, je parlerais, j'aurais parte, are used in French as in English, in conditional sentences : Je serais heureux si j' avals des amis. I should be happy if I had some friends. Note. The English I wish, when it does not relate to something past, is often translated by the Conditional oivouloir, je voudrais. Ex. : — I wish he would come soon,/*? voudrais qifil vint bientot. USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 323 28. After si, when it means suppose that, the English Condi- tional must be rendered by the Imperfect (see § 8). Ex. : — Sije continuais mon commerce, je deviendrais riche. If I should continue my trade, I should become rich. But when si means whether, the Conditional is also used in French : Je ne sais si mon oncle viendrait, en cas que vous Vinvitassiez. 29. The compound Conditional of devoir, pouvoir, and vouloir, followed by the simple Infinitive, must be used when, in English, the auxiliaries should, ought, could, might, are followed by a com- pound Infinitive. Ex. : — Vous auriez du ecrire une lettre. You ought to have written a letter. yaurais pic lui donner de P argent. I could have given him some money. THEME 35. 1. I shall go to London. 2. The bookseller will send you the book to-morrow. 3. When I am in the country, will you come to see me ? 4. I shall play as soon as I have finished my lesson. 5. There will always be wars among men, as long as they are (§ 20) ambitious. 6. I hope you will not refuse me this favor. 7. When you are ready, we will go and take a walk. 8. I do not know if my sister will consent to it (y). 9. If your person were as gigantic 1 as your desires, the whole 2 world could not contain you ; your right hand would touch the east 3 and your left the west 4 at the (en) same time, said the Scythian 5 ambassador to Alexander. 10. I could have kept 6 the book; nobody would have known it* 1. Gigantesque. 2. Entter (after the noun). 3. L'orient, m. 4. L'occident, m. 5 U ambassadeur des Scythes. 6. Garder. THEME 46. 1. My country has been ungrateful 1 to me, although I have rendered it (lui) great service (//.). 2. The king has done me great injustice; he has robbed 2 me of my entire fortune, he has 324 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEfON. even taken 3 from me my two servants. 3. I have been com- pelled to flee in order to preserve 4 my life, which was seriously threatened. 4. What was to be done? 5 5. You should rather have endured 6 (§29) all injuries than to offend 7 against France and the greatness of your house. 6. If you were persecuted, you could have retired ; 8 it would have been (valu) better to be poor and unknown 9 than to take up 10 arms against your country. 7. Even in poverty and in the most wretched 11 exile, your fame 12 would not have been lost. 1. Ingrat. 2. Prive. 3. M'a depo2ule jusqu'a. 4. Pour sauver. 5. Que vouliez- vous que je fissel 6. Souffrir. 7. Que de manquer a. 8. Vous retirer (reflective verb). 9. Obscur. 10. Prendre les amies. 11. Miserable. 12. Gloire, f. READING LESSON. ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. Pendant la guerre pour la succession d'Espagne, quelques par- ticuliers 1 equiperent en Angletetre deux vaisseaux armateurs, des- tines a faire des prises 2 dans la mer du sud. Le capitaine Rogers fut nomme pour les commander. lis leverent 3 l'ancre de Bristol le 2 Aoiit, 1708. Au mois de Janvier de l'annee suivante ils se trouvaient du cote du pole antarctique. 4 Rogers doubla le Cap-Horn sans prendre terre en aucun lieu de ces pa- rages 5 jusqu'a l'ile de Juan Fernandas, situee dans la mer du sud, a la distance de cent-dix lieues du Chili. II y envoya une pinasse, 6 qui revint au vaisseau avec quantite d'ecrevisses, 7 et un homme vetu de peaux de chevres 8 qui paraissait plus sauvage que ces animaux meraes. C'etait un ficossais, nomme Alexan- dre Selkirk, qui avait ete maitre a bord du vaisseau " Les Cinq- Ports," et que le capitaine Stradling avait abandonne sur cette ile depuis quatre ans et quatre mois. Voici le recit que ce mal- heureux fit de ses aventures au capitaine Rogers. "Des mon enfance j'ai ete eleve 9 dans la marine. Ayant suivi le capitaine Stradling dans son expedition, j'eus un demele 10 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 325 avec lui, ce qui Pengagea a me debarquer sur cette ile. Je resolus d'abord d'y rester, plutot que 11 de m'exposer a de nou- veaux chagrins, d'autant plus que le vaisseau etait en mauvais etat. Cependant revenu a moi-meme, je souhaitai d'y retourner, mais le capitaine n'y voulut pas consentir." {To be continued.) 1. Private men. 2. Capture. 3. To weigh. 4. South. 5. Parts of the sea. 6. Pin- nace. 7. Crawfish. 8. Goat-skin. 9. Brought up. 10. Quarrel, n. Rather than. QUESTIONNAIRE. Que firent quelques particuliers anglais pendant la guerre de la succession d'Espagne ? Qui commanda les deux vaisseaux ? Ou prit-il terre pour la premiere fois ? Ou est situee cette ile ? Qui trouva-t-on la ? Qui etait cet homme ? Comment y etait-il venu ? Combien de temps y etait-il reste ? Pourquoi avait-il ete debarque par le capitaine ? XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON, THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 1. The Subjunctive is in most cases dependent, and is therefore used in subordinate clauses. Whenever, in French, a subordi- nate clause is dependent upon a leading clause which contains the idea of something not yet having an actual existence for the speaker, consequently of something possible or uncertain, its verb will be in the Subjunctive. This unreality can apply as well to something external, i. e., to actions and events, as to something internal, i. quits ne h ssent arrives hier — avant-hier, — la semaine J avais cramt, ( * derniere, etc. Je craindrais, jfaurais craitit i 3. There are a great many verbs which govern the verb of the subordinate clause in the Subjunctive mood ; they may be divided into four classes, viz. : 1. Verbs of wishing, willing, desiring, commanding, or permitting. 2. Verbs of thinking, believing, and saying. 3. Verbs expressing fear, doubt, sorrow, astonishment, denial, duty, ne- cessity, joy, or delight. 4. Impersonal verbs which do not express certainty or probability. 4. Verbs of wishing, willing, commanding, etc. Such are : Aimer, to like. permettre, to permit, allow. aimer mieux, to prefer. prier, to beg, to ask. defendre, to forbid. recommander, to recommend. demander, to ask. souhaiter, to wish. desirer, to wish for, to desire. sonffrir, to suffer. exiger, to demand. supplier, to beg, request. ordonner, to order. vouloir, to be willing, etc. Examples : jfordonne qifil sorte, I order him to go out. yaime qu'il soil courageux, I like him to be brave. II veul que je dise la ve'rite (Pres. Subj., § 2, 1). He wishes me to say the truth. II voulait que je lui disse la verite (Imperf., § 2, 2). He desired me to tell him the truth. Le roi exigea que je parlisse tout de suite. The king demanded that I should leave directly. * As the Compound of the Present belongs to present as well as past time, it can be fol- lowed also by the Present of the Subjunctive, when the dependent clause refers to present time. Ex. : — Dieu nous a dofind la raison pour que nous nous en servions. God has given us reason that we may make use of it 328 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LECON. 5. Verbs of thinking, believing, saying, etc. These verbs, and, in general, all those which express the intel- lectual faculties of the mind, govern the Indicative when they are affirmatively used, and most commonly the Subjunctive when they are used negatively, interrogatively, or are preceded by the con- junction si. If I say, for instance : Je crois que Charles est malade, I represent Charles's illness to myself as a reality, and consequently the Indicative is required. But in the sentences : ye ne crois pas que Charles soil malade, or croyez-vous que Charles soil malade ? an uncertainty is expressed in regard to Charles's illness, and the Subjunctive must be used. Ex. : — Je ne crois pas que le concert ait lieu ce soir. I do not think that the concert will take place to-night. Pensez-vous qifil puisse apprendre tout cela. Do you think he can learn all that ? Je ne dis pas quHl ait tort. I do not say that he is wrong. Note i. If, however, we ask a question, less to be informed of a thing than to inform others of it, the second verb (having the sense : Do you know?) is put in the Indicative, and not in the Subjunctive. Ex. : — Vous ai-je dit que mon frere est arrive? Note 2. Observe that the verbs of knowing, being sure, resolving, etc., are not comprised among those which govern the Subjunctive. They gen- erally require the Indicative, even when used interrogatively or negatively : Je savais, } ,.,,... 1, . , > qii 'it etait tci. Je 11 e savais pas, ) J Je ne sais s'il lefera, I do not know if he will do it. THEME 47. 1. I wish him to come (that he a). 2. The law requires that thieves 1 (should) be punished. 3. I demanded that he should pay me. 4. Has he demanded that you should pay the bill ? 2 5. I forbid that he should go there. 6. God wills that we love our enemies. 7. Caligula wished that the Romans should ren- der him divine honors. 3 8. Your father expects that you THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 329 should give 4 an account of what you have done. 9. My aunt wishes that I should set out to-morrow. 10. Tell him to wait. 11. Augustus commanded in his will 5 that they should not seek to 6 extend the empire. 12. Allow me to tell you (allow that I tell y.) the truth. 13. I will be obeyed (that one ob. me). 14. Do you think your aunt will come by herself? 7 15. If I find that you frequent bad company, you will lose my friendship. 16. Do you hope they (on) will make peace ? 8 1. Les voleurs. 2. Le cornpte. 3. Des honneurs divins. 4. To give an account, ren- dre compte. 5. Testament, m. 6. A etendre. 7. Seuie. 8. Lapaix. 6. The Subjunctive is used after verbs of fear, doubt, sorrow, joy, denial or hinderance, astonishment, etc. Such are : Avoir peur, 1 s'etonner, to wonder. craindre, } ' empecher, to hinder, prevent. douter, to doubt. nier, to deny. And likewise after : Et7-e Men aise, to be glad. etre afflige, to be afflicted. itre charme, i etre f ache, to be sorry. eire enchante, \ / s • £t re e'tonne, to be astonished. etre content, to be satisfied. etre surpris, to be surprised. se rejouir, to rejoice. regretter, to regret. trembler, to tremble. se plaindre, to complain. Examples : Je crams que ma mere ne soit malade. I fear my mother is ill. Je ne doutais pas quHl n 'arrival avant vous. I did not doubt that he would arrive before you. J' empecherai qu'il ne* sorte. I will hinder him from going out. Je regrette qifil soit vemc trop tard. Mon pere est f ache que je ne lui aie pas e'crit plus tot. ye suis charme que vous soyez venu me voir. Je vi'etonne qifil n'aitpas refu ma lettre. * Concerning the particle ne, see L. XV., § 15-18. 330 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. Note I. The verbs avoir peur, apprehender, craindre and trembler' require the particle ne before the verb in the Subjunctive mood, but only when these verbs themselves are affirmative or negative-interrogative. Ex. : — Je crains quHl ne vienne. Ne craignez-vous pas quHl ne vienne? But if the sentence be simply negative or simply interrogative, ne is not used, as : Je ne crains pas quHl vienne. Craignez-vous quHl vienne? Note 2. If after those verbs mentioned in § 6, we wish to express our- selves with definiteness, de ce qiie is used instead of the simple que, and this is followed by the Indicative : 77 est f ache de ce que vous ne lui avez pas ecrit. Je me plains de ce qu'elle ni'a oublie. Note 3. If the second verb is negative in English, ne—pas must be used in French, as : Je tremble qu'il n y arrive pas a temps. I tremble lest he may not arrive in time. 7. Subjunctive after Impersonal verbs. A verb preceded by que is always put in the Subjunctive after the following Impersonals : // est surprenant, it is surprising. il plait, it pleases, suits. il convient, it is proper. il estfdcheux, it is sad. ilfaut, it must. il est juste, it is just, right. il iynporte, it is important, it matters, il est difficile, it is difficult, it concerns. il est possible, it is possible. il suffit, it is sufficient. il est nature I, it is a matter of course. il vaut ??iieux, it is better. il se pent, il pent sefaire, it may be. And likewise after : II est temps, it is time. c'est dommage, it is a pity. c'estun malheur, it is a misfortune, etc., etc. Examples : Ilfaut que vous partiez tout de suite. You must leave directly. II est possible qii'il revienne. It is possible that he come back. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. ^i Cest dommage que vous ne soy ez pas venu plus tot. It is a pity that you have not come earlier. 77 suffit quHl ait avoue safaute. It is enough that he has confessed his fault. // est juste que vous soyez puni. It is right that you be punished. Further, after il y a, and all impersonal verbs with an adjective denoting evidence, certainty, or probability, when they are used in a negative, interrogative, or conditional manner. Ex. : — Y a-t-il tin mortel qui puisse dire quHl est toujours heureux? Is there a mortal who can say that he is always happy ? Est-il stir qu'il ait tort ? Is it certain that he is in the wrong ? II nest pas stir qu'il ait tort. It is not certain that he is in the wrong. THEME 48. i. I doubt whether that is true. 2. I doubt whether your un- cle will arrive to-morrow. 3. The Egyptians did not doubt (see Lesson XV., § 15) that certain plants and animals were divini- ties. 1 4. We question whether riches can* afford 2 happiness. 5. I did not know that you were to come. 6. Do you doubt that I am your friend? 7. I do not doubt that you are my friend. 8. He denies that he had been told that. 9. He does not deny that he has been told that. 10. It is time for us to go (that we go) home, for it begins to (a) rain. 11. It is evident that Greece could no more defend herself, so much was she at that time sunken. 3 12. It is sufficient if you tell him this. 13. It is a pity that you did not go with us; you would have enjoyed 4 yourself much. 14. It is not probable that they will do it. 15. I must go to (en) town. 1. Des diviniUs. 2. Accorder. 3. Ddchue. 4. S'amuser. 8. The Subjunctive is used in relative dependent clauses begin- ning with qui, que, lequel or ou, which depend upon a leading clause in which a wish, doubt, or condition is implied, especially after an Imperative. Ex. : — 332 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEgON. Lisez des ouvrages qui puissent former voire goiit. Read such books as can form your taste. Choisissez un appartement ou vous soyez a voire aise. Choose an apartment where you may be comfortable. lis envoyerent des deputes qui consultassent Apollon. They sent deputies who were to consult Apollo. If, however, no such requirement or expectation is contained in the lead- ing clause ; if, on the contrary, the matter is rather regarded as something which is actual, or which has already taken place, then, of course, the In- dicative is used. Ex. : — yai loue un appartement oiije suis bien a mon aise. lis envoyerent des deputes qui consulterent Apollon. 9. A verb preceded by the relative qui or que is put in the Sub- junctive after the Superlative, when the relative clause only ex- presses an opinio?!, as : Cest le plus beau jardin que je. connaisse. This is the most beautiful garden I know. Cest une des demieres lettres que St. Paul ait e'crites. This is one of the last letters St. Paul has written. La meilleure garde quhm roi puisse avoir, c^est le ccettr de ses sujets. The best guard a king can have is the hearts of his subjects. If, however, the thing is represented as certain or as a matter of fact, the Indicative follows. Ex. : — Souviens-toi queje suis le seul qui t y a de'phi (displeased). Neron est le premier empereitr qui a persecute I ^ Eglise. 10. The Subjunctive is used further after the ordinal numbers (as, le premier, le second, le de?'nier, etc.), and after unique, seul, peu, rien, and personne. Ex.: — Vous etes le premier ami que j'aie rencontre a Paris. You are the first friend I have met with in Paris. Cest Vunique espoir qui me soil rest/. This is the only hope that remains to me. II y a peu d^hommes qtci sachent supporter I'adversit/. There are few men who know how to bear adversity. ye ne connais personne qui soil aussi heureux que lui. I know nobody who is so happy as he is. Note. Qui and que do not govern the Subjunctive, when they are pre- ceded by de and its object, to which they refer. Ex. : — Ne dites rien de ce queje vous ai confie (Ind.). THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 333 THEME 49. 1. You are the most learned man I know in this town. 2. Robert is the only friend on whom I can depend. 1 3. Nero was the first emperor that (has) persecuted the Christians. 4. I seek a servant who is faithful. 5. The diamond is the most valuable 2 stone we know. 6. You are the first German I have met with in China. 7. There is no one who does it more easily 3 than she. 8. Is this the first time you have been mistaken? 4 9. I wish it were the first time. 10. Lucretius 5 and Pliny were the only nat- ural philosophers 6 whom the Romans had. 1. Compter. 2. Prdcieux. 3. Aise'ment. 4. Se troinper. 5. Lticrece et Pline. 6. Naturalistes. 11. Subjunctive after conjunctions. A verb is put in the Sub- junctive after the following conjunctions : Avant que, before. non que, ) a moins que {ne), unless. non pas que, ) afin que, in order that. pour que, in order that. bien que, although. pour peu que, ) , n ,. , , * / v 1 , ■ . > if ever so little. de peur que {ne), lest. si peu que, $ de crainte qzce {ne), for fear that, pourvu que, provided. de maniere {sorle) que, so that. que — ne, till, before. en attendant que, till. quel — que, i however. (See p. en (au) cas que, in case. quelque — que, $ 282). encore que, although. quoiqtie, although. jusqii'a ce que, until. sans que, without. loin que, far from. sinon que, but that. malgre que, for all that (only in si tant est que, if so be that. malgre' quHl en ail ). soil que — soil que, i whether — or. nonobstant que, notwithstanding. soil que— ou que, 5 be it that — or. (The two foregoing not very ele- suppose que, suppose that. & ant )- EXAMPLES : Rentrons avant qifil fasse nuit. Let us go home before it gets dark. Afin que. {pour que) vous le sachiez. That you may know it. ye ne sortirai dHci que je ne sois paye'. I shall not go away from here before I am paid. 334 XIX - DIX-NEUVIEME LECON. Quoiqu'il me Vait promis. Although he has promised me. Pourvu quHl y consente. Provided he consent to it. Quelque effort que fas sent les homines, leur neant parait partout. Whatever effort men may make, their nothingness appears everywhere. A moins que vons ne me demandiez pardon. Unless you ask me for pardon. Au {en) cas quHl mourut. In case he should die. Note. The Indicative can sometimes be used after avant que, jusqu'a ce que, sinon que, de sorte que, si ce n'est que, tellement que, and de manure que, when all doubt and uncertainty are excluded, and the clause expresses a fact. Ex. : — Je gardai mon sang froid, jusqiCa ce que je Pentendis calomnier monfrere. II s'est occupe de cette affaire de maniere {de sorte) qti'on n'a pu le bldmer. 12. In the same manner the Subjunctive is employed after the simple que, when used instead of one of the conjunctions men- tioned in § ii. Ex.: — "Je ne puis vous pardonner avant que vous me fassiez Paveu de vos fautes ei que vous me promettiez de vous corriger. I cannot pardon you before you confess your faults and promise me to improve. Venez que (instead of afin que) je vous en dise la raison. Come, that I may tell you the reason of it. Son esprit est toujours actif, quoiqu'ilsoit malade et qtiil ne puisse travailkr. His mind is always active, although he is sick and cannot work. 13. The conjunction que, used to avoid the repetition of si, governs the Subjunctive. Ex. : — Sije ne suis pas rentre a quatre heitres et qti'on vienne me de??iander, etc. If I am not at home at four o'clock, and somebody comes for me, etc. 14. The Subjunctive is also used after atte?idre y till is trans- lated by que, and not by jusqu" a ce que, as : Attendez qifil revienne, wait till he comes -back. 15. Aside from the instances above mentioned, the Subjunctive also occurs in a few expressions which appear either the expres- sion of a wish or as a kind of third person Imperative. Notice THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 335 especially : Dusse-je ! should I ! Puissiez-vous ! would that you ! Puissent-ils ! may they . . . . ! Further : Dieu veuille or plul a Dieu, would to Heaven. Vive le roi, long live the king ! Puissiez-vous etre keureux, may you be happy ! Qu'on amene Paccuse, let the culprit be brought here! Qu'i/s viennent, let them come ! Que Dieu vous benisse, God bless you ! Que la terre lui soit le'gere, may the earth lie lightly upon him ! A Dieu ne plaise que, may Heaven not permit, etc. THEME 50. 1. Before war was declared, the Carthaginians sent once more ambassadors to Rome. 2. I cannot depend on your promise, unless you give me the necessary security. 1 3. Caesar went by forced 2 marches to Vienne, on the Rhone, before the enemy (plur.) became aware 3 of his approach. 4. Get up early to- morrow morning, that we may start 4 in good time (a temps). 5. I shall not yet pass to the perusal 5 of this author, unless you ad- vise 6 me to do it. 6. Keep a strict watch 7 over all your senses, lest intemperance get 8 the betteY of you. 7. Though he is lazy yet he improves a little (fait quelques progres). 8. I shall wait, until (§ 14) you have done. 9. Wait till the rain be over (passe'e). 10. Although Homer, 9 according to 10 Horace, slumbers, 11 at times, 12 he is nevertheless (il rCen est pas mains) the first of all poets. 11. You will succeed, 13 provided you, act with vigor. 12. I shall soon speak French, though I am convinced that it is a difficult language. 13. I shall not leave the house before (que — ne) you sign 14 this paper. 14. May God protect 15 you. 15. May Heaven preserve us from war. 1. Garantie,{. 2. A marches forcees. 3. S' apercevoir de. 4. Partir. 5. Lecture, f. 6. Constiller. 7. Veillez avec soin. 8. To get the better of, maitriser qn. 9. Homire. 10. Selon. 11. Sommeiller. 12. Quelquefois. 13. Riussir. 14. Signer. 15. Proti- ger. THEME 51. 1. A thoughtless 1 man knows nothing, though he have read a great many books; in the same manner a great many persons 2 336 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LE£ON. remain ignorant, though they have travelled through the most civilized countries. 2. She will forgive you, provided you make her an apology. 3 3. If somebody comes, and I am not at home, send for me. 4. I shall be obliged 4 to do it. 5. We should be obliged to do it. 6. I feared you would have com- plained of me. 7. Our cousin set out without our knowing (w. that we knew) (of) his intentions. 8. I do not believe he has studied history. 9. Do you think they would refuse me, if I re- quested it of them (si jeles en priais) ? 10. May all nations be convinced 5 of this truth! n. I do not think he is so old. 12. Get in 6 without his seeing you (w. that he s. y.). 13. Go gently, 7 lest he should hear you. 14. Make haste, 8 lest they should set off without you. 15. I do not deny that it may be so. 16. We do not fear that it will give you pain. 9 17. Do not let 10 that child ride this horse; I am afraid he will throw 11 him off. 18. We ought to practise what the gospel 12 teaches us. 19. Shall I read the letter aloud ? 20. Yes, if you please. 21. I doubt whether the young man would have succeeded, had it not been for 12 your assistance. 1. Insouciant, i. Gens. 3. Vos excuses. 4. Falloir. 5. To be convinced se convain- cre. 6. Entrez. 7. Doticement. 8. Depechez-vous. 9. Faire de la peine. 10. Permeitre. 11. Jeter abas. 12. Ue'vangile, m. 13. Sans, see p. 300. READING LESSON. ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. (Suite.) " Abandonne sur cette ile deserte avec mes habits, un lit, un fusil, 1 une livre- de poudre, des balles, du tabac, une hache, un couteau, un chaudron, 2 une bible et quelques autres livres; je m'amusai et pourvus 3 a mes besoins 4 le mieux qu'il me fut possi- ble. Mais durant les premiers huit mois j'eus beaucoup de peine a vaincre la melancolie et a surmonter l'horreur que me causait une si affreuse solitude. "Je fis deux cabanes 5 a quelque distance Tune de 1'autre THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 337 avec du bois de piment; 6 je les couvris d'une espece de jonc 7 et les doublai 8 de peaux de chevres que je tuais a, mesure que j'en avais besoin, tant que ma poudre dura. Lorsqu'elle approchait de sa fin, je trouvai le secret de tirer du feu avec deux morceaux de bois que je frottais 9 Tun contre Fautre. Je faisais la cuisine 10 dans la plus petite de mes huttes, et dans la grande je dormais, chantais des psaumes et priais Dieu. Le malheur m'avait fait connaitre le prix de la religion. " Accable de tristesse, manquant de pain et de sel, je ne man- geais qu'a Fextremite, lorsque la faim me pressait, et je n'allais me coucher que lorsque je ne pouvais plus soutenir la veille. u Le bois de piment me servait a cuire la viande, et a m'eclairer, et son odeur 12 aromatique recreait 13 mes esprits abattus. " Je ne manquais pas de poissons, mais je n'osais en manger sans sel, parce qu'ils m'incommodaient, a la reserve 14 des ecre- visses de riviere, qui sont ici d'un gout exquis, et aussi grosses que celles de mer. Tantot je les mangeais bouillies, et tantot grillees, 15 de meme que la chair des chevres, qui n'a pas le gout si fort que celle des notres, et qui donne un excellent bouillon. 16 J'en avais tue jusqu'k cinq cents. Quand ma poudre fut finie, je les prenais a la course. Par un exercice continuel je m'etais rendu si agile que je courais a travers les bois, sur les rochers et les collines avec une vitesse incroyable. Peu s'en fallut un jour que mon agilite ne me coutat la vie. Je poursuivais une chevre avec tant d'ardeur que je la pris sur le bord d'un precipice que des buissons 17 me cachaient, et je culbutai 18 de haut en bas avec elle. Cette chute 19 terrible me fit perdre toute connais- sance. Enfin revenu k moi-meme, je trouvai la chevre morte sous moi, et j'eus assez de peine a me trainer 20 a ma cabane, qui en etait a un mille, 21 et a en sortir au bout de dix jours." [To be continued.} 1. Gun. 2. Kettle. 3. From po7irvoir, to provide. 4. Need, want. 5. Hut. 6. Pi- menta. 7. Rush. 8. To line. 9. To rub. 10. To cook. 11. Watch, watching. 12. Smell. 13. To revive. 14. Exception. 15. Broiled. 16. Broth. 17. Bushes. 18. To tumble. 19. Fall. 20. To drag. 21. A mile. 338 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. QUESTIONNAIRE. Quel effets {things) lui avait-on laisses ? N'avait-il pas de nourriture spirituelle ? Quel fut le premier soin de Selkirk ? De quoi couvrit-il les cabanes ? D'ou tira-t-il ces peaux ? Est-ce qu'il priait aussi Dieu ? Avait-il de quoi faire du pain? Que mangeait-il done ? N'avait-il pas de poisson ? N'y avait-il pas d'ecrevisses ? Comment les mangeait-il ? Eut-il toujours assez de poudre ? Comment prenait-il alors les chevres ? £tait-il done si agile ? N 'eut-il pas d'accident facheux ? N'avait-il pas remarque le precipice ? Se blessa-t-il par suite de cette chute ? Quand il revint a lui, dans quel etat se trouvait-il ? XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. THE INFINITIVE. i. The Infinitive sometimes takes the place of a noun. It is used as the subject of a sentence, where in English the Part. Pres. is often found. Ex. : — Secourir les pauvres est une action louable. To relieve the poor is a praiseworthy action. Medire est une infamie. Calumniating is shameful. THE INFINITIVE. 339 Note i. In some instances it becomes properly a noun and takes the article with it, as : le manger, le boire, les vivres (victuals). If such an In- finitive is amplified by means of other words, it is better to write c'est or c'etait instead of est or e'tait, and sometimes also voila. Ex. : — N' aimer que soi, c'est aimer pen de chose. To love no one but one's self is to love very little. Note 2. When this amplification is somewhat long, the Infinitive cannot remain at the beginning of the sentence, but must be placed after the predi- cate, and takes de before it. In order, however, not to confuse the sense and the construction of the sentence, ce or il is employed as a merely introductory subject; ce, if a substantive follows, il, if an adjective. Ex- amples : — Cest un honnetcr d'etre utile a sa patrie. II est glorieux de moitrir pour sa patrie. Note 3. If this antecedent predicate have several or long amplifications the subject-infinitive is commonly introduced by an expletive que. Ex. : — C e'tait une grande nouveaute pour le roi que d' 'entendre parler si naturelle- ment. 2. Where two imperatives are connected in English by and, if the first is a verb of motion the second must be translated in French by the Infinitive, and the conjunction omitted. Ex. : — Go and see my brother, allez voir mon frere. Go and do it, allez lefaire. 3. A verb immediately preceded by and depending on another verb (auxiliaries excepted), or following a preposition, other than en, must be put in the Infinitive : Je vous leferai savoir, sans etre presse'. 4. Comment, how ; que, what ; oil, where ; pourquoi, why, and a few other words similarly used in interrogations, are often fol- lowed by the Infinitive instead of the Indicative, when the sense will not thereby be rendered obscure. Thus "Pourquoi aller? " may mean " Why do you go ? " " Que /aire? " " What is to be done ? " " Que dire ? " " What shall I say ? " 5. The Infinitive without a preposition is used in French after 34o XX. VINGTIEME LECON. verbs of motion, as : alter, envoy er, etc. ; after verbs that denote a perception of the senses, as : entendre, sentir, voir, etc., and after the following verbs : Ajftrmer, to affirm. assurer, to assure. avouer, to confess, with avoir, etre. compter, to reckon, to intend. croire, to believe. daigner, to deign. declarer, to declare. desirer* to wish. devoir, to be obliged. dire, to say, with avoir, etre. esperer* to hope. faillir, to miss. /aire, to do. falloir (ilfaiif), it must. s' imagine?-,* to imagine. jurer, to swear. laisser, to let, to permit. nier, to deny. oser, to dare. paraitre, to appear. penser, to think. preiendre, to pretend. pouvoir, to be able. reconnaitre, to acknowledge. savoir, to know. sembler, to appear, to seem. souhaiter* to wish. soutenir, to maintain. vouloir, to be willing. Examples : Venez nous voir demain. Come and see us to-morrow. yr, to deny. offrir, to offer. o?nettre, to omit. ordonner, to order. oublier, to forget. pardonner, to forgive. parler, to speak. passer (se), to do without. pertnettre, to permit. persuader, to persuade, piquer (se), to take pride in. plaindre, to pity. plaindre (se), to complain. prescrire, to prescribe. presser, to urge. presser (se), to hasten. pre'smner, to presume. /r/>r, to pray, entreat. promettre, to promise. proposer, to propose. „ proposer (se), to purpose. protester, to protest. punir, to punish. rassasier (se), to be stated. rebuter, to discourage. rebuter (se), to be weary. recommander, to recommend. refuser, to refuse. regretter, to regret. rejouir (se), to rejoice. remercir, to thank. repentir (se), to repent. reprendre, to censure. reprimander, to reprimand. reprocher, to reproach. reprocher (se), to reproach one's self. resoudre, to resolve. When active fol- lowed by afe / passive, by (s') 5 to offer one's services. opinidtrer (s'), to insist upon. parvenir, to succeed in. passer, to spend (time, etc.) pencher, to incline. penser, to think, to intend. perseverer, to persevere. persister, to persist. plaire (se), to delight in. //z>r (se), to bend, bow, comply. porter, to induce. pousser, to urge, compel. prendre plaisir, to take pleasure. preparer (se), to prepare. pretendre, to lay claim, to sue. When signifying to mean, to intend, it gov- erns the infinitive without a prepo- sition. provoquer, to provoke. reduire, to constrain. reduire (se), to be reduced. renoncer, to renounce. re'pugner, to be repugnant. resigner (se), to be resigned. re'soudre (se), to resolve. ra-Afr, to remain. Also used imp. re'ussir, to succeed. risquer, to risk. servir, to serve. songer, to dream, think, purpose. suffire, to suffice. May be followed bj pour. When used impersonally, is followed by de. tarder, to defer, to delay. tendre, to tend, to intend, to aim. tenir, to be anxious, desirous. travailler, to labor. viser, to aim. vouer, to devote. Examples : yaime d danser, I like to dance. Mon fils apprend a chanter, my son learns to sing. Je vous autorise a vendre mon jardin. I authorize you to sell my garden. Notre bonheur consiste a vivre suivant la nature. Our happiness consists in living according to nature. On m'a invite a f aire une promenade. I have been invited to take a walk. 1 8. The Infinitive preceded by a is idiomatically used after the verb etre to translate the English progressive forms, such as ; I am THE INFINITIVE. 3^ singing, I was writing, etc. The French Je suis a chanter, J'etais a ecrire, are, however, not so much used as the English participial inflections, which are generally rendered by the simple verb Je chantey'' e'crivais, etc. 19. The Infinitive with a also occurs in abbreviated expressions which in reality are simply contracted subordinate sentences. Examples : — A V entendre, on dirait quHl est innocent. To hear him, one would say he is innocent. A vous voir, on croirait . . . To see you, one would think . . . II etait le premier a sej-eter sur Vennemi. He was the first to throw, i. e., who threw himself on the enemy. ye ne suis pas komme a ??ie Iaisser offenser. I am not the man to allow myself to be offended. Je me plafai de maniere a pouvoir tout observer. I placed myself in such a posture as to observe everything. 20. Verbs with a or de. The following verbs require either a or de, according to the sense in which they are employed : 1. Commence!', to begin, is generally followed by a. Ex. : — On a coirwience a jouer, they have begun to play. But if it expresses simply a fact without any idea of continuation, de is used after it : Puisquej , ai com?nence' de ro??ipre te silence. Since I have begun to break the silence. 2. Continuer a denotes an uninterrupted continuation of the action. Ex- ample : — Si vous continuez a travailler si fort, vous ruinerez voire sante'. If you continue to work so much you will ruin your health. Continuer de denotes an action repeated, but after successive interruptions. Example : — Mon ami continuait de m ^ ecrire. My friend continued to write to me. 3. Defier requires a when it means to challenge, to provoke (to a competi. tion), and de when it means to set at defiance, or, defy to do something. 352 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 4. S'efforcer, synonymous with faire des efforts, to exert one's self, to take pains, takes a. Ex. : — // s'efforcait a faire son devoir. He took pains (exerted himself) to do his duty. S'efforcer de means to endeavor. Ex. : — ye ni'efforcerai d'obtenir cette place. 5. fttre, to be, when joined to ce, is followed by d if it denotes turn, and by de, if it denotes duty or right, as : C'est a vous a parler, it is your turn to speak. Cest au maitre d'ordonner, c'est a moi d'obeir. It is for the master to command, it is for me to obey. 6. Laisser, to leave, meaning to transmit, is followed by a ; meaning to cease or abstain, by de ; and when used in the sense of to permit {to let), it governs the next verb without a preposition. 7. Manquer a denotes the omission or neglect of a duty : Pourquoi avez-vous manque a faire voire exercice? Why have you neglected to do your exercise ? Manquer de signifies to fail, to be on the point of: y'ai manque de perdre la vie, I had nearly lost my life. 8. S'occuper takes a in the sense of to employ one's time, to work at. Examples : — // s'occupe a lire, he occupies himself with reading. Hauteur de "Paul et Virginie " s'occupait a recueillir les materiaux de cet ouvrage. The author of "Paul and Virginia" occupied himself in collecting the materials of this work. S'occuper de signifies mettre ses soins, to pay attention to, to think much of. Ex. : — // s'occupe de detruire les abus. He is thinking how to abolish abuses. 9. Venir governs the Infinitive with a, when it signifies to happen. Ex- ample : — S'il venait a apprendre que vous etes ici. If he happened to know that you are here. Venir is followed by de, when it is used to express a_ thing just happened,, (See P. L, L. XLVI.L). Ex. ;— THE INFINITIVE. 353 Mes sceurs viennent de sortir. My sisters have just gone out. 10. Tarder a signifies to delay. Ex.: — Ne tardez pas a lui envoy er de V argent. Do not delay sending him some money. Tarder, as an impersonal verb: ilmetarde, I long, governs the Infinitive with de. Ex. : — // me tarde de le revoir, I long to see him again. 21. The following eleven verbs may take either a or de : Consentir, to consent. s^enteter, to be obstinate in. contraindre, to compel. essayer, to try. demander, to demand. obliger, to oblige. forcer ; to force. oublier, to forget. s 7 empresser, to be eager. tdcher, to try. s } engager, to engage, agree. Examples : II ne demande qifa manger et a boire. He demands nothing but to eat and drink. Elle demanda aticielde lui pardonner sa faute. She prayed to heaven to forgive her fault. Le banquier s^engagm. a (or de) payer la somme de mille francs. The banker agreed to pay the sum of a thousand francs. THEME 57. i. When the captain began to speak, all the soldiers listened 1 attentively. 2. In the spring the trees begin to cover themselves with leaves. 3. They continued to live in peace. 4. We have coutinued to write to him, but he has not yet answered us. 5. The unfortunate never fail to complain. 6. I have failed to do what I had promised you. 7. I will endeavor to satisfy him. 8. It is long before he comes (he delays to come). 9. I long to have finished my work. 10. At last I longed (il me larda) to see again my native country. 11. That woman is occupied only with ironing. 2 12. Do not fail to be here at a quarter to six. 13. Come and see US this evening. 14. Is your brother at 354 xx - VINGTIEME LE£ON. home? 15. No, he has just gone out. 16. We have just re- ceived your letter. 17. He agreed to inform you of the result. 3 1. Hcouter. 2. Repasser, 3. Resultat. INFINITIVE WITH THE PREPOSITIONS POUR, PAR, APR&S, SANS. 22. Pour. Whenever the English to before an Infinitive ex- presses a design or purpose, and can be changed into, in order to, pour must be used. Ex. : — // attend de V argent pour payer ses dettes. He is expecting money to pay his debts. yaifait ?7ion possible poitr les reconcilier. I have done all in my power to reconcile them. Je Vai fait moi-meme pour ne pas vous deranger. I did it myself not to disturb you. 23. The preposition pour is also used after the adjective fol- lowing assez, trop, suffisa?it, or after the verb suffire. Ex. : — . M. R. est assez riche pour acheter cette campagne. Mr. R. is rich enough to buy that estate. Caroline est trop jeune pour f aire cet ouvrage. Caroline is too young to do this work. 24. The French usage differs from the English in employing the Infinitive instead of a separate clause, when the dependent clause has the same subject as the principal clause : yof writing is very old. Je connais sa maniere de penser et d'agir. I know his manner of thinking and acting. Ne P empechez pas de /aire du bien. Do not prevent him from doing good. Je Vai rencontre avant de partir. I met him before leaving. On ne pent pas trahir la verite sans se rendre coupable. One cannot speak against the truth without being guilty. After cannot be used without the auxiliary avoir, Present Infinitive and Past Participle. Ex. : After reading, apres avoir hi. 6. Sometimes the English Present Participle is use"S substan- ively with a possessive adjective before it; then it must be ren- dered in French by the conjunction que and the Indicative or Substantive, according as the case requires. Ex. : — fe douie quHl soit tin honnete honime. I doubt his being an honest man. Nous avons appris qti'il s 'est fait soldat. We heard of his becoming a soldier. THEME 59. 1. Miss Mary is an obliging young lady. 2. I listened 1 (to) her encouraging words. 3. He has given us consoling news. 4. These books are very interesting. 5. That mother, in her supplicating 2 attitude, would have appeared touching, even with- out the surprising eloquence of her discourse. 6. The young soldier, preceding all the others, seized 3 the standard. 4 7. That mountain, commanding an extensive 5 view, was very well calculated 6 for our observationj". 8. Caroline, weeping bitterly, 7 threw herself into her mother's arms. 9. I have seen your THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. ^g brother (§ 4) playing in the garden. 10. Alexander asked the physicians standing 8 by {autour de) him if he should die of {de) his illness. 11. The soldiers of Alexander, forgetting their wives and children, looked upon 9 the Persian gold as 10 their plunder. 11 12. It ceased raining. 13. He risked losing his life. 14. I am afraid of losing her confidence. 15. The desire of appearing clever often prevents one from becoming so. 16. He left 12 without paying his debts. 17. I heard of his being (§ 6) mar- ried. 1 8. We noticed 13 his looking at it (/ to load with. comoler de, ) se contenter de, to be satisfied or con- tented with. couvrir de, to cover with. se defter de, ) '£ j /to distrust. se mefier de, } dependre de, to be dependent on. envelopper de, to wrap up in. /aire de, to do with (to make use of). /aire present de, to present with. feliciter qn. de qch., to congratulate on. fonrmiller de, to swarm with. honorer de, to honor with. jonir de qch., to enjoy. medire de qn., to traduce, to slander. se 7neler de qch., to meddle with. se moquer de qn., to laugh at. mourir de, to die of. munir de, to furnish, provide with. se passer de qch., to do without. pe'rir de, to perish or die of. profiler de qch. , to profit by. pourvoir de, to provide with. punir de qch., to punish for. recompenser de qch., to reward for. regarder de, to regard with. se rejouir de, to rejoice at. remercier de qch., to thank for some- thing. remplir de, to fill with. se repentir de, to repent. rire de, to laugh. se souvenir de, to remember, to recol- lect. soiirire de, to smile at. triompher de, to triumph over. se tromper de, to mistake. Examples : Approchez-vous dufett, come near the fire. Je me suis defie de ses promesses. I distrusted his promises. On m^accabla de reproches. They overwhelmed me with reproaches. Elle souril de notre embarras. She smiled at our embarrassment. THEME 67. i. He was overwhelmed with reproaches. 1 2. You must dis- charge that obligation. 3. Death pities nobody, neither rich nor poor. 4. Come near the window. 5. Nature wants few things. 6. She is contented with little. 7. Have you not per- ceived this mistake ? 8. No, sir, I have not perceived it (en). 9. The ground 2 was covered with snow. 10. The general hon- ored me with his friendship. 11. Your brother presented me 376 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LE£ON. with this silver pen-holder. 3 12. The impious 4 mock at virtue and religion. 13. Do not meddle with my affairs. 14. Distrust that man; he will laugh at your benefits 5 when he no longer re- quires them. 15. Never traduce (slander) anybody. 16. Mr. A. is a very strong man; he enjoys good health. 17. If he re- pents his faults, I will pardon him. 18. I cannot do without his help. 6 19. I hope (that) you will profit by his experience. 20. Remember your promise. 21. I remember that story very well. 22. Everybody rejoices at that victory. 7 1. Reproche, m. 2. La terre. 3. Porte-flume, m. 4. Impie. 5. Bienfait, m. 6. Se- cours, m. 7. Victoire, f. 4. Verbs with different governments. The following verbs have different governments according to their different significations : 1. Abuser qn., to deceive.] abuser de qch., to abuse, to misuse. 2. Assister qn., to assist, to help. assister a qch., to be present at. 3. Changer qch., to change, to alter, to exchange. changer de qch., to change, to change one thing for another. changer en, to turn into. 4. Convenirde qch., to agree (constructed with etre). convenir a qn., to suit. 5. Croire qn., to believe some one. croire qch., to believe something. croire d qch., to believe in something. croire en, to believe in. 6. Demander qn., to ask ^inquire for some one. demander qch., to ask for something. demander a qn., to ask a person. demander qch. a qn., to ask something of some one or to ask some one for something. 7. Echapper and s' echapper de , to escape from, i. e., out of. echapper a, to escape from, i. e., to avoid, to be preserved from. 8. Sefdcher de qch., to be sorry for. sefdcher contre qn., to be angry at. 9. Insulterqn. or qch. (dir. obj.), to offend by insults. insulterd qn. or a qch., to deride, to scorn, to insult. io. Jotter a qch. t to play at a game. GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 377 jouer de V argent, to play for money. jouer d^un instrument, to play (on) an instrument. se jouer de an., to laugh at, to deceive. 11. Manquer (neuter verb without a government), to be wanting or miss- ing. manquer qn. or qch., to miss, to fail in. manquer de qch., to be wanting in, to be short of. manquer a qn. or a qch. (also contre qch.), to fail in, to omit. 12. Repondre a qch., to answer. repondre de qch., to answer for. 13. Satisfaire qn., to satisfy, to content. satis/aired qch., to fulfil duties to . . . , to satisfy. 14. Servir qn., to serve one, to be at one's service. servir de qch., to serve as something, for some one. 15. Souscrire qch., to subscribe, to sign. souscrire a qch., to approve of, to subscribe to. 16. User qch., to use up, to wear out. user de qch., to make use of, to use. Examples : On a change les conditions, they have altered the conditions. yai change de logement, I have taken other lodgings. Que demandez-vous, what do you ask for ? Demandez a votre mere, ask your mother. "jfai demande' mon argent a mon oncle, I have asked my money of my uncle. Repondez a ma question, answer my question. Pouvez-vous repondre de sa probite, can you answer for his honesty ? 5. Special remarks on some verbs. 1. Acheter qch. a qn., to buy something of some one. 2. Aider qn., to succor, to support, to give means of doing. aider a qn., to help, to aid physically in doing something. 3. Applaudir qn., qch., to clap something, governs the dir. obj. applaudir a qn., a qch., to praise a person, governs the ind. obj. 4. Approcher qch. (active verb), to approach, to advance, to bring or push near. approcher qn., to approach — to have free access. approcher de qn. or de qch., to approach some one or something; to go or draw nearer (see § 3). 5. Emprunter, to borrow, governs the indirect object of the person when 378 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LECON. represented by a personal pronoun (such as lui, leur, nous, etc.). But it requires a or de when the person is expressed by a noun (as : a or de monfrere, of my brother.) 6. En croire qch., to trust, to depend upon. 7. Heriter qch de qn., to inherit something from some one. If, however^ no person is mentioned, the thing follows the preposition de. 8. Persuader qn. de qch., to convince a person of the truth of a thing. persuader qch. a qn., to persuade one to do something. 9. Redoubler qch. (dir. obj.), means to redouble, i. e., to reiterate. rcdoubler de qch., to redouble, i. e., to augment in force. 10. Penser a means to have one's mind upon. penser de, to have an opinion of. Examples : Approchez la table, approach the table (bring it nearer). Tout le monde pent approcher notre prince. Everybody has free access to our prince. Ne vous approchez pas tant du bord. Do not go so near the edge. Pensez a moi, think of me. Que pensez-vous de cela, what do you think of that ? 6. On the verb f aire. The verb /aire when followed by an In- finitive with a dir. obj., requires the person in the ind. obj., the two verbs being considered as one verbal expression the sense of which is always active. The reason of it is that an active verb cannot have two direct complements (see L. XXII., 10). Ex. : — ye lui aifait ecrire cinquante mots. I have made him write fifty words. Sa mere lui a fait racpnter cette histoire. His mother caused him to relate that history. / But if there be no direct object after the Infinitive that follows /aire, the person stands in the direct object. Ex. : — Je les aifait partir, I have made them depart. Nous les avons fait renoncer a leur pretentions. We have made them abandon their pretentions. 7. The verbs ecouter, ente?idre y laisser and voir, also are some- times used in this manner, as : GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 379 Je lui ai vu maltraiier son chien. I saw him ill-treat his dog. But this is not generally adopted, and it is better to say : Je Vai vu maltraiter son chien. J'ai vu le petit garcon (dir. obj.) maltraiter son chien. 8. When the Infinitive is followed by a subordinate sentence with que, the indirect object is preferred, as : Je lui ai entenuU dire quHl partirait. I heard him say that he was going to leave. yai entendu dire a son pere qtfil lui pardonnerait. I heard his father say that he would forgive him. THEME 68. i. The jailer 1 has deceived the prisoner with respect to (sur) the lot 2 which awaited him. 2. Have you not abused our pa- tience? 3. We have abused it (en). 4. The hour from 10 to 1 1 does not suit my sister. 5. We have agreed on the price. 3 6. Let us always assist the poor. 7. I could not be present at the funeral. 4 8. I have changed my opinion. 9. Could you change me this napoleon? 10. Industry is the true philoso- pher's 5 stone that changes all metals into gold. 11. Whom have you asked for? 12. I inquired for my eldest 6 brother. 13. Have you asked your friend for money? 14. I have not asked him for any. 15. Do not believe that man, he is a liar. 7 16. I do not believe in his promises. 17. We believe in God. 18. The little bird has escaped from his cagisson, s.m. hedge-hog. heritage, s.m. inheritance. heriter, v.a.n. to inherit. heroine, s.f. heroine. heWique, adj. heroic. heroisme, s.m. heroism* 'heron, s.m. heron. 'heros, s.m. hero. 'herse, s.f. harrow. h£siter, v.n. to hesitate. heure, s.f. hour, time, o'clock; a la bonne — , well and good, all right, very good ; a 1' — , qu'il est, at present; de bonne — , in good time, early ; de meilleure — , ear- lier, sooner; tout a 1' — , presently, by and by. heureusement, adv. fortunately. heureu-x, se, adj. happy. 'heurter, v.a.n. to hit. 'hibou, s.m. owl. 'hideu-x, se, adj. hideous. hier, adv. yesterday. 'hierarchie, s.f. hierarchy. 'hisser, v.a. to hoist. histoire, s.f. history, story. historien, s.m. histonan. hiver, s.m. winter. ' Hollande (la), s.f. Holland. 'homard, s.m. lobster. hommage, s.m. homage. homme, s.m. man. honnete, adj. honest, modest, civil. honneur, s.m. honor, respect. honor er, v.a. to honor ; s'— , v.r. to do one's self honor, to pride one's self. 'honte, s.f. shame; avoir — , to be ashamed. 'honteu-x, se, adj. shameful, dis- graceful, ashamed. 'horde, s.f. ho?'de. horloge, s.f. clock. horloger, s.m. watch-maker, clock- maker. hormis, adv. except, but, save. horreur, s.f. horror, fright. horriblement, adv. horribly. 'hors, prep. (299) out, beyond, past, away, off, beside, except, save. hote, s.m. landlord, host. hotel, s.m. hotel, town-mansion, house. 'hotte, s.f. basket. 'houblon, s.m. hops. t'houille, s.f. coal. 'houlette, s.f. trowel. 'houppe, s.f. tuft. 'housse, s.f. cover. 'houx, s.m. holly. 'huche, s.f. kneading-trough. 'huer, v.n. a. to hoot. huile, s.f. oil. huis, s.m. a — clos, with closed doors. huit, adj. s.m. eight ; — jours, (a) week. VOCABULARY. 411 huitaine, s.f. eight days, eight. huitieme, adj. s.m. eighth. huitre, s.f. oyster. humanite, s.f. humanity. humblement, adv. humbly. humer, v. a. to suck in. humeur, s.f. humor, temper. humide, adj. damp, moist, wet, watery. 'huppe, s,f. crest. 'hure, s.f. head. 'hurler. v.n. to howl. 'hussard, s.m. hussar. 'hutte, s.f. shed. hydrogene, s.m. hydrogen. I. ici, adv. here, hither, now; d' — , hence. idee, s.f. idea, thought, mind. ignorance, s.f. ignorance. il, pron. m. (73, 114) he, it, there ; — s, pi. they. ile, s.f. island, isle. illisible, adj. illegible. illustre, adj. illustrious. image, s.f. image, picture. imaginer, v. a. to imagine, to conceive, to fancy. imbu, e, adj. imbued. immortel, le, adj. s. immortal. impatiemment, adv. impatiently. impatient, e, adj. impatient. imperatrice, s.f. empress. imperial, e, adj. imperial. imperialiste, s.m. imperialist. imperiaux, s.m. pi. imperialists. impie, adj. impious. importer, v.a. to import ; — , v.n. to concern, to matter ; n'importe, no matter ; peu — , it matters little ; qu'importe ? what does it signify or matter? importuner, v.a. to importune, to an- noy. imposer, v.a.n. to impose, to lay on. impossibility, s.f. impossibility. imprecation, s.f. imprecation, curse. imprudemment, adv. imprudently. impunement, adv. with impunity. impuni, e, adj. unpunished. imputer, v.a. to impute, to charge. incapable, adj. incapable, unfit. incapacity, s.f. incapacity. incendie, s.m. fire, conflagration. incertain, e, adj. uncertain. incessamment, adv. immediately, in- cessantly. incessant, e, adj. encessant. incliner, v.a.n. to incline, to be in- clined, to slope. incommoder, v.a. to inconvenience, to disagree with. inconcevable, adj. inconceivable, strange. inconnu, e, adj. s. unknown, stran- ger. inconstant, e, adj. inconstant, fickle. incroyable, adj. incredible. Inde, s.f. India ; — , s. pi. Indies. indecis, adj. undecided, doubtful. indemniser, v.a. to indemnify. independamment, adv. independent- ly. indifferent, e, adj. indifferent, imma- terial. indigence, s.f. want, poverty. tindigne, adj. unworthy, undeserving^ worthless. tindigner, v.a. to make indignant ; s' — , v.r. to be indignant. indiquer, v.a. to indicate, to show, to point out. indubitable, adj. beyond doubt. induire, v.a. to induce, to lead, to infer. industrie, s.f. skill, industry. inexpugnable, adj. impregnable. infame, adj. infamous. infamie, s.f. infamy. informe, adj. shapeless. ingerer (s') v.r. to intermeddle (with). ingrat, e, adj. ungrateful. inhabile, e, adj. unskilful. inhumain, e, adj. inhuman, cruel. initier, v.a. to initiate. injuste, adv. unjust. injustice, s.f. injustice. innocent, e, adj. innocent, simple. 412 VOCABULARY. inoui, e, adj. unheard of . inscrire, v. a. ir. (176) to inscribe, to enter. insecte, s.m. insect. insensible, adj. insensible, uncon- scious, unfeeling. inspirer, v. a. to inspire. instant, s.m. instant, moment; al' — , instantly, immediately. instituteur, s.m. founder, instructor, schoolmaster. institution, s.f. institution, school. instruire, v. a. ir. (172) to instruct, to teach; s' — , v.r. to instruct ox im- prove one's self. instruit, e, adj. well-informed, learned. insu (a 1' — de), prep, unknown to. insulte, s.f. insult, affront. insulter, v. a. to insult, to attack. intact, e, adj. intact, pure. integrity, s.f. integrity, honesty. intelligence, s.f. intellect, understand- ing, intelligence, skill. intelligent, e, adj. intelligent. intention, s.f. intention, purpose. interdire, v. a. ir. (173) to forbid, to interdict. interesser, v.a.n. to interest, to be in- teresting ; s' — , v.r. to be interested, to take ait interest {in). inter et, s.m. interest. interieur, e, adj. interior, inner. interroger, v. a. to interrogate, to ques- tion. interrompre, v. a. to interrupt. intervenir, v.n. ir. (135, 1S7) to in- terfere, to intervene. introduire, v. a. ir. (172) to show in, to introduce ; s' — , v.r. to introduce one's self, to get in. inutile, adj. useless. inutilement, adv. tiselessly, in vain. inutility, s.f. uselessness. inven-teur, trice, s.m.f. inventor, con- triver. invention, s.f. invention, contrivance. inviter, v. a. to invite. Irlande (1'), s.f. Ireland. issir, v. ir. (198) [obs.]. issu, e, adj. sprung, born. issue, s.f. issue, outlet. Italie, s.f. Italy. italien, ne, adj. s. Italian. 1 voire, s.m. ivory. jadis, adv. of old, formerly. tjaillir, v.n. to gush out, to splash, to strike. jalousie, s.f. jealousy, window-blind. jalou-x, se, adj. jealous, anxious. jamais, adv. (57) ever, never; a—, pour — ,for ever. jambe, s.f. leg. jambon, s.m. ham. Janvier, s.m. Jamiary. jardin, s.m. garden. jardinier, s.m. gardener. jaune, adj. s.m. yellow, yolk. jaunir, v.a.n. to turn yellow, wither. je, j', pron. (114) I. Jean, s.m. John. Jeanne, s.f. Jane. jet, s.m. throw, sketch, jet ; — d'eau, fountain. jeter, v.a.n. (96) to throw {away or out), to dash ; se — , v.r. to throw one's self, to jump, to rush. ]eu, s.m, play', sport, game. leudi, s.m. Thursday. eun (a), adv. fasting. eune, adj. young. j e une, s.m. fasting, fast. eunesse, s.f. youth. ^oie, s.f. joy, delight, mirth. joindre, v. a. ir. (175) to join, to unite, to add. joint, e, adj. ci (246) annexed, herewith, enclosed. joli, e, adj. pretty, nice, handsome. jonc, s.m. rush, Malacca cane. jouer, v.n. a. to play, to gamble ; se — , v.r. to play, to laugh, to make a fool {of), to be acted (idioms, 383)- joug, s.m. yoke. jouir, v.n. to enjoy. joujou, s.m. plaything, toy. jour, s.m. day, day-time ; faire — , to be daylight. VOCABULARY. 413 journal-ier, iere, adj. s. daily, incon- stant, variable. journee, s.f. day, day 's -work. joyeu-x, se, adj. joyful, merry, cheer- ful, glad. juda'isme, s.m. Judaism. juge, s.m. judge. juger, v.a.n. (97) to judge. jui-f, ve, adj. s. Jewish, Jew, Jewess. tjuillet, s.m. July. juin, s.m. June. Jules, s.m. Julius. jum-eau, elle, adj. s. twin. jument, s.f. ??iare. jurer, v.a.n. to swear. j usque, prep, to, as far as, so far as, until, till, even; jusqu'a ce que, until, till ; jusqu'ici, so far; jusque la, so far ; jusqu'a quand? how long? jusqu'ou ? how far? juste, adj. just, correct, true, tipright. juste-au-corps (justaucorps), s.m. jacket. justifier, v. a. to justify, to vindicate. L. la, 1', art. f. V. le. la, 1', pron. f. V. le. la, adv. there, then; dedans, with- in, in there; de — , hence, from there ; c'est — , it is there, that is ; ce sont — , those are. laborieu-x, se, adj. laborious, indus- trious, painful. lac, s.m. lake. laconique, adj. laconic. laid, e, adj. ugly, plain, naughty. laine, s.f. wool. laisser, v.a. to let alone, to allow, to let, to let go ; (352) to cease, to ab- stain ; laisser faire, to let alone, not to distitrb ; se — , v.r. to let or suf- fer one's self. lait, s.m. milk. lampe, s.f. lamp. lance, s.f. lance, spear. langue, s.f. tongue, language, (geog. ) neck. lapin, s.m. rabbit. laquelle, pron. f. V. lequel. larcin, s.m. larceny, theft. las, se, adj. tired, weary. laver, v.a. to wash. le, la, 1', pi. les, art. (28, 218) the. le, la, 1', pi. les, eux, pron. (114, 260) him, it, so. lecher, v.a. to lick. lecon, s.f. lesson, lecture, reading. lecture, s.f. reading, perusal. leg-er, ere, adj. light, slight, trifling. legerement, adv. lightly, inconsider- ately. legion, s.f. legion. leguer, v.a. to leave, to bequeath. legume, s.m. vegetable. lent, e, adj. slow. lentement, adv. slowly. lenteur, s.f. slowness, delay. lequel, laquelle, pi. lesquels, les- quelles, pron. (122, 125, 126, 263, 268) who, which, whom, that. les, art. m.f. pi. V. le. les, pron. m.f. pi. V. le. lettre, s.f. letter, note ; belles- — s, polite literature ; homme de — , lit- erary man. leur, pron. pers. m.f. pi. (114, 116) to or at them, for or with or in or from them, them. leur, adj. poss. (64, 239, 241) their, their own ; le — , la — , les — s, theirs, their own, their relations. lever, v.a.n. to raise, to lift up, to heave, to get up ; se — , v.r to rise, to get up. liberal, e, adj. liberal. liberte, s.f. liberty, freedom. libre, adj./ra?, exempt, unoccupied. librement, adv. freely. lien, s.m. bond, tie, chain. Her, v.a. to bind, to tie, lieu, s.m. place, spot, occasion, cause ; au — de, instead of; au — que, instead of which ; avoir — , to take place ; tenir — de, to fill the place of, to be. lievre, s.m. hare. tligne, s.f. line. lion, s.m. lion. 4H VOCABULARY. lionne, s.f. lioness. liqueur, s.f. liquor, cordial. lire, v.a. ir. (177) to read. lis, s.m. lily, luce. lit, s.m. bed. Livourne, s.f. Leghorn. livre, s.m. book. , livre, s.f. pound. livrer, v.a. to deliver, to give {up). locution, s.f. form of speech, phrase. logement, s.m. lodging, quarters. logis, s.m. dwelling, house; au — , at home. loi> s.f. law. loin, adv. far, far off ; au — , far, afar, far away ; de — , from a dis- tance. LondreSj s.m. London. long, ue, adj. long, slow. long, s.m. length. longtemps, adv. long, a long time or while ; depuis — , long ago. longue, s.f. long ; a la — , in ti?ne, in the long run. longueur, s.f. length. lors, adv. then ; des — , from that moment, since then. lorsque, conj. (320, 321) when. lot, s.m. lot, share. louable, adj. praiseworthy. louange, s.f. praise. louer, v.a. to rent, to let. louer, v.a. (133) to praise, commend. loup, s.m. wolf. lourd, e, adj. heavy, clumsy. louve, s.f. she wolf . lueur, s. f. gli?nmer, light. lui, pron. pers. m.f. (no, 114, 116) he, him, her, it, to or at or for or with or in ox from him, etc., itself ; m£me, himself, itself. luire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, gleam. lumiere, s.f. light, knowledge, infor- mation. lundi, s.m. Monday. lune, s.f. moon. lunettes, s.f. pi. spectacles. luxe, s.m. luxury ; objets de — , fancy goods. Lycurgue, s.m. Lycurgus. Lyon, s. Lyons, M. ma, adj. poss. f. V. mon. machine, s.f. machine, engine. machoire, s.f. Jaw. madame, s.f. Madam, Mrs., this or the lady ; — votre mere, your mother. mademoiselle, s.f. Miss, the young lady ; — votre sceur, your sister. magasin, s.m. warehouse, store. magister, s.m. (24) country school- master. magistrat, s.m. magistrate. tmagnifique, adj. magnificent. mahometan, e, adj. s. Maho?netan. mai, s.m. May. maigre, adj. lean, meagre, thin. main, s.f. hand, quire ; a la — , handy, in hand ; en venir aux — s, to come to blows, to join battle j etre aux — s, to be fighting. maint, e, adj. many a, many. maintenant, adv. now, now then. maintenir, v.a. ir. (187) to ?naintain, to hold, to keep {up) ; se — , v.r. to keep {tip), to hold out. maintien, s.m. maintenance, deport- ment. mais, conj. but, why; — non ! no! oh no / L say no ! maiis, s.m. maize. maison, s.f. house. maisonnette, s.f. small house. maitre, s.m. master, teacher, match. maitresse, s.f. mistress, teacher. majeste, s.f. majesty. majeur, e, adj. s. greater, of age, major. mal, s.m. evil, ill, harm, ache ; avoir — a, to have a pain ox pains in. mal, adv. ill, badly, bad, wrong; aller plus — , to grow worse. malade, adj. ill, sick. malade, s.m.f. invalid, patient. maladie, s.f. illness, malady, disease. maladroit, e, adj. awkward, unskil- ful. maladroitement, adv. awkwardly . malaise, s.m. uneasiness, embarrass- ment, VOCABULARY. 415 malgre, prep, in spite of, notwith- standing. malheur, s.m. misfortune, ill-luck. malheureusement, adv. unfortu- nately. malheureu-x, se, adj. unfortunate, tinhappy. malheureu-x, se, s.m.f. poor wretch, wretch. malhonn&te, adj. dishonest. malice, s.f. malice. malicieu-x, se, adj. malicious, sly. mal-in, tigne, adj. s. malignant, mis- chievous, roguish, sly. Malte, s.f. Malta. maltraiter, v. a. to ill-treat, wrong. maman, s.f. mamma, mother ; grand' — , grandmamma. mammifere, adj. s. marjwniferoiis* manche, s.m. handle. manche, s.f. sleeve, channel. mangeable, adj. eatable. manger, v.a.n. (97) to eat, to devour ; a — , something to eat. manger, s.m. eating, food. manier, v. a. to touch, to handle. maniere, s.f. manner, way, style, sort ; de — que, d'une — ou d'au- tre, by some means or other, so that. manoeuvre, s.f. manoeuvre. manquer, v.n. to fail, to miss, to be near, to want, to be wanting or de- ficient. manteau, s.m. cloak, mantle. marchand, e, s.m.f. dealer, trades- man, merchant. marchandise, s.f. merchandise, goods. marche, s.f. walk, march, course. marched s.m. market; a bon — , cheap ; bon — , cheapness, cheap. marcher, v.n. to tvalk, to march, to go, to sail ; faire — , to set going. mardi, s.m. Tuesday. marechal, s.m. farrier ; — ferrant, farrier. mari, s.m. husband. mariage, s.m. marriage. Marie, s.f. Mary. marier, v.a. to marry, (243) to find a husband for ; se — , v.r. to marry, to get married. marron, s.m. chestnut. mars, s.m. March. marteau, s.m. hammer, knocker. matelot, s.m. sailor. materiaux, s.m. pi. materials. mathematiques, s.f. pi. mathematics. matiere, s.f. matter, material, sub- ject, contents; en — de, in point °f: matin, s.m. morning ; de grand or bon — , early in the morning, very early. matinee, s.f. morning, forenoon. maudire, v.a. ir. (173) to curse. maudit, e, adj. cursed. mauvais, e, adj. bad, ill. mauvais, adv. bad ; faire — , to be bad weather. me, m', pron. pers. (114, 138) me, to or at me, for or with or in or from me, myself, to myself mechant, e, adj. wicked, bad, naughty. meconnaitre, v.a. ir. (179) not to rec- ognize, to disregard. mecontent, e, adj. s. dissatisfied, dis- pleased, malcontent. medecin, s.m. medical man, physi- cian, doctor. medecine, s.f. medicine. medire, v ; n. ir. (173) to speak ill, to slander. mediter, v.a.n. to meditate, project. la — chose, the same thing ; la chose — , the very thing ; les — s, the same, alike. metier (se), v.r. to mistrust. tmeilleur, e, adj. better, best. melancolie, s.f. melancholy. meler, v.a, to mix, to mingle ; se — , v.r. to intermeddle (with), to con- cern one's self. membre, s.m. member, limb. meme, adj. (m, 297) same, very, own, self himself, herself, itself; meme, adv. (279) even, also, like- wise; a — , able ; de — , tout de — , the same, for all that ; de — que, as, as well as. m£moire, s.f. memory. memoire, s.m. memorandum, dill, memoir. menace, s.f. threat, menace. menacer, v.a. to threaten. menage, s.m. house-keeping, house* hold, house. VOCABULARY. mener, v.a.n. (96) to lead. menteu-r, se, adj. s. lying, false ; liar. mention, s.f. (225) faire — , to men- tion. mentir, v.n. ir. (184) to lie. meprendre (se), v.r. ir. (181) to mis- take, to be mistaken. mepriser, v. a. to despise, to scorn. mer, s.f. sea; pleine — , open or main sea. merci, s.f. mercy. merci, s.m. int. thanks! — ! thank you ! — bien ! much obliged J mercredi, s.m. Wednesday. mere, s.f. mother. meridional, e, adj. southern. merite, s.m. merit, desert. meriter, v. a. to deserve, to merit. mes, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) my, my own. V. mon. mesdames, s.f. pi. ladies. mesdemoiselles, s.f. pi. young ladies, ladies, the Misses. messieurs, s.m. pi. gentlemen, sirs, Messrs. mesure s.f. measure ; a — que, in proportion as, according as, as. mesurer, v. a. to measure y to weigh. metal, s.m. metal. metier, s.m. trade, profession. metre, s.m. metre, yard. mettre, v. a. ir. (180) to put, to place, to lay, to set, to put on, to wear ; se — , v.r. to put or place one's self, to sit down, to dress, to begin, to set about ; — en route, to start, to set out. meuble, s.m. piece of furniture ; — s, pi. furniture. meunier, s.m. miller. Mexique (le), s.m. Mexico. miasme, s.m. miasm. Michel- Ange, s.m. Michael- A ngelo. midi, s.m. noon, twelve o'clock. miel, s.m. honey. mien, ne, pron. poss. (125, 241) mine ; le — , la — ne, les — s, les — nes, mine, my own. mieux, adv. better, best, more, most ; j'aimerais — , / would or had rather. migraine, s.f. sick headache. mil, adj. one thousand. milieu, s.m. middle, midst, centre, middle course ; au — , in the mid- dle ; du — , middle. mille, adj. thousand. mille, s.m. mile. millieme, adj. thousandth. millier, s.m. thousand. million, s.m. million. mine, s.f. countenance, face, mien ; de bonne — , good-looking ; avoir bonne — , to look well. mine, s.f. mine, ore. minuit, s.m. midnight. minute, s.f. minute. minutie, s.f. trifle, minutiae. miroir, s.m. mirror, looking-glass. mis, e, adj. attired, dressed, clad. miserable, adj. miserable, wretched, wicked. miserablement, adv. miserably, wretchedly. misere s.f. misery, distress, trouble. mixtion, s.f. mixture. mode, s.f. mode, fashion; — s, pi. millinery ; a la — , in or of fash- ion, fashionable. moderne, adj. s. modern, modern style. modeste, adj. modest. modestement, adv. modestly. modestie, s.f. modesty. mceurs, s.f. pi. manners, morals, habits. moi, pres. pron. (no) I, me. moindre, adj. less, least. moineau, s.m. sparrow. moins, adv. less, except, minus, to (73)j a — At, for less than, unless, except in case of ; a — que (292) unless; au — , at least, at all events ; du — , at least ; le — , the least. mois, s.m. month. Moiise, s.m. Moses. moisson, s.f. harvest, reaping. moitie, s.f. half; a — , half; £tre de — , to go halves. mol, le. V. mou. mollement, adv. softly. mon, ma, pi. mes, adj. poss. (64, 239) my, my own. monarchic, s.f. monarchy. VOCABULARY. 417 monarque, s.m. monarch. monde, s.m. world, men, people, so- ciety, company ; du — , of or in the world, fashionable ; le beau — , fashionable people or society ; beau- coup de — , many men or people ; peu de — , few people ; tout le — , everybody. monnaie, s.f. coin, money. monosyllabe, adj. s.m. monosyllabic, monosyllable. monsieur, s.m. gentleman, this or the gentleman, Sir, Mr., Esq., Master ; — votre pere, your father. mont, s.m. mount, mountain. tmontagne, s.f. mountain. monter, v.n.a. (136) to ascend, to go or come up, to get up or in. montre, s.f. watch; — a repetition, repeating watch. montrer, v. a. to show, to point out, to let see, to teach. moquer (se), v.r. to laugh, {at), to make game of, to mock, to joke. morceau, s.m. piece, bit, morsel. mordre, v.a.n. to bite. mort, s.f. death. rnort, e, adj. s. dead; etre — , (pers.) to be dead, to have died. mortel, le, adj. s. mortal, deadly. mot, s.m. word, saying, motto; — a — , word for word, literal transla- tion ; bon — , smart or witty say- ing. motif, s.m. motive, reason, cause. mou, mol, m., molle, f. adj. soft, mellow. mouche, s.f.fy. mouchettes s.f. pi. snuffers. moudre, v. a. ir. (174) to grind. tmouiller, v.a.n. to wet, to zvater, to soak, to (cast) anchor ; se — , v.r. to get wee. moulin, s.m. mill ; — a vent, wind- mill ; — a poudre, powder-mill. mourant, e, adj. dying. mourir, v.n. ir. (135, 186) to die, (345) to long ; se — , v.r. to be dying, to be dying out. mousse, s.m. cabvi-boy. mousse, s.f. moss, froth, lather. moutarde, s.f. mustard. mouton, s.m. sheep, mutton. mouvement, s.m. motion, movement. mou voir, v. a. ir. (190) to move, to stir, to prompt. moyen, s.m. means, way, medium ; — s, pi. abilities. muet, te, adj. dumb, mute. muet, te, s.m.f. dumb person. mule, s.f. she-mule. mulet, s.m. mule. munir, v. a. to supply, to provide. munition, s.f. ammunition, stores. mur, s.m. wall. mur, e, adj. ripe, mature. tmuraille, s.f. wall. murier, s.m. mtdberry-tree. murir, v.a.n. to ripen. murmure, s.m. murmur, grumbling, whisper. murmurer, v.a.n. to murmur, to grumble. musicien, ne, s.m.f. musician. musique, s.f. music, band. mutinerie, s.f. mutiny, sedition. N. nacelle, s.f. boat. nacre, s.f. mother-of-pearl. nager, v.n. to swim. naguere, adv. but lately. nain, e, s.m.f. adj. dwarf. naissance, s.f. birth, descent, extrac- tion. naitre, v.n. ir. (135, 181) to be born. narval, s.m. (214) narwhal. nature, s.f. natitre, kind. nature!, le, adj. natural, native, plain. naturellement, adv. naturally, of course. navet, s.m. turnip, root. naviguer, v.n. to navigate, to sail. navire, s.m. ship, vessel. ne, n', adv. (57; with conj. 58, 159; syntax, 289; used alone, 291; not as negative, 293) not ; — pas or point, not ; — ... que, (57) only, but. 4i8 VOCABULARY. n6, e, part, born, by birth. neanmoins, adv. nevertheless, how- ever. neant, s.m. nothing, nothingness. necessite, s.f. necessity, need. negliger, v. a. to neglect. negotiant, s.m. merchant. negre, s.m. negro. negresse, s.f. negjrss. neige, s. f. snow. neiger, v.n. (146) to snow. nerf, s.m. nerve. Neron, s.m. Nero. net, te, adj. clean, neat, plain. net, adv. entirely, clean, frankly. nettoyer, v. a. to clean, to scour, to wipe. neuf, adj. s. nine. neu-f, ve, adj. new, fresh ; a — , adv. anew, again. neuvieme, adj. s.m. ninth. neveu, s.m. nephew. nez, s.m. nose. ni, conj. (57, 58, 163) neither, nor, or. nid, s.m. nest. niece, s.f. niece. nier, v. a. (293) to deny, to disown. noblesse, s.f. nobility. Noel, s.m. Christmas. noir, e, adj. black. noix, s.f. walnut, nut. nom, s.m. name, noun, fame. nombre, s.m. number, quantity. nombreu-x, se, adj. numerous, many. nommer, v. a. to name, to call, to nom- inate. non, adv. (289) no, not ; — pas, not, no, not so ; — plus, neither, either, on the other hand ; que — , no, not. nonchalamment, adv. carelessly. nonobstant, prep, notwithstanding. nord, s.m. north. nos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 239) our, our own. note, s.f. note, mark, bill. notre, adj. poss. (64, 239) our, our own. notre, pron. pies. (125) ours, our own ; le — , la — , les — s, ours. nourri, e, adj. fed. nourrice, s.f. wet-nurse, nurse. nourrir, v. a. to feed, to nourish, to nurse, to maintain. nourriture, s.f, food, nourishment. nous, pers. pron. (110, 114, 138, 256) we, us, to or at us, for ox with or in or from us, each other; — -monies, ourselves. nou-veau, vel, m., velle, f. adj. adv. new, recent, novel, fresh. nouveaute, s.f. novelty, new thing, new publication, latest fashion. nouvelle, s.f. news, intelligence, tid- ings, story. nouvellement, adv. newly, lately. novembre, s.m. November. noyer, s.m. walnut-tree, walnut. noyer, v.a. to drown ; se — , v.r. to be drowned, to drown one's self. nu, e, adj. (246) naked, bare ; — -pieds, bare -foot ; — -t6te, bare- headed. nuage, s.m. loud. nuance, s.m. shade, tint. nue, s.f. cloud ; — s, pi. skies. nuee, s.f. cloud, swarm. nuire, v.n. ir. (172) to htirt, to wrong. nuisible, adj. hurtful, injurious. nuit, s.f. night, darkness. nul, le, adj. (57) no, not any, null, void, no one, nobody. nullement, adv. (57) by no means f not at all. numero, s.m. number, size, nymphe, s.f. nymph, obeir, v.n. to obey, to be obedient. obeissant, e, adj. obedient. objet, s.m. object, subject, aim, article, oblige, e, adj. obliged. obliger, v.a.n. to oblige. obscur, e, adj. dark, obscure. obseder, v.a. to beset, to possess. observer, v.a. to observe, to notice. obstiner, (s'), v.r. to be obstinate, to persist. obtenir, v.a. ir. (187) to obtain, get. occasion, s.f. opportunity, occasion, cause, reason. VOCABULARY. 419 occupation, s.f. occupation. occupe, e, part. adj. occupied, engaged, busy. occuper, v. a. toocctipy, to hold, to em- ploy, to inhabit ; s' — (a), v.r. to employ or occupy one's self {in). octobre, s.m. October. odeur, s.f. odor, smell. odieu-x, se, adj. odiotis. tceil, s.m. (31, 214) pi. yeux, eye ; — -de-bceuf, buWs eye, round win- dozv ; coup d' — , glance. tceillet, s.m. pink. ceuf, s.m. egg. ceuvre, s.m.f. work. offenser, v. a. to offend ; s' — , v.r. to take offence. offrir, v.a. ir. (184) to offer, present. oie, s.f. goose. oindre, v.a. ir. (175) to anoint. oiseau, s.m. bird, fowl. oisi-f, ve, adj. idle. ombrage, s.m. shade. ombrager, v.a. to shade. ombre, s.f. shade, shadow. omelette, s.f. omelet. omettre, v.a. ir. (180) to omit, to leave out. on, pron. sing. m.f. (129, 274) one, a man, a woman, people, they, we, you ; — dit, people, or they say, it is said ; — m'a dit, / have been told. oncle, s.m. uncle. onze, adj. s. eleven. onzieme, adj. s. eleventh. Opiner, v.n. to give one's opinion, to advise, to vote. opiniatrer (s'), v.r. to be obstinate, to persist. opinion, s.f. opinion, vote. opposer, v.a. to oppose ; s' — , v.r. to object. oppresser, v.a. to oppress. or, conj. now, but. or, s.m. gold. orage, s.m. storm, tempest. orange, s.f. orange. orateur, s.m. orator, speaker. ordinaire, adj. ordinary, common, usual, customary ; a 1' — , as usual. ordinairement, adv. ordinarily, gen- erally. ordonner, v.a.n. to order, to command, to prescribe. ordre, s.m. order, command; de premier — , first rate. toreille, s.f. ear. toreiller, s.m. pillow. orgue, s.m.f. organ. torgueil, s.m. pride. orient, s.m. east. origine, s.f. origin, source. ornement, s.m. ornament. orner, v. a. to adorn, to deck. os, s.m. bone. osciller, v.n. to oscillate. oser, v.a.n. (291) to dare, venture. oter, v.a. to take azvay, to re?nove, to deprive, to take or pull off. ou, conj. or, either, or else ; — bien, or else, or. ou, adv. (270) where, in or into or at or to which, when ; d' — , whence. oublier, v.a. (98) to forget. ouest, s.m. west. oui, adv. s. yes, ay. ouir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to hear. ours, s.m. bear. outil, s.m. tool, implement. outrager, v.a. to outrage. outre, prep. adv. beyond, farther, be- sides ; en — , moreover, besides. ouvert, e, adj. open, frank. ouvrage, s.m. work, workmanship. ouvrir, v.a.n. ir. (185) to open, to unlock. ovale, adj. s.m. oval. oxygene, s.m. oxygen. P. page, s.m. page. page, s.f. page {of a book). paien, ne, adj. s. pagan. tpaillasse, s.f. strazu-mattress. tpaillasse, s.m. clown. tpaille, s.f. straw. pain, s.m. bread, loaf, cake. paire, s.f. pair, couple. 420 VOCABULARY. paisible, adj. peaceable, peaceful. paitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to graze, to pasture. paix, s.f. peace, rest, hush ! palais, s.m. palace. palmier, s.m.. palm-tree. pampre, s.m. vine-branch. panier, s.m. basket. paon, s.m. peacock. pape, s.m. pope. papier, s.m. paper ; — a lettre, note-paper, letter-paper. tpapillon, s.m. butterfly. paque, s.f. pass over. paques, s.m.f. Easter. paquet, s.m. parcel, bundle. par, prep. (302) by, through, a, out of, from, on, in, for, by way of ; derriere, behind, from behind ; — ici, this way, about here ; — la, that way, about there; — ou, which way, how. parage, s.m. parts, latitude. paraitre, v.n. ir. ( 1 78) to appear, to co?ne in sight, to seem, to look, to show. parallelement, adv. parallely, paral- lel. parapluie, s.m. umb?'ella. parbleu, int. well! why/ indeed ! parce que, conj. because, as. parcourir, v. a. ir. (184) to travel over, to go or run or look over. pardon, s.m. pardon, forgiveness ; — ! excuse me! I beg your par- don ! pardonner, v. a. to forgive, to pardon, to excuse. tpareil, le, adj. alike, similar, like, like it, such. _Q tpareil, s.m. equal, match. parent, e, s.m.f. relation, relative ; — s, pi. parents, relations. parer, v.a.n. to adorn, to deck, to dress, to parry. paresse, s.f. idleness, laziness. paresseu-x, se, adj. s.m.f. idle, lazy ; idler, lazy person. parfait, e, adj. s.m.. perfect, finished. parfaitement, adv. perfectly. parfum, s.m. perfume, scent. parisien, ne, adj. s. Parisian. parlement, s.m. parliament. parler, v.a.n. to speak, to talk. parmi, prep. (298) among, amidst, with. parole, s.f. word, speech. part, s.f. part, share, portion ; de — et d'autre, on both sides ; de la — de, (303) #;? the part of , from ; de ma — ,from 7?ie ; nulle — , nowhere, anywhere ; quelque — , so?newhere, anyzuhere ; prendre — a, to par- ticipate in, to pa?'take of. partager, v.a.n. (97) to divide, share. parti, s.m. party, side, part, resolu- tion, means, course. particul-ier, iere, adj. particular, pe- culiar, private. particulier, s.m. individual, private man. partie, s.f. part, party, game ; — double, double-etitry ; en — , part- ly ; faire une — de, to play a game at. partir, v.n. ir. (136, 183) to depart, to set out, to go off ; a — de, from. partout, adv. everywhere, anywhere ; — ou, wherever. parure, s.f. dress, finery, orna7nent. parvenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to arrive {at), to reach, to succeed. pas, s.m. step, pace, footstep, strait ; faux — , mistake. pas, adv. (57, 159, 289) any, no> not any ; — du tout, not at all. passablement, adv. tolerably, so so. passe, e, part. adj. prep, past, gone, over, faded, last, after. passe, s.m. time past, past. passe-partout, s.m. master-key, latch- key. passer, v.n.a. (136) to pass, to pass by or atuay, to be over, to fade, to hand, to exceed, to surpass ; — chez, to call upon or at (. . ,'s); — pour, to be considered ; faire — , to pass, to hand routid, to while away; se — , v.r. to pass away, to happe7t ; — de, to do without. passe-temps, s.m. pastit7ie. passion, s.f. passion, love. jiassionement, adv. passionately* VOCABULARY. 421 pate, s .f. paste, dough. pate, s.m. pie. pathetique, adj. s. pathetic. patiemment, adv. patiently. patience, s.f. patience, puzzle. patient, e, adj. s. patient. patiner, v.n. to skate. patriarche, s.m. patriarch. patricien, ne, adj. s. patrician. patrie, s.f. {native) country, father- land, home. tpatrouille, s.f. patrol. patte, s.f. paw, foot, claws ; — de devant, fore -feet. pauvre, adj. poor. pauvrete, s.f. poverty, need. tpavillon, s.m. pavilion, summer- house, flag. payer, v. a. (97) to pay, to pay off. pays, s.m. country, land, native place. paysage, s.m. landscape. paysan, ne, s.m.f. adj. peasant, country-man, country-woman. Pays-Bas, s.m. pi. Netherlands. peau, s.f. skin, leather. peche, s.f. peach, fishing. peche, s.m. sin, trespass. pecher, v.n. to sift, to trespass. pecher, s.m. peach-tree. pecher, v.a.n. to fish. pech-eur, eresse, s. adj. sinner, sin- ning. pecheu-r, se, s.m.f. fisherman, an- gler. tpeigne, s.m. comb. peindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to paint. ' peine, s.f. pain, grief; a — , hardly, scarcely, no sooner, very little ; en — , uneasy ; etre la — , to be xvorth or worth while; donner de la — a, to give trouble to; se donner de la — , to take pains ; se donner la — de . . ., to take the trouble to. peintre, s.m. painter. peinture, s.f. painting, picture. pele-mele, adv. s. pell-mell, helter- skelter. pelle, s.f. shovel. pelote, s.f. ball {of thread'). penchant, s.m. declivity, slope, brink. pencher. v.a.n. to incline, to bend, to stoop, to slope, to be inclined. pendant, prep, during ; — que, while. pendre, v.a.n. to hang. penetrer, v.a.n. to penetrate, to pierce, to get in. pensee, s.f. thought, idea, opinion, mind. penser, v.a.n. to think, to believe, to bear in mind ; faire — a, to remind °f- percant, e, adj. piercing, penetrating, shrill. percer, v.n. a. to pierce, to bore, to open, to lance, to cut. percevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to collect, to perceive. perdre, v.a.n. to lose, to ruin. perdu, e, adj. lost, ruined. pere, s.m. father; — s, pi. fore- fathers. peril, s.m.. peril, danger, risk. perir, v.n. (136) to perish ; faire — , to put to death. permettre, v. a. ir. (180) to permit, to allow ; se — , v.r. to allow one's self, to take the liberty. perroquet, saw. parrot. Persan, e, Perse, adj. s. Persian. Perse (la), s.f. Persia. persecuter, v. a. to persecute. perseverer, v.n. to persevere. persil, s.m. parsley. per sister, v.n. to persist. personne, s.f. person. personne, pron. m. (130, 275) any one, anybody, any, no one, nobody. persuader, v. a. to persuade, to con- vince, to satisfy. perte, s.f. loss. pesant, e, adj. heavy, dull. peser, v.a.n. to weigh, to ponder. petit, e, adj. little, small. petit, e, s.m.f. little ox young one. peu, adv. little, not very, few, soon, not ; — a — , by degrees, gradu- ally ; avant — , before long; dans — , shortly ; pour — que, however little ; quelque — , a little, some- what ; si — que, however, little ; sous — , shortly. 422 VOCABULARY. peu, s.m. small amount, a little, lit- tle time ; un — , a little. peuple, s.m. people, nation. peupler, v.a.n. to people. peuplier, s.m. poplar. peur, s.f. fear, fright, dread ; de — de, for fear of; de — que, for fear, lest ; avoir — , to be afraid ; faire — a, to frighten. peureu-x, se, adj. timid. peut-etre, adv. perhaps. philosophe, s.m. adj. philosopher. piano, s.m. piano ; — droit, cottage piano ; — a queue, grand piano. piastre, s.f. piastre. piece, s.f. piece, bit, room. pied, s.m. foot; pointe du — , tiptoe ; a — , on foot ; sur un bon — , upon a good footing ; mettre — a terre, to alight. piege, s.m. snare, trap ; donner dans le — , to be caught in the trap. Pierre, s.m. Peter. pierre, s.f. stone. piete, s.f. piety. pieu-x, se, adj. pious. pigeon, s.m. pigeon. tpiller, v.a. to plunder. pilotis, s.m. piles, pile-work. pilule, s.f. pill. piment, s.m. Jamaica pepper, all- spice. pin, s.m. pine, pine-tree. pinasse, s.f. pinnace. piquer, v.a. to prick, to sting, to bite, to goad, to stick ; se — , v.r. to prick one's self, to be offended, to pride or plume one's self {on). pire, adj. worse, worst ; de — en — , worse and worse. pis, adv. worse, worst. pistolet, s.m. pistol. pitie, s.f. pity, compassion; avoir — de, to pity. place, s.f. place, room, square, situa- tion, (272) fortress. placer, v.a. (97) to place, to put ; se — , v.r. to place ox put one's self plaider, v.a.n. to plead. plaie, s.f. wound, sore. plaindre, v.a. ir. (175) to pity, to re- gret; a — , to be pitied ; se — , to complain. plaine, s.f. plain, heath. plaire, v.n. ir. (178) to please ; plut a Dieu or au ciel ! zuould to Heaven ! a Dieu ne plaise, Heaven forbid ; s'il vous plait, if you please ; plait- il? what did you say? what? se — , v.r. to delight or take pleasure (in). plaisanter, v.a.n. to jest, to joke. plaisanterie, s.f. jesting, joke ; — a part, seriously ; par — , in joke. plaisir, s.m. pleasure, amusement, favor. plancher, s.m. floor, ceiling. plante, s.f. plant. planter, v.a. to plant, to set. platine, s.m. p la Una. plein, e, adj. full (of), filled (with), whole, replete, open, bright ; tout — , quite full ; tout — de, much, many. pleurer, v.a.n. to weep, to cry. pleurs, s.m. pi. tears, (of vines) bleed- ing. pleuvoir, v.n. ir. (190) to rain, to pour in or shower down. pli, s.m. fold, plait. plier, v.a.n. to fold, to bend, to give way. plomb, s.m. lead; a — , perpendicu- larly. plonger, v.a.n. to plunge, to dive. pluie, s.f. rain, sho7ver. plumage, s.m. plumage, feathers. plume, s.f. feather, pen. plupart, s.f. (276) most part, general- ity ; la — du temps, generally. plus, adv. (57, 290, 301) more, the more, most, also ; (with negative) any more, any longer, no ??wre, no longer, not any more or longer, no . . . left; au — , tout au — , at most, at best ; — de, more than above ; bien — , much more ; de — , more, besides, moreover ; de — en — , ?)iore and more ; le — , the most ; deux fois — , twice as much ; deux fois de — , twice more. plusieurs, adj. pi. several, some. plutot, adv. (206) rather. poche, s.f. pocket, pouch, bag. poele, s.m. stove. poele, s.f . pan, frying-pan. Vocabulary. 4*3 poeme, s.m. poem. poids, s.m. weight, gravity. poindre, v.n. ir. ( 1 75) t° d awn > 1° break. point, s.m. point, dot, stitch, degree, full stop ; au — de, so far as; sur le — de,, to be very near. point, adv. (159) not, no, any, not any, not at all. pointe, s.f. point, head, tip, dawn i break, sting. poire, s. f. pear. pois, s.m. pea. poisson,, s.rn.^j"^. tpoitrail, s.m. breast, chest, breast- plate. poivre, s.m. pepper. polaire, adj. polar. pole, s.m. pole. poli, e, adj. polished, polite. poliment, adv. civilly, politely. polir, v.a. to polish. pomme, s.f. apple; — de terre, po- tato. ponctuellement, adv. punctually. pont, s.m. bridge, deck. populaire, adj. popular. port, s.m. port, harbor. tportail, s.m. (31) front, door-way, portal. porte, s.f. door, gate. porte- crayon, s.m. pencil-case. portefeuiile, s.m. portfolio, pocket- book. portemanteau, s.m. portmanteau. porte-monnaie, s.m. purse. porte-plume, s.m. pen-holder. portee, s.f. compass, range ; a or a la — de, within reach of. porter, v.a.n. to carry, to bear, to take, to bring, to wear, to induce ; se — , v.r. to bear, to be inclined, to do, to be ; comment vous portez-vous ? how do you do ? how are you ? portion, s.f. portion, share. portrait, s.m. portrait, picture. portugais, e, adj. s. Portuguese. poser, v.a.n. to place, to put, to set, to lay ox put (down), to rest, to lie, to pose ; se — , v.r. to perch, to alight, to take a position. positi-f, ve, adj. positive. possecler, v.a. to possess, to have. possible, adj. possible. possible, s.m. possibility^ utmost ; faire son — , to do one's utmost.- poste, s.f. post, post-office. poste, s.m. post, station, pot, s.m. pot, jug, can.- pou, s.m. louse. pouce, s.m. thumb, inch. poudre, s.f. powder, dust ; — k ca- non, gunpowder. poule, s.f. hen, pool. pouls, s.m. pulse. poumon, s.m. lungs, lung. poupe, s.f. stern, poop. pour, prep. (3J, 237) for, on account of for the sake of towards, (354) in order to, as, though, per ; — que, in order that ; comme — , as tf as mtich as. pourpre, s.m.f. purple. pourquoi, conj. adv. why ; e'est — , therefore. pourri, e, adj. s.m. rotten. pourrir, v.a.n. to rot. poursuite, s.f. pursuit. poursuivre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to pursue, to follow, to go on with, to prose- cute. pourtant, adv. yet, though, however, still. pourvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190) to provide, to supply ; se — , v.r. to provide one's self pourvu, part. conj. provided. pousser, v.a.n. to push, to drive, to urge, to grow. poussiere, s.f. dust ; il fait de la — , it is dusty. pouvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190, 291, 323) to be able, can, to be able to do, may ; n'en — plus, to be exhausted ; cela se peut, that may be ; il se peut que, it may be that ; je n'y puis rien, I cannot help it ; puissiez- vous ! may you / on ne peut mieux, as well as possible. pouvoir, s.m. power. pratique, s.f. practice, custom, ctts- tomer. pratique, adj. practical. precaution, s.f. precaution, caution. precepteur, s.m. tutor, preceptor. precieu-x, se, adj. precious, valuable. 424 VOCABULARY. precipiter, v. a. to precipitate, to hurl or dash down. precis, e, adj. precise, formal. precisement, adv. precisely. predire, v. a. ir. (173) to foretell, to predict. preferablement, adv. (180) prefer- ably. preferer, v. a. to prefer. prejudiciable, adj. prejudicial, injuri- ous. prem-ier, iere, adj. first. premier, s.m. first. premierement, adv. first, firstly, in the first place. prendre, v.a.n. to take, to seize, to catch, to take tip ; se — , v.r. to be caught, to catch, to set about ; s'y — , to proceed, to go to work. preparer, v. a. to prepare, to get ready. pres, prep, near, by, close, to, almost ; tout — , very near, close by ; (no) — de la, in the neighborhood ; a peu — , nearly. presbytere, s.m. parsonage. prescrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) prescribe. present, s.m. present, gift, present tense ; a — , at present, now. presentement, adv. now. presenter, v.a. to present, to offer. preserver, v.a. to preserve, to keep. president, s.m. president. presider, v.n. to preside. presque, adv. almost, nearly ; — pas, scarcely, scarcely any. presqu'ile, s.f. peninsula. presse, e, adj. in haste, in a hurry, anxious. pressentir, v.a. ir. (184) to have a pre- sentiment of, to foresee. presser, v.a.n. to press, to squeeze, to urge, to hurry. presumer, v.a. to presume, suppose. pret, e, adj. ready, disposed. pretendre, v.a.n. to claim, to pretend, to lay claim to, to p?-estime, to pro- fess, to intend, to mean. preter, v.a.n. to lend; se — , v.r. to comply. pretexte, s.m. pretext, pretence. pretre, s.m. priest. preuve, s .f. proof, evidence. prevaloir, v.n. ir. (171) to prevail. prevenir, v.a. ir. (187) to precede, to prevent, to warn, to inform. prevoir, v.a. ir. (190) to foresee, to an- ticipate, to provide for or against. prier, v.a.n. to pray, to beg, to request, to ask ; — en grace, to entreat ; faire — , to send, to reqtiest ; je vous en prie, pray ; do; please. priere, s.f. prayer, request. prince, s.m. prince. princesse, s.f". princess. printemps, s.m. spring. pris, e, adj. taken. prise, s.f. taking, capture, prize ; £tre aux — s, to be fighting. prisme, s.m. prism. prisonn-ier, iere, s.m.f. prisoner. priver, v.a. to deprive, to bereave ; se — , v.r. to deprive one's self. prix, s.m. price, cost, vahie, worth, prize ; de — , valuable. probablement, adv. probably, likely. probite, s.f. probity, honesty. prochain, e, adj. next, nearest. prochain, s.m. neighbor. proche, adj. prep. adv. near, close. production, s.f. production. produire, v.a. ir. (172) to produce, to yield, to bear, to show, to bring. produit, s.m. produce, proceeds, pro- duct. professeur, s.m. professor, teacher, master. profil, s.m. profile. profiter, v.n. to profit, to take advan- tage, to avail one's self profond, e, adj. deep, profound. profondement, adv. deeply, pro- foundly. progres, s.m. progress. prolonger, v.a. to prolong, to extend, to protract. promenade, s.f. promenade, walking, walk ; — a cheval, ride ; — en ba- teau, sail, row; — a pied, walk; — en voiture, drive. promener, v.a. to take out, to take for a walk, to turn ; se — , v.r. to take a walk, take an airing, to wander. promesse, s.f. promise, word. promettre, v.a.n. ir. (180) to prom- ise. VOCABULARY. 425 promis, e, adj. s. engaged, promised. prompt, e, z.^). prompt, quick, speedy. promptement, adv : promptly ', quickly. prononcer, v.a.n. to pronoimce, to utter. prophetie, s.f. prophecy. propos, s.m. talk, speech, discourse ; a — , to the purpose, proper, in good time ; a — ! by the bye Ik — de, ■with regard to. proposer, v. a. to propose, to offer. propre, adj. own, proper, peculiar, clean, tidy. proprement, adv. properly. proprietaire, s.m.f. cnvner, proprietor. propriete, s.f. property, peculiarity, propriety. prosperite, s.f. prosperity. protec-teur, trice, s. adj. protector, protectress. protection, s.f. patronage. proteger, v.a. (97) to protect. protester, v.a.n. to protest. proue, s.f. prozv, stem. provenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to pro- ceed, to arise. providence, s.f. Providence. provision, % A. provision, supply, store. provoquer, v.a. to provoke. prudemment, adv. prudently. prudence, s.f. prudence, discretion. prudente, e, adj. prudent. prune, s.f. plu?n. Prusse (la), s.f. Prussia. psaume, s.m. psalm. publi-c, que, adj. public. puis, adv. then, afterwards, besides. puiser, v.a. to draw. puisque, conj. since. puissamment, adv. powerfully. puissance, s.f. power. punir, v.a. to punish. punition, s.f. punishment. pupille, s.m.f. ward, pupil. pupitre, s.m. desk. pur, e, adj. pure, real. pusillanime, adj. pusillanimous. Q- [* indicates that qu is sounded as "Aquatic." In all other cases, qu is sounded like k. ] *quadrupede, adj. s.m. four-footed, quadruped. qualite, s.f. quality, property, ca~ pacity. quand, adv. when, what time. quand, conj. (320) although, though ; — meme, though, although, even if, notwithstanding. quant a, prep, with regard to, as to, as for. quantieme, s.m. day of the month. quantite, s.f. quantity. quarante, adj. s. forty. quarantieme, adj. s. fortieth. quart, s.m. quarter, fourth ; — -d'heure, quarter of an hour. quartier, s.m. quarter, piece, dis- trict. quatorze, adj. s.m. fourteen, four- teenth. quatorzieme, adj. s.m. fourteenth. quatre, adj. s.m. four, fourth. quatre-vingt-dix, adj. eighty. quatre- vignts, adj. eighty. quatrieme, adj. s.f. fourth. quatriemement, adv. fourthly. quatriennal, e, adj. quadrennial. que, qu', pron. (interrog. 122, 264; 265, relat. 125, 267) whom, that, which, that, what; qu'est ce que, etc. V. 264. que, adv. how, hoza much, how many. que, qu', conj. (163; with indicat., 307; with subjunct., 293, 310, 235-332; with comp. of pret. 320, but, only, 57; than, 293) that, as, when, than, than that, how, how many, what, why, till, while, whether, if, let, lest, for fear, except, but, unless, after, only, but, yet, still, notzuithstanding, al- though, since, [sometimes untrans- lated]. quel, le, adj. (62) what, zuhich ; — que, whatever, whoever. quelconque, adj. (79) whatever, any. quelque, adj. (282) same, any, a few, whatever ; — chose, some- thing, anything ; avoir — chose, (52) to be the matter with. quelque, adv. (281) however, about, some. 426 VOCABULARY. quelquefois, adv. sometimes. quelqu'un, e, pron. (276) somebody, some one, one, anybody, any one, any. quelques-uns, unes, pron. pi. some, any, a few. querelle, s.f. quarrel, row. querir, v.a. ir. (186) to seek, to fetch. question, s.f. question, query. queue, s.f. tail, end, cue. qui, pron. (interrog. 122, 264; relat. 125, 267 ; after superlat. 322) who, whom, which, that, some; — est-ce — , who, whosoever ; — que ce soit, (282) whoever j a — est, whose is. quiconque, pron. (282) whoever, whomsoever. quint, adj. the fifth. quinzaine, s.f. fifteen, fortnight. quinze, adj. s.f. . fifteen, fifteenth ; — jours, (a) fortnight ; d'au- jourd'hui en — , this day fort- night. quinzieme, adj. s. fifteenth. quitter, v.a. to quit, to leave, to part with. *quoi, pron. (122, 125, 255, 270) which, that, what; de — , of which, of what. *quoique, conj. (163) although, though. R. raccommoder, v.a. to mend, repair. raconter, v.a. to relate, to tell. radoub, s.m. (22) refitting, repair. rafraichir, v.a.n. to cool, to refresh. rage, s.f. rage, madness. raisin, s.m. grapes, raisin. raison, s.f. reason, sense, judgment, satisfaction ; a — de, at the rate of, in pi'oportion to ; en — de, in consideration of; avoir — , to be right ; rendre — de, to give an account of, to give satisfaction for rallier, v.a. to rally. ramasser, v.a. to gather, to pick up. rame, s.f. oar, ream. ramener, v.a. to bring back. rameur, s.m. rower, oarsman. ranger, v.a. to range, to put in order, to put in its place, drawn up. rapidement, adv. rapidly. rapidite, s.f. rapidity, swiftness. rappeler, v.a. (96) to call back, to re- call, to re?nember ; se — , v.r. to recollect, to remember. rapporter, v.a.n. to bring back, to re- port. rapprendre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to learn again. rare, adj. rare, scarce. rarement, adv. seldom, rarely. raser, v.a. to shave (off) to raze, to rase. rassasier, v.a. to satiate, to fill, to surfeit; etre rassasie" de, to be tired of. rassembler, v.a. to assemble ; se — , v.r. to assemble, to meet, to crowd. rayer, v.a. to scratch, to erase. rayon, s.m. ray, beam, shelf. rebatir, v.a. to rebuild. rebattre, v.a. to beat again. rebelle, adj. s. rebellious, rebel. rebut, s.m. repulse, rebuff, refuse. rebuter, v.a. to reject, to discourage ; se — , v.r. to be disheartetied. reception, s.f. reception, drawi?ig- room. recevoir, v.a.n. to receive, entertain, to admit. rechercher, v.a. to seek again or after, to search. recit, s.m. recital, account. recommander, v.a. to recommend ; se — , v. r. to recommend one's self. recompense, s.f. reward. recompense^ v.a. to reward, to com- pensate. reconduire, v.a. ir. (172) to lead or take back, to accompany, to see home. reconnaissance, s.f. gratitude, recog- nition, acknoivledgment. reconnaissant, e, adj. grateful, thankful. reconnaitre, v.a. ir. (179) to know VOCABULARY. 427 again, to recognize, to acknowl- edge, to admit, to reconnoitre. reconquerir, v. a. ir. (188) to recon- quer ", to regain. recoudre, v.a. ir. (174) to sew again. recounr, v.n. ir. (184) to run again, to have recourse. recours, s.m. recourse, refuge. recouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to cover again or over, to cover. recreer, v.a. to create anew, revive. recrire, v.a. ir. (176) to write again, to answer. recroitre, v.n. ir. (178) to grow again. re9u, e, adj. received. recu, s.m. .receipt. trecueillir, v.a. ir (184) to gather, to reap, to collect. recuire, v.a. ir. (172) to . . . to cook again. redescendre, v.n.a. to descend again, to go down again. redevenir, v.n. ir. (187) to become again. redevoir, v.a. ir. (189) to owe still. redingote, s.f. overcoat, frock coat. redire, v.a. ir. (172) to repeat, to say or tell again, to object ; trouver a — , or a dire, to find fault. redoubler, v.n.a. to redouble, to in- crease. redoutable, adj. formidable. redress er, v.a. to straighten, to set right. reduire, v.a. ir. (172) to reduce, to constrain, to compel j se — , v.r. to be reduced. reel, le, adj. real, true. reelire, v.a. ir. (177) to re-elect. reellement, adv. realty. refaire, v.a. ir. (180) to make again, to mend. refugier, (se), v.r. to take refuge or shelter. refus, s.m. refusal, denial. refuser, v.a.n. to refuse, to decline j se — , v.r. to deny one's self. regal, s.m. entertainment, feast. regard, s.m. look, glance; — s, pi. eyes, attention, notice. regarder, v.a.n. to look at, to behold, to see, to consider, to concern. regiment, s.m. regiment. regie, s.f. rule, ruler. regler, v.a. to rule, to regulate, to settle. regret, s.m. regret, grief, sorrow. regretter, v.a. to regret. regul-ier, iere, adj. regular. reine, s.f. queen. rejeter, v.a.n. (96) to throw again, to throw back. rejoindre, v.a. ir. (175) to join again. rejouir, v.a. to rejoice, to cheer ; se — , v.r. (139) rejoice, to delight, to be glad. relever, v.a.n. to raise, to take up, to give a relish, to retort, to relieve. religion, s.f. religion. relire, v.a. ir. (177) to read (over) again. reluire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, to glit- ter. remarquable, adj. remarkable. remarquablement, adv. re?narkably. remede, s.m. re?nedy. remedier, v.n. to remedy, to help. remener, v.a. (96) to take or carry or lead back. remettre, v.a. ir. (180) to put back (again), to restore, to put off, to re- mit. remonter, v.a.n. to go tip again or back, to wind up, to remount. remoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to grind- again. remplir, v.a. to fill (again or up), to perform, to fulfil. remporter, v.a. to carry or take back, to obtain, to gain, to carry off. remuer, v.a.n. to move. renaitre, v.n. ir. (181) to be bom again, to come to life again, to spring up or rise again. renard, s.m. fox. rencontre, s.f. meeting, encounter ; aller or venir a la — de, (242) to go or cotne to meet. rencontrer, v.a.n. to meet (with) to find, to encounter ; se — , v.r. to meet. rendormir, v.a. ir. (183) to lull to sleep again j- se — , v.r. to fall asleep or go to sleep again. rendre, v.a. to return, to give back, to 428 VOCABULARY. surrender, to make, to render, to translate, to pay; se — , v.r. to render or make one's self, to stir- render, to be translated. rene, s.f. rein. renfermer, v.a. to shut up, contain. renomme, e, adj. renowned, famous. renoncer, v.n. to renounce, give tip. renouveler, v. a. (96) to renew. rentrer, v.n. to return, to cozne home or in again ; v. a. to put (in) again or back. repa-itre, ( 1 78) se — , vr. to feed, to feast. repandre, v. a. to spread, to shed, to scatter ; se — , v.r. to spread. reparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to reappear. reparer, v. a. to repair, to mend, to make amends for. repartir, v.n. ir. (183) to set out again, to reply. repartir, v. a. to divide, to distribute. repas, s.m. meal, repast. repasser, v.a.n. to pass again, to re- pass, to iron, to go or look over. repeindre, v. a. to paint again. repentir (se), v.r. ir. (184) to repent. repentir, s.m. repentance. repeter, v. a. to repeat, to rehearse. repetition, s.f. repetition, rehearsal. replacer, v. a. to replace, to put back. repliquer, v.a.n. to reply, to anszver, to rejoin. repondre, v.a.n. to anszver, to reply, to correspond, to respond, to be re- sponsible. reposer (se), v.r. to rest. repousser, v.a.n. to spurn, to reject. reprendre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to take or catch again, to reprove, to censure, to blame. representee v.a.n. to represent to per- form. reprimander, v. a. to reprimand, to re- prove. reprimer, v. a. to repress, to restrain. reproche, s.m. reproach; sans — , blameless. reprocher, v. a. to reproach, to zip- braid. reproduire, v.a. ir. (172) to repro- dtice ; se — , v.r. to reappear, to occur again. reprouver, v.a. to disapprove of. trepugner, v.n. to be repugnant, to feel reluctant. requerir, v.a. ir. (188) to request, to claim. reserve, s.f. reservation, reserve, re- serves ; a la — de, except. tresigner, v. a. to resign ; se — , to resign one's self, to submit. resister, v.n. to resist, to oppose. resolution, s.f. resolution, resolve. resonner, v.n. to resound, to echo. resoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to resolve, to solve ; se — , v.r. to resolve, to make tip one's mind. respect, s.m. respect, awe. respecter, v.a. to respect, to revere. respectueu-x, se, adj. respectful. ressemblant, e, adj. alike, similar. ressembler, v.n. to resemble, to be or look like ; se — , v.r. to be alike. ressentiment, s.m. resentment. ressentir, v.a. ir. (184) to feel, to ex- perience. ressort, s.m. spring, lock, elasticity, strength, means. ressortir, v.n. (184) to go or come out again, to resort. ressouvenir (se), v.r. ir. (187) to re- member, to recollect ; faire — , to remind. ressouvenir, s.m. remembrance, recol- lection. % reste, s.m. rest, remainder, re?nains, remnant ; au — , du — , besides, however, yet. rester, v.n. (136) to remain, to be left, to stay {behind), to keep. restreindre, v.a. ir. (175) to restrict, to restrain, to litnit. retard, s.m. delay, slowness ; en — , late, behind one's time. retenir, v.a. ir. (187) to gel back, to keep back, to detain, to retain, to keep, to hold back or tip, to restrain, to carry ; se — , v.r. to refrain, to restrain one's self retirer, v.a. to draw back, to draw out or in, to withdraw, to retire ; se — , v.r. to withdraw, to retire, to retreat. retour, s.m. return, coming back ; — sur soi-meme, reflection on one's VOCABULARY. 429 own conduct; de — , returned, back. retourner, v.a.n. to return, to go back {again), to turn (up). retraite, s.f. retreat, retirement. retrouver, v. a. to find again, to re- cover, to meet again. reunion, s.f. reunion, union, meeting. reunir, v. a. to reunite, to unite, to collect. r£ussir, v.n. to succeed, to get on. reve, s.m. dream. treveil, s.m. awaking, alarm, reveille. revenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187), to return, to come back, to come round, to re- cover, to come to, to recur, to cost, to be reconciled or appeased. revers, s.m. back, wrong side, re- verse. revetir, v.a. ir. (183) to clothe, to put on. revivre, v.n. ir. (181) to come to life again, to revive. revoir, v.a. ir. (192) to see again, to meet again, to revise ; au — , good- bye or farewell. revolter, v.a. to rouse or cause to re- volt, to revolt ; se — , v.r. to rebel. Rhin, s.m. Rhine. rhume, s.m. cold. riche, adj. s. rich, wealthy; 6tre — de, to possess. richesse, s.f. riches, 7vealth, richness. ridicule, adj. ridiculous. ridicule, s.m. ridicule, ridiculous thing, reticule. rien, adv. (57, 159, 275), anything, nothing, nobody, no one ; n'avoir — , nothing to be the matter with ; — que, only ; — moins que, no less than. rien, s.m. nothing, trifle. rincer, v.a. to rinse. rire, v.n. ir. (107, 194) to laugh, to smile, to joke ; — aux eclats, to burst out laughing ; se — de, to laugh at. rire, s.m. laughter, laughing, laugh. risible, adj. risible, laughable. risque, s.m. risk, hazard. risquer, v.a.n. to risk, to hazard, to venture. rivage, s.m. shore, bank. rive, s.f. bank, shore, border. riviere, s.f. river. riz, s.m. rice. robe, s.f. dress, gown. robuste, adj. robust, hardy. roc, s.m. rock. roche, s.f. rock. rocher, s.m. rock. roder, v.n. to prowl, to ramble, to rove, to roam. roi, s.m. king. romain, e, adj. s. Roman. rompre, v.a.n. (107) to break, to break off, to interrupt. rond, e, adj. round, rounded. ronde, s.f. round, beat. ronger, v.a. to gnaw, to nibble. roseau, s.m. reed. rosier, s.m. rose-bush. roue, s.f. wheel. rougir, v.a.n. to redden, to blush. rouler, v.a.n. to roll {tip), to wheel, to turn. route, s.f. road, route, way, course ; grande — , highroad. rouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to reopen, to open again. royal, e, adj. royal, regal. royaume, s.m. kingdom. ruban, s.m. ?'ibbon, string. rue, s.f. street. mine, s.f. ruin, decay. ruiner, v.a.n. to rain, to destroy. russe, adj. s.m.f. Russian. Russie (la), s.f. Russia. S. s' [_an elision for se and aiso for si], sa, adj. poss. f. her {own). V. son. sacrifier, v.a.n. to sacrifice, devote. sage, adj. tvise, sensible, good. sagement, adv. zvisely, sensibly. sagesse, s.f. wisdom. tsaillir, v.n. reg. and ir. (185) to p?v- ject, to stand out, to gush, to gush out. sain, e, adj. sound, healthy. saint, e, adj. s. holy, sacred. 43° VOCABULARY. saisir, v. a. to seize, to grasp, to catch, to lay hold of, to understand. saison, s.f. season, time. salir, v.a. to soil, to make dirty. salle, s.f. hall, room; — a manger, dining-room. salon, s.m. drawing-room, saloon, parlor. salut, s.m. safety, salvation, salute, bow, benediction. salutaire, adj. salutary, wholesome. samedi, s.m. Saturday. sang, s.m. blood. sanglant, e, adj. bloody. sans, prep. (237, 300) without, were it not for, but for; — que, without ; — cela, — quoi, otherwise. sansonnet, s.m. starling. sante, s.f. health. •satisfaire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to satisfy, to please, to give satisfaction to, to gratify, to meet. sau-f, ve, adj. spared. sauf, prep, save, saving, except. saut, s.m. leap, jump, fall. sauter, v.n. to leap, to jump. sauvage, adj. wild, savage, shy. sauver, v.a. to save, to rescue ; se — , v.r. to escape, to save one's self, to fly away. savant, e, adj. s. learned, scientific man, scholar. savoir, v.a. ir. (191, 291) to know, to be aware of, to be acquainted with, to tinderstand, to know how, to be informed of, to learn, can, to be able; faire — , to let know, to in- form; a — , — , viz., namely, that is; je n'en sais rien, / don't know at all. savoir, s.m. knowledge, learning. savon, s.m. soap. Saxe (la), s.f. Saxony. Saxon, ne, adj. s. Saxon. scandaliser, v.a. to scandalize ; se — , v.r. to be scandalized. scelerat, s.m. villain, scoundrel. scene, s.f. scene, stage. schisme, s.m. schism. science, s.f. science, knowledge, learn- ing. sculpter, v.a. to sculpture, carve. sculpteur, s.m. sculptor, carver. sculpture, s.f. sculpture, carving, carved work. se, s', pers. pron. (138) one's self himself, herself, itself, themselves, each other, one another, to one's self, to himself, to herself, etc., to or with each other, in or within or with ox from one's self, etc., between or among them or the?nselves. sec, m., seche, f. adj. dry, hard. secher, v.a.n. to dry, to wither, second, e, adj. second, ether. second, s.m. second. seconde, s.f. second, second class. secondement, adv. secondly. secouer, v.a. to shake, to loss. secourir, v.a. ir. (184) to succor, to relieve, to assist, to. help. secours, s.m. succor, relief, help, res- cue ; au — ! help ! secr-et, ete, adj. secret, reserved. secret, s.m. secret, secrecy. sedition, s.f. sedition. seditieu-x, se, adj. seditious. seduire, v.a. ir. (172) to seduce, to bribe, to tempt. sein, s.m. bosom, breast. Seine, s.f. Seine. seize, adj. s.m. sixteen, sixteenth. seizieme, adj. s. sixteenth. sejour, s.m. stay. sel, s.m. salt. selle, s.f. saddle. selon, prep, according to. semaine, s.f. week. semblable, adj. alike, like, such. semblant, s.m. semblance, pretence ; faire — , to pretend, to appear as if. sembler, v.n. to see?n, to appear ; que vous en semble ? what do you think of it? semelle, s.f. sole. semer, v.a.n. to sow, to scatter, cast, semi, adj. semi, demi, half. s£nat, s.m. senate. senateur, s.m. senator. sens, s.m. sense. sense, e, adj. sensible. sensibility, s.f. sensibility, feeling. sensible, adj. sensible, sensitive. sentier, s.m. footpath, path. sentiment, s.m. sensation, feeling, sentiment. VOCABULARY. 431 sentinelle, s.f. sentinel, sentry. sentir, v.a.n. ir. (184) to feel, to smell, to taste, to smell of, to taste, to perceive. seoir, v.a. ir. (198) to fit. separation, s.f. separation. separe, e, adj. separate, distinct. separer, v.a. to separate, to divide. sept, adj. s.m. seven. septembre, s.m. September. septieme, adj. s.m. seventh. tserail, s.m. seraglio. s^rieu-x, se, adj. serious, grave, earn- est. serpent, s.m. serpent, snake. servante, s.f. (inaid) servant. service, s.m. service, attendance, duty ; rendre — , to do a favor. serviette, s.f. napkin. servir, v.a.n. ir. (183) to serve, to wait upon, to be of service or tise to, to serve up, to help ; le diner est servi, dinner is ready ; se — , v.r. to help one's self, to be served up ; — de, to use, to avail one's self of . serviteur, s.m. servant. servitude, s.f. servitude. ses, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64). V. son. tseuil, s.m. threshold, sill. seul, e, adj. alone, by one's self, lone- ly, only, single. seul, e, s.m.f. one, one alone. seulement, adv. (290) only, merely, solely. severe, adj. severe, strict. severement, adv. severely, sternly. severity, s.f. severity, strictness. si, s\ conj. (163, 316, 320, 323), if, whether, though, suppose ; que — , and if. si, adv. so much, (201) yes ; — bien que, so much so that. siecle, s.m. century, age. siege, s.m. seat, siege. sien, ne, pron. poss. (241) le — , la — ne, les — s, les — nes, his, his own, hers, her own, its, its own, one's own, of his, of hers. sifnement, s.m. whistling, hissing, hiss. siffler, v.n.a. to whistle, to hiss. siffler, s.m. whistle, hiss. signal, s.m. signal. silence, s.m. silence, pause. simple, adj. simple, single, plain, silly. sincere, adj, sincere, true. sincerement, adv. sincerely. sincerite, s.f. sincerity. singe, s.m. ape, monkey. singularity, s.f. singularity, pecul- iarity. singul-ier, iere, adj. singular, pecul- iar. sinon, conj. otherwise, or else, if not, except. sirop, s.m. sirup, syrup. sitot, adv. so soon, as soon. situe, e, adj. situated. six, adj. s.m. six, sixth. sixieme, adj. s.m. sixth. sixiemement, adv. sixthly. Sixte, s.m. Sixtus. societe, s.f. society, company. sceur, s.f. sister. soi, pron. (ill, 257) one's self, itself, himself, herself, themselves ; — -m$me, one's self, itself, etc. soi-disant, adj. would-be, so-called. soie, s.f. silk. soif, s.f. thirst; avoir — , to be thirsty. tsoigner, v.a. to take care of, to at- tend, to nurse. tsoigneusement, adv. carefully. tsoigneu-x, se, adj. careful. soin, s.m. care ; — s, pi. attendance ; avoir — de, (52) to lake care of; donner des — s a, to attend. soir, s.m. evening, night. soiree, s.f. evening, evening party. soit, int. be it so / let it be so ! let it be f very well! well! soit, adv. either, or, either from, whether from ; — que, whether, or. soixantaine, s.f. sixty. soixante, adj. sixty ; dix, seventy. soixantieme, adj. s.m. sixtieth. sol. s.m. soil. soldat, s.m. soldier. tsoleil, s.m. sun. solennel, le, adj. solemn. solide, adj. s.m. solid, substantial, strong, good, real. 432 VOCABULARY. solidement, adv. solidly, strongly, firmly. solidite, s.f. solidity, strength. solitaire, adj. solitary, lonely. solliciteur, s.m. solicitor, canvasser. sombre, adj. dark, gloomy. somme, s.f. sum, amount. somme, s.m. nap, sleep. tsommeil, s.m. sleep ; avoir — , to be sleepy. sommer, v. a. to sumtnon, to sum {up). son, sa, pi. ses, poss. adj. (64, 241), his {own), her {own), its {own), one's {own), their {own). songer, v.a.n. to drea?n, to think, to consider. sonner, v.a.n. to sound, to ring, to strike; on sonne, the bell rings. sonnette, s.f. bell. sort, s.m. fate, lot, fortune, chance. sorte, s.f. sort, kind, manner ; de la — , thus so; de or en — que, so that, so as ; de telle — , in such a manner; en quelque — , in a manner. sortie, s.f. going out, sally, exit. sortir, v.n. ir. (136, 184) to go out, to leave {the room), to have but just left. sot, te, adj., foolish, silly. sot, te, s.m.f. fool, blockhead. sottise, s.f. folly, foolish thing. sou, s.m. penny. souci, s.m. care, anxiety. soucier (se), v.r. to care, to mind, to wish, to like, to want. soudain, e, adj. sudden. soudain, soudainement, adv. sud- denly. souffrance, s.f. sicfferihg. souffrant, e, adj. suffering. souffrir, v.a.n. ir. (185) to sitffer, to bear, to allow, to be pained or grieved. souhaiter, v. a. to wish, to desire, to wish for. sou.1, adj. s.m. (24) satiated, fill. soulever, v. a. to lift, to raise. Soulier, s.m. shoe. soumettre, v. a. ir. (180) to subdue, to submit. soupcon, s.m. suspicion, touch, taste. soupconner, v. a. to suspect. soupconneu-x, se, adj. suspicious. soupe, s.f. soup ; — au lait, milk- porridge. source, s.f. spring, source. sourcil, s.m. eye-brow, brow. ■sourd, e, adj. deaf, insensible. sourdre, v.n. ir. (198) to spring {up), gush {forth). sourire, v.n. to smile. souris, s.f. mouse. sous, prep, under, below, beneath. souscrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) to sub- scribe, to sign, to cotisent. soustraire, v. a. ir. (174) to take away, to subtract; se — , v.r. to es- cape, to avoid. soutenir, v.a.n. ir. (87) to support, to sustain, to maintain, to keep up, to uphold ; se — , v.r. to support one's self, to bear up. soutenu, e, adj. supported, kept up, unflagging, unremitting. souterrain, e, adj. underground, sub- " terranean. souvenir (se) v.r. ir. (187) to remem- ber, to recollect, to bear in mind ; faire — , to remind ; il m'en souvient, / reme}?iber it. souvenir, s.m. remembrance, recollec- tion, keepsake. souvent, adv. often ; le plus — , most frequently. souverain, e, s. adj. sovereign, su- preme. spectacle, s.m. spectacle, show, theatre. spirituel, le, adj. spiritual, intelli- gent, witty. stagnant, e, adj. stagnant. strict, e, adj. strict, rigorous. style, s.m. style. subir, v.a. to suffer, to endure. subitement, adv. suddenly. ^ subsister, v.n. to subsist, to exist, to live, to continue. subvenir, v.n. ir. (187) to supply, to provide, to relieve. succeder v.n. to succeed, to follow. succes, s.m. success. succession, s.f. succession, inheri- tance. sucre, s.m. sugar. sucre, e, adj. %igared, honeyed. VOCABULARY. 433 sud, s.m. south. Suede (la), s.f. Sweden. suedois, e, adj. s. Sivedish, Swede. sueur, s.f. perspiration. suffire, v.n. ir. (171) to suffice. suffisant, e, adj. s. sufficient, enough. suggerer, v. a. to suggest, to intimate. Suisse (la), s.f. Switzerland. Suisse, s.m. Swiss. suite, s.f. rest, attendants, continua- tion, sequel, succession, conse- quence, result ; a la — de, with, after ; de — , consecutively, imme- diately ; par — de, in consequence of; tout de — ■, immediately, di- rectly, at once. suivant, e, adj. s. following, next. suivant, prep, according to ; — que, as, according as. suivi, e, ad), followed. suivre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to follow, to go or come after, to pursue. sujet, te, adj. subject, liable, inclined. sujet, te, s.m.f. subject, fellcnv. sujet, s.m. subject, cause, reason. superbe, adj. proud, superb. superieur, e, s. adj. superior, above. superiority, s.f. superiority. suppleer, v.a.n. to supply, to take the place of. supplice, s.m. execution. supplier, v. a. to supplicate, to beseech, to entreat. supportable, adj. supportable ', tolera- ble. supporter, v. a. to support, to sustain, to stand. suppose, e, adj. supposed ; — que, supposing. supposer, v. a. to suppose, to imply. supposition, v. a. supposition. supp rimer, v. a. to suppress, to omit. supreme, adj. supreme. sur, e, adj. sure, certain, safe, confi- dent ; pour — , for certain, sure- sur, prep. (301, 302, 304) on, upon, above, about, zvilh, by, concerning, on account of ; — ce, thereupon. sureau, s.m. elder, elder-tree. sureau d'Espagne, s.m. lilac bush. surement, adv. surely, certainly. surety, s.f. safety, security. surfaire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to ask too much for. surmonter, v. a. to surmotmt, to over- come. surnommer, v. a. to surname. surprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to surprise, to take by surprise, to catch, to overhear. surpris, e, adj. s-urprised, of sur- prise. surseoir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to suspend, to put off. surtout, adv. particularly, above all. surtout, s.m. overcoat. tsurveillance, s.f. superintendence, watch. survenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to come unexpectedly, to happen, to befall. survivre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to survive, to outlive. suspect, e, adj. suspicious, suspected. suspendre, v.a. to suspend, to hang ttp, to stop, to defer. svelte, adj. slender." syllabe, s.f. syllable. symphonie, s.f. symphony. syrop. V. sirop. ta, adj. poss. f. V. ton. tabac, s.m. tobacco. table, s.f. table, index ; — a. manger, dining-iable. tableau, s.m. (30) painting, picture, table. tache, s.f. spot, stain, blemish. tache, s.f. task, job. tacher, v.n. to endeavor, to try. ttailler, v.a. to cut, to carve, to make, to mend. ttailleur, s.m. tailor. taire, v.a. ir. (178) to say nothing of; faire — , to silence ; se — v.r. to hold one's tongue or peace, to be silent. talent, s.m. talent. tant, adv. so much, as much, so 434 VOCABULARY. many, as many ; — mieux, so much the better ; — pis, so much the worse ; — que, as far as ; si — est que, if it is true that. tante, s.f. aunt. tantot, adv. by and by, presently, nearly. taon, s.m. horse-fly. tapis, s.m. carpet, rug. tard, adv. late ; au plus — , at the latest. tarder, v.n. to delay, to be long; il me tarde de, / long to. tarte, s.f. tart. tas, s.m. heap, pile, lot. tasse, s.f. cup ; — a the, tea-cup. Tasse, (le), s.m. Tasso. taureau, s.m. bull. te, t', pers. pron. (114, 138) you, thee, to you, to thee, at you or thee, for you or thee, with you or thee, in you or thee, from you or thee, yourself, thyself, to yourself, to thyself. teindre, v. a. ir. (175) to dye, to color, to stain. tel, le, adj. (276) such, like, similar, so, many a, many a man, many, some, any ; un — , une — le, so and so. Tedemaque, s.m. Telemachtis. tellement, adv. so much so ; — que, so that. ttemoigner, v.a.n. to testify. temoin, s.m. witness, testij?iony. tempete, s.f. storm, tejnpesi. temps, s.m. ti7ne, weather ; de — a .autre, de — en — , from ti?7ie to time, nozo atid then ; faire beau or mauvais — , to be fine or bad ■weather; quel — fait-il ? how is the weather? tendre, adj. tender, affecting. tendre, v.a.n. to stretch, to hold out, to lead, to tend, aim, intend. tendrement, adv. tenderly. tendresse, s.f. tenderness. tenebres, s.f. pi. darkness. tenir, v.a.n. ir. (187) to hold, to keep, to hold fast, to occupy, to possess, to take, to stick, to be anxious, to be desirous, to care ; (impers.) to de- pend; (mil.) to hold out ; je n'j tiens plus, / cannot stand it any longer, I don't care for it any more ; il ne tient qu'a vous de, it only depends on you to; se — , v.r. to keep, to stay, to remain, to be held ; se — debout, to stand up ; se — pour, to consider one's self; s'en — a, to rely on, to abide by ; s'en — la, to stop short. tenter, v. a. to attempt, to tempt. terme, s.m. bound, time, word. terminaison, s.f. termination, end- ing. terminer, v. a. to tenninate, to end, to close. terrain, s.m. ground, plot. terre, s.f. earth, ground, soil, land, estate, world; — sainte, Holy Land. terrestre, adj. terrestrial, earthly. terreur, s.f. terror, dread. terrible, adj. terrible, dreadful, wild. territoire, s.m. territory. tes, adj. poss. pi. V. ton. testa- teur, trice, s.m.f. testator, testa- trix. tete, s.f. head, top, brains, wits. the, s.m. tea, tea-party. theme, s.m. theme, exercise. thym, s.m. thyme. tien, ne; pron. poss. (241) le — , les — s, la — ne, les — nes, thine, thy jown ? ypicrs, your own. tierce, s.f. third. tiers, m., tierce, f. adj. third, pf a third person. tiers, s.m. third. tige, s.f. stem, stalk, trunk. tigre, s.m. tiger. tire-bottes, s.m. boot-jack. tire-bouchon, s.m. cork-screw. tirer, v.a.n. to draw, to shoot, to fire, to extract, to pull {off or out) ; se — , v.r. to get out (of ") ; s'en — , to acquit one's self. tissu, s.m. tissue, texhire. toi, pers. pron. (no) you, thee, /hou ; meme, yourself thyself. toile, s.f. cloth, linen, canvas, cur- tain. toit, s.m. roof. tomber, v.n. (135) tofalL VOCABULARY. 435 ton, poss. adj. (64) thy, thy own, your, your own. tonneau, s.m. cask, tub. tonner, v.n. to thunder. tonnerre, s.m. thunder. torride, adj. torrid. tort, s.m. wrong, fault ; avoir — , to be in the wrong ; faire — a, to 7urong, to injure. tot, adv. soon, early ; — ou tard, sooner or later ; au plus — , as soon as possible. touchant, prep. (301) concerning, about. toucher, v.a.n. to touch, to feel, to play, to strike, to move, to border, to be near, to draw, to join. toujours, adv. always, ever. tour, s.f. tower, {chess) castle, rook. tour, s.m. turn, round, winding, revolution, trip, trick, feat ; faire le — de, to go round. tourment, s.m. tor??ient. tourmenter, v. a. to torjnent, to tease. tournebroche, s.m. turnspit. tourner, v.a.n. to turn, to turn round. tout, e, adj. (76) all, whole, every. tout, s.m. (279) all, whole, every- thing; du — , not at all; pas or point du — , not at all ; rien du — , nothing at all. tout, adv. wholly, entirely, quite, all, very, much, just, however, though ; — comme, just as or like; — a fait, adv. quite, altogether. toutefois, adv. however, nevertheless, yet, still. traduire, v. a. ir. (172) to translate. trahir, v. a. to betray. trainer, v.a.n. to drag, to trail, to carry about, to lag, to linger. traire, v. a. ir. (174) to milk. trait, s.m. shaft, arrows, draught, stroke, act, trait, feature. traitement, s.m. treatment, usage. traiter, v.a.n. to treat, to deal with, to negotiate. trai-tre, tresse, adj.. s.. treacherous, traitor. tranquille, adj. quiet, still, tranquil, calm ; sois or soyez — , keep your mind easy, don't be uneasy, never fear ; restez — , be or keep quiet ; laissez-mo.i — , leave me alpn?.. tranquillement, adv. quietly. transcrire, v. a. ir. (176) to transcribe, to copy. transgresser, v. a. to transgress. transiti-f, ve, adj. transitive. transmettre, v. a. ir, (180) to transmit, to convey. transport, s.m. transport, convey- ance, rapture. transporter, v. a. to transport, to en- rapture. ttravail, s.m. (31) labor, toil, pains, zvork. ttravailler, v.a.n. to work, to labor, to toil. travers, s.m. breadth, whim, caprice ; a — , across, through; au — de, through. traverser, v.a.n. to cross, to go or pass or run through. treize, adj. s.m. thirteen, thirteenth. treizieme, adj. s. thirteenth. trembler, v.n. (330) to tremble. tremper, v.a.n. to steep, to soak, to temper, to wet. trentaine, s.f. thirty. trente, adj. s.m. thirty, thirtieth. trentieme, adj. s.m. thirtieth. trepas, s.m. death, decease. tres, adv. very, very much, most. tresor, s.m. treasure. ttressaillir, v.n. ir. (185) to start, to thrill. tribun, s.m. tribune. triomphe, s.m. triumph. triompher, v.n. to triumph, to exult. triste, adj. sad, melancholy, dull, sor- rmvful, dismal, poor. tristement, adv. sadly, sorrowfully. tristesse, s.f. sadness, dullness, spr* row. Troie, s.f. Troy. trois, adj. s.m. three, troisieme, adj. s.m.f. third, third floor. troisiemement, adv. thirdly. trompe, s.f. horn, trumpet, (253) trunk. tromper, v. a. to deceive, to cheat, to disappoint ; se — , v.r. to make a mistake, to be mistaken. trompette, s.f. trumpet; ■ — s.m. trumpeter. trone, s.m. throne ; 43^ VOCABULARY. trop, adv. too, loo much, too many ; — peu, too little, too few ; de — , too much, too many, over, in the way ; par — , too, too much ; je ne sais (pas) — , / hardly know. trou, s.m. hole, gap. troupe, s.f. troop, band, company, flock, herd, soldiers. troupeau, s.m. flock, herd. trouver, v. a. to find, to meet with, to think; se — , v.r. to find or meet each other, to be, find or feel one's self, to be found, to happen ; se — avec, to meet ; se — bien, to derive benefit ; se — mal, to fare ill, to tu, pers.pron. (114) thou, you. \_ faint. tuer, v.a. to kill, to slay, slaughter. • tumulte, s.m. tumult, riot. tur-c, que, adj. s. Turkish, r furk. Turquie (la), s.f Turkey. tuteur, s.m. guardian, trustee. tutrice, s.f. trustee. tyran, s.m. tyrant. U. ubiquite, s.f. ubiquity. un, e, s.m. adj. art. one, a, an; 1' — , the one, one ; V — l'autre, les — s, les autres (278) one another, each other; V — et l'autre, both; les — s et les autres, everybody, all ; V — ou l'autre, either ; ni 1' — ni l'autre, neither. uni, e, adj. even, united. unieme, ad], first. unir, v.a. to unite, to join. usage, s.m. usage, habit, practice, custom. user, v.n.a. to use, to make use, to consume, to wear out. ustensile, s.m. utensil, implement. utile, adj. useful. vache, s.f. cow. vaciller, v.n. to vacillate. vague, s.f. wave, surge. tvaillamment, adv. valiantly, bravely. tvaillant, e, adj. valiant. vain, e, adj. vain, fruitless, useless. vaincre, v.a. ir. (174) to conquer, to vanquish, to subdue. vaisseau, s.m. ship, vessel. valet, s.m. footman, valet, knave. valeur, s.f. value, worth; — s, pi. (com.) paper, bills ; de — , valu- able. vallee, s.f. valley. vallon, s.m. valley, vale. valoir, v.n.a. ir. (191) to be worth, to be good, to be or to be worth (as much as), to yield ; — mieux, to be better, to be worth more ; ne — rien, to be good for nothing. vanter, v.a. to praise, to boast. vapeur, s.f. vapor, steam, smoke. vase, s.m. vessel, vase. veau, s.m. calf, veal. tveille, s.f. zvaking, watch, day or night, before, eve. tveiller, v.n.a. to be or keep awake, to sit or stay up, to watch. velours, s.m. velvet. vendre, v.a. (105) to sell, to sell for. vendredi, s.m. Friday. vengeance, s.f. vengeance, revenge. venger, v.a. to revenge, to avenge, re- sent. venir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to come, to come in or on or along, to come and, to happen, to occur ; — a, to hap- pen to, should, were to; — de, (203) to have or be just (gone out\ etc. ; faire — , to send for. Venise, s.f. Venice. vent, s.m. wind ; en plein — , in the open air. ventre, s.m. stomach, belly. ver, s.m. worm; — a soie, silk- worm. verbe, s.m. verb. verger, s.m. orchard. verite, s.f. truth; a la — , indeed, it it is true. verre, s.m. glass ; — a vin, wine- glass. vers, prep. (299) towards, about. version, s.f. version, translation. vert, e, adj. green. vert, s.m. green, grass. VOCABULARY. 437 vertu, s.f. virtue, property. vertueu-x, se, adj. virtuous. Vesuve, s.m. Vesuvius. vetement, s.m. garment, clothes, dress. vetir, v.a. ir. (183) to clothe, to dress. veu-f, ve, s.m.f. adj. widower, widow, tuidowed. vexer, v.a. to vex, to annoy. viande, s.f. meat, food. vice, s.m. vice, defect. victoire, s.f. victory, Victoria. victorieu-x, se, adj. victorious. vider, v.a. to empty, to settle. vie, s.f. life, living ; en — , alive, living ; rendre la — dure a, to make miserable. tvieil, le, adj. s. V. Vieux. tvieillard, s.m. old man. tvieillesse, s.f. old age. tvieillir, v.n. (136) to grow old. Vienne, s.f. Vienna. tvieux, vieil, m., vieille, f, adj. old, aged. tvieux, vieille, s.m.f. something old, old man, old woman. vi-f, ve, adj. alive, live, quick, lively, sharp. tvigne, s.f. vine, vineyard. vigoureu-x, se, adj. vigorous, deter- mined. village, s.m. village. villageois, e, s.m.f. villager, country- man. ville, s.f. town, city. vin, s.m. wine. vinaigre, s.m. vinegar. vingt, adj. s.m. twenty. vingtaine, s.f. twenty, score. vingtieme, adj. twentieth. violette, s.f. violet. violon, s.m. violin. vis, s.f. screw. visage, s.m. face, countenance. vis-a-vis, adv. prep, opposite. viser, v.n. a. to aim {at), to sign. visible, adj. to be seen, visible. visiblement, adv. visibly. visir, s.m. vizier. visite, s.f. visit, call ; faire or rendre — , to pay a visit. Vistule, s.f. Vistula. vite, adj. quick, swift. vite, adv. quickly, directly ; au plus — , as qttickly or as fast as possible ; faire — , to be quick. vitement, adv. quickly. vitesse, s.f. speed, quickness. vivacite, s.f. vivacity, liveliness. vivant, e, adj. liviitg, alive. vivre, v.n. ir. (181) to live ; savoir — , to have {good) manners. vivre, s.m. food; — s, pi. provisions, victuals. voeu, s.m. vow, wish, prayer. voguer, v.n. to row, to sail, to go. voici, prep. (32) here is, here are, this is, these are ; le — , here he is; me — , here I am. voie, s.f. way, road. voila, prep. (32) behold, look! there! there or here is, there are, that is, those are ; le — , there he is; me — , here I am. voile, s.m. veil. voile, s.f. sail ; a la — , under sail ; faire — , to sail ; mettre a la — , to sail. voir, v.a.n. ir. (192) to see, to behold ; to look {at or on) ; faire — , to show ; voyons ! let us see ! co?ne ! voisin, e, adj. neighboring, near. voisin, e, s.m.f. neighbor. voisinage, s.m. neighborhood. voiture, s.f. vehicle, carriage, coach. voix, s.f. voice, vote ; a haute — , loudly. vol, s.m. stealing, theft ; au — , fly- ing, on the wing. \_rob. voler, v.n. to fly ; — , v.a. to steal, to voleu-r, se, s.m. f. thief, robber ; au — ! stop thief! volontiers, adv. willingly, gladly. vos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) your, yotir ozun. votre, adj. poss. (64) your, your own. votre, pron. poss. (125) yours, youf own ; le — , la — , les — s, yours, your own. vouer, v.a. to vow, to devote. vouloir, v.a.n. ir. (191, 323) to will, to be : tiling, to desire, to like, to wish to vant ; en — a, to bear ill- will, to be angry with ; que voulez- vous ? -- : Mtdo you want? veuillez, please. 438 VOCABULARY. vous, pers. pron. (no, 114, 138, 256) you, ye, to or at you, for or with or in or from you ; — meme, your- self ; memes, yourselves. voyage, s.m. travelling, journey, voy- age ; de — , travelling. voyager, v.n. to travel. voyageu-r, se, adj. s. travelling, trav- eller, passenger. vrai, e, adj. true, real. vrai, vraiment, adv. truly, really, in- deed. vraisemblable, adj. likely, probable. vu, e, part, seen, considering. vue, s.f. sight, eye-sight, view, pros- pect ; a — d'oeil, visibly ; de — , by sight ; avoir la — basse, to be short-sighted j perdre de — , to lose sight of. Y. y, adv. there, here, at home, in; il — a, V. avoir ; — etre, V. etre. y, pers. pron. (120, 258) to him, him, to her, her, to it, it, to or on the subject, to them, them, in him, in her, in it, in them, about it, of it, for it. yeux, pi. of oeil (31). zele, s.m. zeal. zele, e, adj. zealous. zero, s.m. nought, cypher. zone, s.f. zone. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY OF THE WORDS THAT OCCUR IN THE THEMES. a, art. (28, 34, 45, 220, 222, 244,) un, m., une, f., le, m., la, f., les, pi., jtor. able, adj. capable (de), en etat (de) ; to be — to, pouvoir (ir. 190), avoir la force de. about, prep. (301), (round) autour de, (near to) aitpres de, (with, on one's person) sur, (concerning) sur, ate snjet de, concemant, tonchant, (nearly) environ, a peu pres, (on the point of) pres de. above, prep, au-dessiis de, pardessus, sur, (before, 298) avanl, (more than, 301) plus de, plus que ; — adv. en haul, (beyond) au-dela ; — all, surtout. absence, s. absence, f. absent, adj. absent. absolute, adj. absolu. absolve, v.a. absoudre (ir. 175)* abstain, v.n. s'abstenir (de) (ir. 187). abundance, s. abondance. abuse, v.a. (misuse) abuser de, (ill- treat) maltraiter, (revile) dire des injures. accept, v.a. accepter, agreer. accompany, v.a. accompagner. according to, prep, selon, conforme- ment a. accordingly, adv. done, e'est pour- quoi. account, s. compte, m., (narrative) re'eit, rapport, m. , on that — , pour cette raison ; to give an — , rendre compte. account, v.a. compter ; — , v.n. rendre compte (de). accurate, adj. exact. accuse, v.a. accuser. ache, s. mal, m., douleur, f. acknowledge, v.a. reconnaitre, (avow) avouer. acquaintance, s. con7iaissance, f. acquire, v.a. acquerir (ir. 187), un- justly acquired, mal acquis. acquirement, s. acquisition, f. acre, s. a7pent, m. demi-hectare , m. across, prep, a travers. act, v.n. agir. action, s. action, f. active, adj. actif. admirable, adj. admirable. admirably, adv. admirablemeni, J merveille. admiral, s. amiral, m. admire, v.a. admirer. admit, v.a. ad?7iettre (ir. 180). b adorn, v.a. orner, parer. advantage, s. avantage, m. adversary, s. adversaire, m. adversity, s. adversite, f. advise, v.a.n. conseiller (de or que). affable, adj. affable, gracieux. affair, s. affaire, f. afflict, v.a. affliger. afford, v.a. (to give) donner, accord- 440 VOCABULARY. er, (to have the means) avoir le moyen {de). afraid, adj. effraye ; to be — of, avoir peur de, craindre (ir. 175, 329)- Africa, s. VAfrique, f. after, prep, apres, (when followed by a verb) apres que, (in imitation of) cTapres, (according to) selon, sui- vant, a, sur. after, adv. apres, ensuite. afternoon, s. apres-midi, m.f. afterwards, adv. apres, ensuite. again, adv. (once more) de nouveau, encore, encore une fois, (further) ensuite, de plus ; not — , (not any more) ne . . . phis ; never — , ne . . . plus jamais. against, prep, contre, (towards) vers. age, s. age, m. (old age) vieillesse, f . ; middle — s, moyen age; ten years of — (252) dix ans. aged, adj. age (252). ago, adv. (147) il y a. agree, v.n. s'accorder, (admit) con- Tjenir de (ir. 187), (promise, 353) ^engager. agreeable, adj. agreable. agreed, adj. d 'accord, (things) con- venu. agriculture, s. agriculture, f. * aid, v.a. aider, assister. aim, v.a. viser ; — , v.n. tendre (d). air, s. air, m. ; in the — , a c'air. Alcibiades, s. Alcibiade, m. Alexander, s. Alexandre, m. Algiers, s. Alger, m. alike, adj. semblable, pareil. alive, adj. en vie, -vivant. all, adj. s. (76, 279) tout, tous, pi. m.; — that, (127, 280) tout ce qui, tout ce que. all, adv. tout, entierement ; not at — , pas du tout. allege, v.a. alleguer. alley, s. allee, f. allow, v.a. permettre {de), (ir. 180, 327) laisser ; to — a person (. . .), permettre a quelqii'un {...). almost, adv. presque, (before a numeral) pres de. aloud, adv. a haute voix. Alps, s. Alpes, f. pi. already, adv. dejd. also, adv. aussi. although, conj. (163, 280, 281, 333) quoique, bien que. altogether, adv. entierement, tout a fait, (at the same time) {tout) a la fois (286). always, adv. toujours. ambassador, s.m. ambassadeur, m. ambitious, adj. ambitieux. America, s. PAmerique, i. amiable, adj. aimable. among, amongst, prep, parmi (298), chez (299), entre. amuse, v.a. amuser. amusement, s. amusement. an, art. V. a. ancestor, s. a'ieul, m. ; — s, ancetres, aieux, m. pi. ancient, adj. s. ancien, (old) vkux. and, conj. et. angel, s. ange, m. anger, s. colere, f. angry, adj. fdche ; to be — with, etre fdche contre, en vouloir a. animal, s. animal, m. animalcule, s. animalcule. annexed, adj. (246) ci-joint. annoy, v.a. ennuyer, tourmenter. annual, adj. annuel. anoint, v.a. oindre (ir. 175). another, adj. (276) tin autre, (after Pun) Pautre (279), (one more) encore un. answer, v.a.n. repondre (107) ; to — my purpose, remplir mon but. answer, s. reponse, f. any, adj. quelque, (every) tout, (any- one) quelqii'un, (after a doubt ex- pressed, or neg. 275) aucun, (some, 39) du, m., de la, f., des, pi. (after pas, point, or plus) de, (of it, of them) en; — more, encore, {neg.) plus. anybody. V. one (any — ). anything, s. quelque chose, m., (neg. 57, 275) rien, m., (whatever) quoi que ce soil, nHmporte quoi. apology, s. apologie, f. ; to make an — for, faire des excuses de. appear, v.n. paraitre (a), apparaitrt {a) (ir. 178). VOCABULARY. 441 appearance, s. apparence, f., air (5 2 > appetite, s. appetit, m. applaud, v.a. applaudir. apple, s. pomme, f. application, s. application, f. apply, v.a. appliquer, (a)/ — , v.n.r. s' 'appliquer\d), s'adresser {a) approach, v.a.n. approcker, s'' ap- procker. approach, s. approcke, f. approve, v.a. approuver, recomman- der. April, s. avril, m. arch, s. arcke, f. arm, s. arme, f., {\imh)1bras ; with open — , a bras ouverts. army, s. armee, f. around, adv. atitour de, a Ventour. around, prep, antour de. arrest, v.a. arriter. arrive, v.n. arriver (a) (135), (reach) parvenir (a) (ir. 1 87). arrow, s. Jleche. art, s. art, m. artist, s. artiste, m. as, conj. adv. comme, (because) pane que, (since) puisque, (for) car, (such as) tel que, (equally, 86) aussi, (after a comparative, 86) que, (as much as) autant que, (however, 280) tout . . . que, (when^ 308) que. ashes, s. pi. cendres, f. pi. ashamed, adj. honteux ; to be — , avoir honte. Asia, s. VAsie, f. ask, v.a. demander (376), prier {de) inviter (a), (a question) /aire. asleep, adj. endormi ; to be — , dormir (ir. 183); to fall — , s'en- dormir. assent, v.n. consentir (a). assiduity, s. assiduite, f. assist, v.a.n. assister. assistance, s. assistance, aide, f., secours, m. assure, v.a. assurer. astonish, v.a. etonner. at, prep. (45, 237, 296, 302) d, (in) en, dans, (of, from) de, (by) par, (on) sur ; — . . . 's, chez (299). Atlantic, adj. atlantique. Atlantic, s. Atlantique, m. attach, v.a. attacker, s" 1 attacker {a). attack, v.a. attaqi/er. attack, s. attaque, f. attain, v.a. atteindre (ir. 175), par- venir a (ir. 187). attempt, v.a. tenter, essay er {de), chercher {a), vouloir (ir. 191, 321). attend, v.a.n. /aire attention a, (be present at) assister a, (turn one's thoughts to) s'occuper {de). attention, s. attention, f. attentive, adj. attentif. attentively, adv. attentive?nent. attitude, s. attitude, f. attract, v.a. atiirer. attribute, v.a. attribuer. August, s. a out, m. aunt, s. tante, f. author, -ess, s. auteur, m. authority, s. autorite, f. avarice, s. avarice, f. avaricious, adj. avare. average, s. terme moyen. avoid, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183). avow, v.a. avouer, declarer. await, v.a. attendre. awake, awaken, v.a. eveiller, s'e'veil- ler. aware, adj. informe {de) ; to become — of, s^apercevoirXde) (ir. 189). B. back, adv. en arriere, (returned) de retour, (again) encore. bad, adj. mauvais (compar. 86), (pers : wicked, naughty) mediant, (ache) fort, violent. badly, adv. mal (compar. 152). bake, v.a.n. cuire (ir. 172). baker, s. boulanger, m. ball, s. boule, f., (of thread) pelote, i., (of small arms) balle, f., (of cannon) boulet, m., (play) balle, f., (dancing) bal, m. banker, s. banquier, m. banquet, s. banquet. bare, adj. nu (246). 442 VOCABULARY. barefooted, barefoot, adj. adv. nu- pieds, pieds nus. bark, v.n. aboyer. barley, s. orge, f. barrenness, s. sterilite, f. barricade, v. a. barrer. basket, s. panier, m. bath, s. bain, m. battle, s. bataille, f. bayonet, s. baionnette, f. be, v.n. etre (54, 58), (make, 69) faire (ir. 180), (of feeling cold, hot, hungry thirsty, etc., 51) avoir, (of one's state of health, 142, 285) se porter, se tronver, aller (ir. 194), (of one's years of age, of dimen- sion, 252) avoir, (of weather, day- light, dark, etc., if the verb is imp. with 'it,' 147) faire (ir. 180), (imp. of time or distance, 146) y avoir ; it is, there is, there are, il ya; I am to (203) je dois ; it is you (in) Jest votes ; it is for you or your turn (352) Jest a vous ; it is with you as, il en est de vous comme de ; (in answers, 202; idi- oms, 381). beard, s. barbe, f. beat, v.a.n. battre, (107) f 'rapper. beautiful, adj. beau, bel, m., belle, f. (79). beauty, s. beaute, f. because, conj. parce que, que ; — of, a cause de. become, v.n. devenir (ir. 135, 187) [with a past participle, is often rendered by the reflective voice : as, to — accustomed, Jaccou- tumer; to — animated, s animer, etc.]. bed, s. lit, m. ; out of — , leve ; to go to — , alter se coucher, se coucher ; room, s. chambre a coucher. bee, s. abeille, f. beef, s. bceuf, m. beer, s. biere, f. befall, v.n. arriver (d). before, prep. (298) (of place) de- vant, (of time, order) avant. before, adv. (of place) devant, (of time, order) avant, auparavant. before, conj. avant q tie (333), avant de, que . . . ne, (310), (rather) plutot que. beg, v.a.n. mendier, (ask) demander, prier {de). beggar, s. mendiant, m.f. begin, v.a.n. commencer, (97, 351), (set to) se mettre (a) (ir. 180) ; to — again, recommencer. beginning, s. co7nmencement, m. behave one's self, v.n.r. se conduire (ir.172). behavior, s. conduite, f. behead, v. a. decapiter. behind, prep, derriere, (late) en re- tard de. behind, adv. derriere, (late) en re- tard. Belgium, s. la Belgiqtte, f. believe, v.a.n. croire (ir. 177, ^76). bell, s. cloche, f. belong, v.n. appartenir (ir. 187), etre (a). below, prep, sous, au-dessons de. below, adv. en bas. bend, v. a. courber, plier. beneficent, adj. bienfaisant. benefit, s. bienfait, m. Berlin, s. Berlin, m. beside, besides, prep, (at the side of) d col/ de, aupres de, (distinct from) otitre, en dehors de, (except) hors, excepte. beside, besides, adv. d'aillcurs ; — that, conj. otttre que. best, adj. s. meilteur, le meilleur, te mieux. best, adv. mieux, le ??iieux. betray, v. a. trahir. better, adj. meilleur, supe'rieur, adv. mieux, (more) plus; to be — , (preferable, of superior quality) valoir mieux ; to get the — , (of a person) prendi'e le dessus, mai- triser. between, prep, entre (298), de, a. beyond, prep, au-deld, de, (above) au-dessus de, (besides) outre. big, adj. gros, grand. bill, s. (of birds) bee, m., (account) note, f., compte, m. bind, v. a. Her, attacher, (books) relier. bird, s. oiseau, m. VOCABULARY. 443 birth, s. naissance, f. ; day, s. jotir de naissance, m. bite, v.a. tnordre. bitter, adj. amer. black, adj. noir. blame, v.a. bldtner. blend, v.a. (mix) meler. bless, v.a. benir. blind, adj. aveugle ; — man, s. aveu- gle, m. blood, s. sang, m. blow, s. coup, m. blue, adj. bleu. blush, v.n. rougir {de). boarding-house, s. pension, f. boast, s. vanterie, f. ; to make a — of, se vanter de. body, s. corps, m. boil, v.n. bouillir (ir. 187), v.a. faire boui/lir(h: 187). bold, adj. hardi. bone, s. os, m., (offish) arete, f. bonnet, s. chapeau. book, s. livre, m. bookseller, s. libraire, m. boot, s. botte, f., (low) bottine, f. ; — -maker, s. bottier, m. born, part. »/, (by birth) de nais- sance ; to be — , naitre (ir. 181), itre ne. both, adj. <&&.*:, les deux, Pun et V autre (278); — of us, nous deux. bottle, s. (233) bouteille, i. bow, s. (of the head) salut, (for shooting) arc, m., (of ribbon) nceud, m. box, s. boite, f., (for packing) caisse, {., (for money, precious things) cassette, f., coffre, m. boy, s. garfon, m. brandy, s. eau-de-vie, f. brave, adj. (83) brave, courageux, vaillant. brave, v.a. braver. bray, v.n. braire (ir. 197)* bread, s. pain, m. break, v.a. casser, (asunder) (with an effort, and fig. Silence, etc. ) rompre (107), destroy, briser. breakfast, s. dejeuner, m. breath, s. haleine, f. ; out of — , hors d'haleine. bridge, s. (230) ponl, m. bright, adj. brillant, clair. bring, v.a. (by carrying, and fig. news, etc.) apporter, (without car- rying) amener, (fig. lead) conduire (ir. 172), (induce) amener. broad, adj. (252) large, de largeur. brother, s. frere, m. ; — -in-law, beau -fr ere. Brussels, s. Bruxelles, f. build, v.a.n. bdtir (102), construire (ir. 172). bunch, s. (of flowers) bouquet, m. Burgundy, s. la Bourgogne, (wine) vin de Bourgogne. burn, v.a.n. briiler. business, s. affaire, f., occupation, f., affaires, f. pi., commerce, m., (call- ing) e'tat, metier, m. busy, adj. occupe, actif. but, conj. mais ; — that (310), qtie. but, adv. prep, (that, than) que, (only) seulemenl, ne . . . que, (160, 307); — for, sans. butter, s. beurre, m. butterfly, s. papillon, m. buy, v.a. acheter (a) (96). by, prep. (135, 302), par (364), de (252), a, en (359), (of measure) a, (after a comparative, and after 'too') de, (in comparing several dimensions), sur. cabbage, s. chou, m. Caesar, s. Cesar, m. cage, s. cage, f. calculated, adj. propre (a). calf, s. veau, m. call, v.a.n. appeler (96), rappeler ; — on, upon, aller or venir voir. called, adj. dit. camel, s. chameau, m. can, v.n. pouvoir (ir. 196, 291), savoit (ir. 191, 291). candle, s. chandelle, f. cane, s. canne, f. cap, s. casquette, f. capable, adj. capable (de). 444 VOCABULARY. capacity, s. capacite, f., qualite, f. capital, s. (town) capitate, f. captain, f. capitaine, m. card. s. carte, f. ; playing — , carte a jouer. care, s. soin, m. ; to take — , (be- ware) prendre garde (291), se gar- der bien (be mindful, 52), avoir or prendre soin {de). careful, adj. soigneux. careless, adj. negligent. carnival, s. camaval, m. carpenter, s. charpentier, m. carriage, s. voiture, f. carry, v.a.n. porter, emporter ; — on, con tinner. Carthaginian, s. adj. Carthaginois, e, m.f. cast, v.a. (throw) jeter ; — down, (fig.) abattre. castle, s. chateau, m. cat, s. chat, m., chatte, f. catch, v.a. attraper, saisir. Cato, s. Caton, m. cattle, s. betail, m. bestiaux, pi. cause, s. raison, f., sujet, m. cause, v.a. causer, (before an infini- tive) /aire. cautious, adj. prudent. cavern, s. caverne, f. cease, v.a.n. (291) cesser. celebrated, adj. celebre. certain, adj. s. certain, m. certainly, adv. certainement. chain, s. chaine, f. chair, s. chaise, f. chalk, s. craie, f., (draw) crayon, m. chamber, s. chambre, f. ; — -maid, fenwie de chambre, f. . change, v.a.n. changer, changer de. change, s. changemejzt, m. chapter, s. chapitre, m. character, s. caractere, m. charge, v.a.n. charger, demander. charity, s. charite, f. chase, s. chasse, f. chastise, v.a. chdtier, punir. cheap, adj. a bon marc he'. cheese, s. frontage, m. cherry, s. cerise, f. chess, s. e'checs, m. pi. child, s. enfant, m.f. China, s. la Chine, f. choice, s. choix, m. choose, v.a. choisir (102); — , v.n vouloir (ir. 191). Christian, s. adj. chretien, m. church, s. e'glise, f. Cicero, s. Ciceron, m. cigar, s. cigare, m. city, s. ville, f. civilize, v.a. civiliser. claim, v.a. rec lamer, exiger. class, s. classe, f. clean, adj. propre. clean, v.a. nettoyer (97)- clear, adj. clair. clear, adv. clairement, clair. clever, adj. habile, adroit. clip, v.a. rogner. cloak, s. manteau, m. clock, s. horloge, m., (for apartments) pendicle, f., o'clock (73, 244, 296), heure, f. sing., heures, f. pi. close, v.a. clore (ir. def. 198), fermer cloth, s. drap, m. clothe, v.a. vetir (ir. 183). clothes, s. habits, m. pi. cloud, s. nuage, m. cluster, s. (of fruits) grappe y f. coach, s. voiture, f. coast, s. cote, f. coat, s. habit, m. cock, s. coq, m. coffee, s. cafe, m. cold, &&]. froid ; to be — , avoir froid (386) ; it is — , il fait froid (147). color, s. couleur, f. combatant, s. combattant, m. come, v.n. venir (ir. 135, 187), ap- procher ; — back, revenir (ir. 187); — down, descendre ; — in, entrer ; — in again, r entrer ; — near, s^ap- procher. comedy, s. cotne'die, f. comfort, v.a. consoler. comfort, s. bien-etre, m., agrement, m. comfortable, adj. confortable, com- mode. command, v.a. rommander (327), dominer. command, s. ordres, m. pi. commence. V. begin. commerce, s. commerce, m. commit, v.a. commettre (ir. 180). VOCABULARY. 445 communicate, v.a.n. communiquer. company, s. compagnie, f., sociele, f. compel, v.a. contraindre (ir. 175). complain, v.n. se plaindre (ir. 175). comply, v.n. se conformer (a). comrade, s. Camarade, m. conceal, v.a. cacher (' from ') a. conceive, v.a. concevoir (ir. 189). concert, s. concert, m. conclude, v.a.n. conclure (107)? (fin- ish) terminer, finir (100). condemn, v.a. condamner (a mori). condition, s. condition, f., (state) e'iat, m. ; in a — to, en etat de ; on — , a condition. conduct, v.a. conduire (ir. I7 2 )> mener (96). conduct, s. conduite, f. confess, v.a. confesser, avouer. confidence, s. confiance, f. conflagration, s. incendie, m. conformity, s. conformite ; in — with, conformement a. conquer, v.a. vaincre (ir. 1 74), (a country, and fig. to gain, to win) conquerir (ir. 188). conqueror, s. vainqueur, m. conquest, s. conquete, f. consent, v.n. consenlir (a). consequence, s. consequence, suite, f. consider, v.a.n. considerer, (think) reflechir. consist, v.n. (in) consister, {en, dans a), (of) se composer (de). console, v.a. consoler. constantly, adv. constamment. constrain, v.a. contraindre (ir. 1 75)- construct, v.a. constrinre (ir. 172). contain, v.a. contenir (ir. 187), ren- fermer. content, adj. content, satis/ait. content, v.a. contentir, satisfaire (ir. 180). contented, adj. content (de), satis/ait (de). contest, v.a.n. contester (293). continually, adv. continuellement. continue, v.a. cotftinuer (351). contradict, v.a. contredire (ir. 173). contrary, adj. contraire (a). contrary, s. contraire, m. ; on the — , au contraire. conversation, s. conversation, f. converse, v.n. converser. convince, v.a. convaincre (ir. 174), to be convinced, se convaincre (336). cook, v.a. cuire (ir. 172), /aire cuire. cook, s. cuisinier, m., -iere, f. cool, adj. frais, m., fraiche, f. copy, v.a.n. copier. copy-book, s. cahier, m. corn, s. ble, m. ; market, s. halle au ble, f. correct, v.a. corriger. Corsica, s, la Corse, f. cost, v.n. a. coiiter. cost, s. prix, vol., (expense) frais, m. Pi- cotton, s. colon, m. count, s. comte, m. countess, s. comtesse, f. country, s. (in general) pays, m., (region) contree, f., (native land) patrie, f., (not a town) campagne, f. ; house, s. maison de cam- pagne, f. countryman, compatriote, m.f. courage, s. cotirage, m. courier, s. courrier, m. course, s. cours, m. (race-) course, f. court, s. cour, f. cousin, s. cousin, e, m.f. cover, v.a. couvrir (de) (ir. 185). cow, s. vac he, f. coward, s. poltron, m. cream, s. creme, f. create, v.a. cre'er, produire. creation, s. creation, f. creator, s. createur, m. credit, s. credit, m. creditor, s. creancier, m. crime, s. crime, m. criminal, adj. s. criminel. Croesus, s. Cre'sus, m. cross, v.a. traverser, (again) repasser. crown, s. couronne, f., (coin), ecu, m. cruel, adj. cruel. cruelty, s. cruaute, f. cry, v.a.n. crier (97), (weep) pleurer, (exclaim) s'' eerier. cucumber, s. concombre, m. cultivate, v.a. cultiver. cup, s. (253) lasse, f. curse, v.a. maudire (ir. 173). custom, s. coutume, habitude, f. cut, v.a. couper, (shape) tailler. 446 VOCABULARY. D. daily, adv. journellement, tons les jours. damp, adj. humide. dance, v.a.n. danser. dancing, s. danse, f. ; — -master, s. mo it re de danse. danger, s. danger, peril, m. dangerous, adj. dangereux. dare, v.n.a. oser (2$i). dark, adj. obscur, sombre ; it is — , il fait nuit. daughter, s. fille, f. day, s. jour, m., (whole day) jou r- ne'e ; the — after, le lendemain ; from — to — , de jour en jour, d*iin jour a V autre ; light, s.jour, m. dead, adj. mort. dead, s. morts, m. pi. deaf, adj. sourd. deal, a great — , beau coup, Men. dealer, s. marchand {de . . .), m. dear, adj. cher (83). death, s. mort, f. debt, s. dette, f. deceive, v. a. tromper, abuser, decevoir (ir. 189). t December, s. decern bre, m. decision, s. decision, f. declare, v. a. declarer, annoncer. deed, s. action, f. deep, adj. profond (83), (in depth) de profondeur (252). deer, s.f. (stag) cerf, dai?n,ra. defect, s. defaut, m. defend, v. a. defcndre (108). delay, v. a. retarder ; — , v.n. larder (353)- delicious, adj. dehcieux. delight, v.a. (ir. 178) enchanter, se plaire (a). delightful, adj. delicieux. demand, v.a. demandcr, (require) ex- iger (327). demi, adj. de?m, a demi., demolish, v.a. demolir. deny, v.a. nier (293, 329). depart, v.n. partir (ir. 183). departure, s. depart, m. .depend, v.n. (on, upon) dependre \de), (rely on) compter (sur). deprive, v.a. priver. deputy, s. depute. describe, v.a. decrire (ir. 176). desert, v.n.a. abandonner. deserve, v.a.n. meriter. desire, v.a. desirer, prier (de). desire, s. de'sir, m., envie. desirous, adj. desireux (de) ; to be — (51), avoir envie. desperately, adv. en desespere. despise, v.a. mepriser. dessert, s. dessert, m. destiny, s. destinee, f., destin, sort. destroy, v.a. (se) detruire (ir. 172). destruction, s. destruction. determine, v.a.n. determiner, resoudre (ir. 175)- devote, v.a. devouer. diamond, s. diamant, m. dictionary, s. dictionnaire, m. die, v.n. mourir (ir. 135, 186), to be dying with, mourir or se mourir de. diet, s. diete, (food) nourrilure, f. different, adj. different, divers. difficult, adj. difficile. difficulty, s. difficulty, f. diligent, adj. diligent, applique. dine, v.n. diner.. dining-room, s. salle a manger, f. dinner, s. di?ier, m. ; time, s. (heure die) diner, f. direct, v.a. adresser. direction, s. adresse, f. directly, adv. dircctement, tout de suite. disagree, v.n. differer, ( — in opin- ion with) rtetre pas de Vavis (de). disappear, v.n. disparaitre (ir. 1 78). disappointment, s. de'sappointement, disaster, s. desastre, m. {revers, m. discharge, v.a.n. (duties) remplir, s^acquitter (de). discontented, adj. meconlent. discourse, s. discours. discover, v. a. decouvrir (ir. 1 85), discretion, s. discretion, f. disease, s. maladie, f. disembark, v.a.n. debarquer. disgraceful, adj. honteux. dislocate, v.a. (se) dhnettre. I disobey, v.a. desobeir a (102Y, display, v.a. deploy er f VOCABULARY. 447 displease, v.a. deplaire d(\x. 1 7S). disposed, adj. dispose (a); well — , bien intentionne. dissatisfied, adj. micontent. dissatisfy, v.a. niicontenter. dissolve, v.a. dissoudre (ir. 175). distinguish, v.a.n. distinguer. distress, v.a. affliger. distribute, v.a. distri'buer. distrust, v.a. se difier, se mefier de. ditch, s. fosse, m. divert, v.a. distraire. divine, adj. divin. do, v.a. faire (ir. 180), (a service) rendre, (of the health, (381) se porter alter (ir. 194) ; — without, se passer (de) ; (auxiliary, 92, 201 ; done, 164; idioms, 381). dog, s. chien, m. dollar, s. dollar, m. dominion, s. ; — s, pi. e'tals, m. pi. door, s. porte, f. ; out of — s, dehors. doubt, v.n.a. douter (293, 329). doubtful, adj. douteux. down, adv. en bas. dozen, s. douzaine, f. draw, v.a. tirer, (attract) attirer, (in- duce) entrainer, (a picture) dessi- ner ; — after, ent?'ainer. drawer, s. tiroir, m. dream, s. songe, rive, m. dream, v.a.n. river, songer. dress, v.a. habiller, vitir, (adorn) parer ; — v.n, s ) habiller. dress, s. habit, m. (gown) robe, f. drink, v.a.n. boire (ir. 177). drive, v.a.n. (out) chasser, (go out) sortir en voiture. droop, v.n.a. pencher,, drop, s. goutte, f. drown, v.a. noyer. dry, adj. sec. duchess, s. diicliesse, f. duck, s. canard, m. due, adj. du. duke, s. due, m. duration, s. duree, f. during, prep, pendant. dust, s. poussiere, f. Dutch, adj. s. hollandais (m.), de Hollande. duty, devoir, m. dye, y.a. .teindre (ir. 175).. each, pron. (every) chaque, (every one, 275) chacun, e ; — other, Pun, f autre (279). ear, s. oreille, f., (of corn) epi, m. ; ache, s. mal d 'oreille, m. earlier, adv. (159) de 7neilleure heure. early, adv. de bonne heure. earth, s. terre, f. easily, adv. aisement, facilement. east, s. est, orient, m. easy, adj. facile, aise. eat, v.a.n. manger (97). educate, v.a. clever. education, s. education, f. effect, s. effet, m. effort, s. effort, m. egg, s. ceuf m. Egypt, s. P£gypte,L Egyptian, s. adj. Egyptien, m. eight, adj. hu it. eighteen, adj. dix-huit. eighth, adj. huitieme, huit. eighty, adj. quatre-vingts. either, pron. Pun on Pautre (278), (with a neg. ) ni Pun ni P autre. either, conj. soil, on, (negatively) ni (289) ; — . . . or on . . . ou. either, adv. non plus. elder, adj. ami. eldest, adj. V. elder, adj. elegant, adj. elegant. eleven, adj. onze. Eliza, s. Elise, f. Elizabeth, s. Elisabeth, f. Ellen, s. Hilene, f. elm (tree), s. orme^ m. eloquence, s. iloquence, i. else, adj. autre ; — adv. autrcment ■ elsewhere, adv. ailleurs. embark, v.n. s ' embarquer (pour), embarrass, v.a. embarrasser. embellish, v.a. embellir (102). Emily, s. £ mi lie, f. emperor, s. empereur, m. empire, s. empire, m. employ, v.a. etnployer (97) ; — one's self, s^occuper. employment, s. emploi, m., occupa- tion, f. empty, adj.. vide. 44 8 VOCABULARY. enclosed, adj. inclus, ci-joint (246). encourage, v. a. encourager. end, s. fin, f., (extremity) bout, m., (aim) but, m. end, v.a.n. finir (100), achever, cesser. endeavor, v.n. s" 1 efiforcer, tdcher (de) (552) J ,^ endow, v. a. douer {de). endowment, s. dotation, f. ; — s, (221) avantages, m. pi. endure, v.a.n. supporter, soufifrir. enemy, s. ennemi, e. engagement, s. engagement. engine, s. machine, f. {a vapeur). England, s. P Angleterre, i. English, adj. anglais, d' Angleterre. English, s. Anglais, m. enjoy, v. a. aimer a /aire ; — one's self, s'amuser, se rejouir. enjoyment, s. plaisir, m. enough, adv. (168, 231) assez. enrich, v. a. enrichir. enter, v. a. entrer (dans or a). enterprise, s. enterprise, f. entertain, v. a. amuser, (keep up) en- tretenir. entertainment, s. fete, f., amusement, m. entire, adj. entier, complet. entirely, adv. entierement, tout (280). entrance, s. entree, f. entreaty, s. priere, f. ; by much — (346) a force de prier. environs, s. environs, m. pi. envy, s. envie. f. equal, adj. egal, pareil equality, s. e'galite, f. equally, adv. egalement. error, s. erreur, faute, f. escape, v.a.n. e'chapper a (376), evi- ter, s' 'e'chapper, se sauver (105), fuir (ir. 183). esteem, v. a. estimer. eternally, adv. eternellement. Europe, s. PEtirope, f. even, adj. (equal) egal. even, adv. meme (279). evening, s. soir, m., (whole evening) soiree, f. ; in the — , le soir. event, s. evenement, m. ever, adv. (always, 57) toujours, (at any time) jamais ; — so, quelque . . . que, si . . . que (281). every, adj. chaque, tout (76), tons les ... / — body, tout le monde ; — day, tous les jours ; — one, chacun, e, (275) tout le monde, — other day, — two days, tous les deux jours. everything, s. tout, m. (279) ; — that, tout ce qui, tout ce que (280). everywhere, adv. partout. evident, adj. evident (331). evil, s. mal, m. exact, adj. exact, precis. examine, v. a. examiner. example, s. exemple, m. except, conj. a moins que (with the subj.), a moins de (with the inf.). except, excepting, prep, excepte, (adj. 246) hors. exception, s. exception, f. excessive, adj. excessif. exclaim, v.n. s' eerier. execute, v. a. execuler, s 'acquitter. exercise, s. exercice, m., (translation from one's own language into an- other) the?7ie, m. exercise, v. a. exercer. exhaust, v. a. epuiser. exile, s. exil, m. exist, v.n. exister. expect, v.a.n. attendre v io8), s*at- lendre, (demand) vouloir (ir. 191), exiger (307). expel, v.a. chasser. expense, s. depetise, f. ; frais, m. pi., de'pens, m. pi. experience, s. experience, f. expose, v.a. exposer. extend, v.a. etendre ; — v.n. s-e'ten- dre. extensive, adj. etendu. eye, s. ceil, m., pi. yeux. fable, s. fable, f. face, s. face, {., (person visage^ ({&m.)figU7'e. VOCABULARY. 449 face, v.a. affivnter. fact, s. fait, m. fail, v.n. faillir (ir. 197), manquer (352, 377); faint, v.n. s 'evanouir. faithful, adj. s. fidele. faithfully, adv. fidelement. fall, v.n. tomber, choir, e'choir (ir. 189) ; — down, tomber par terre. fall, chute, f. false, adj. faux. falsehood, s. mensonge, m. fame, s. renommee, f., gloire, f. family, s. famille, f. famous, adj. fameux. fan, s. even tail, m. far, adv. loin, (greatly) bien ; as — as, aussi loin que, (till) j'usqu* a ; how — , jusqii'ou ; — from, de loin. far, adj. eloigne, lointain. fashion, s. fagon, mode, f. fast, adj. (swift) vite. fast, adv. (swiftly) vite. fat, adj. gras. fate, s. destin, sort, m. father, s. pere, m. ; in-law, beau- pere. fatigue, v.a. fatiguer. fault, s. faute, f., defaiit, m. favor, s. faveur, grace, f. favor, v.a. favoriser {de). fear, v.a.n. craindre (ir. 175, 293, 326). fear, s. crainte, f., peur, f. ; for — of, de peur de, de crainte de (346). feather, s. plume, f. February, s. fevrier, m. feed, v.a. 7tourrir (102). feel, v.a.n. sentir (ir. 184). feeling, s. sentiment, m. feign, v.a.n. feindre (ir. 175). fell, v.a. couper. fellow, s. coiHpagnon ; — -citizen, s. conciioyen ; — -traveller, s. com- pagnon de voyage, m. fertile, adj. fertile. fertility, s. fertilite, f. festivity, s. fete, i, (321 N, joies, f. pi. fetters, s. fers, m. pi. fever, s. fievre, f. few, adj. peu (de), (small in number), petit nombre, (some) quelques ; a — , quelques ; but — (57)> ne . . . guere. fickle, adj. inconstant. fiction, s. fiction, f. field, s. champ, m. fifth, adj. cinquieme, cinq ; Charles- the-Fifth, Charles-Quint. fiftieth, adj. cinquantieme. fifty, adj. cinquante. fight, v.a.n. combatlre. fill, v.a.n. remplir (102), (' with,' de) emplir, rassasier, combler. find, v.a.n. trouver. fine, adj. (beautiful) beau. finger, s. doigt, m. finish, v.a. finir (100). fire, s. feu, m-. ; arms, s. amies d feu, f. pi. firm, zd). ferme, solide. first, adj. s. premier. first, adv. d^abord ; at — , d'abord. fish, s. poisson, m. fist, s. poing, m. fit, adj. propre, bon (d). five, adj. s. cinq. flag, s. drapeau, m. , (nav. ) pavilion^ m. flatter, v.a.fiatter. flatterer, s.fiatteur, m. flattery, s. flatter ie, f. flee, v.a.n. fuir (ir. 183), s^enfuir (ir. 183). flight, s.fmte, f. fling, v.n. s^elancer. flock, s. troupeau, m. florin, s. florin, m. flour, s. farine, f. flourish, v.n. flezirir (102). flower, s. fleur, f. ; pot. s. pot d fieur, m. fly, v.n. voler, s'envoler; — out, s'en- voler, sortir (309). fly, s. mouche, f. fog, s. brouillard, m. follow", v.a. sttivre (ir. 174)- folly, s. folic, sottise, betise, f. fool, s. sot, m., -te, f., imbecilie, m.f., fou, m. foolish, adj. sot, bete, ridicule, (thoughtless, 78) fou. foolishness. V. folly, foot, s. pied, m. for, prep, pour, (during) pendant, (since) depuis, (to) a (250), (be- cause of ) a cause de, (for the sake oi) par ; but — (300) sans. 45° VOCABULARY. for, conj. car. forbid, v.a. defendre {de) (108, 327); God — ! a Dieu ne plaise. force, v.a. forcer {a). forced, adj. force. forehead, s. front, m. foreign, adj. etranger. foresee, v.a. prevoir (ir. 192). forest, s.foret, f. foretell, v.a.n. predire (ir. 173). forget, v.a. oicblier. forgive, v.a.n. pardonner. fork, s. fourchette, f. former, adj. premier; the — (119) celui-la, m., celle-la, f, ceux-la, m. pi. celles-ld, f. pi. formerly, adv. autrefois. forsake, v.a. abandonner. fortnight, s. quinze jours, m. pi., quinzaine, f. ; to-day — , d'au- jourd^hui en qtiinze. fortunate, adj. heureux, fortune'. fortune, s. fortune, f. forty, adj. quarante. forward, forwards, adv. en avant. found, v '.a. fonder. foundation, s. fondation, f. ; lay the — (346) preparer. four, adj. quatre. fourteen, adj. quatorze. fourteenth, adj. quatorzieme, qua- torze. fourth, adj. quatrieme, quatre. fox, s, renard, e. France, s. la France, f. Francis, s. Franfois, m. Frankfort, s. Francfort, m. frankly, adv. franc hem ent. Frederic, s. Frederic, m. free, adj. libre, exempt {de) ; — -way, s. passage, m. freedom, s. liberie, f. freely, adv. franc he??ient. freeze, v.a.n. geler (97). French, adj. / ran ca is, de France. Frenchman, s. Francois, m. frequent, v. a. frequenter. frequently, adv. frequemment, sou- vent. fresh, zft). frais. Friburg, s. Fribourg, m. Friday, s. vendredi, m. friend, s. ami, e. friendly, adj. atnical. friendship, s. amitie, •{. frighten, v.a. effrayer (97). from, prep. (236, 250, 303) de, (far from) loin de, (of time) depuis, (commencing on) a partir de, (out of) par, (at) a, (reason) a cause de (237), (on the part of, as coming from, of messages, etc. ) de la part de ; — under, de dessous. fruit, s. fruit, m. fruitful, adj. fertile, fecond. fulfil, v.a. remplir, (satisfy) satis- faire (ir. 180). full, adj. plein. funeral, s. fune'railles, f. pi. furnish, v.a. fournir. furniture, s. meubles, m. pi. future, s. avenir, m. ; in — , for the — , a Vavenir. gain, v.a.n. gagner, (a victory) remporter, (make, 319) faire (ir. 180). game, s. jeu, m. (hunt) gibier, m. garden, s. jardin, m. gardener, s. jardinier, m. garment, s. vetement, m. gate, s. porte, f. gather, v.a. rassembler, recueillir (ir. 184), (fruit) cueillir (ir. 184). general, s. general, m. generally, adv. generalement. generous, adj. genereux. generously, adv. genereusement. Geneva, s. Geneve, f. genius, s. genie, m. gentleman, s. (term of courtesy) monsieur, m., (man of rank) gen- tilhomme, gentlemen, pi. mes- sieurs, m. pi. gentleness, s. douceur. gently, adv. f. doucement. geography, s. ge'ographie, f. George, s. Georges, m. German, adj. allemand, d' Allemagne. German, s. Allemand, m. VOCABULARY. 45 : Germany, s. V Allemagne, f. get, v.a. obtenir (ir. 187), amasscr (269) ; — v.n. (become) devenir (ir. 187), se faire (ir, 180); — in, entrer ; — over, passer, renoncer (a) ; — up (rise) se lever. gift, s. don, m. gigantic, adj. gigantesque. girl, s. file, f. give, v.a.n. donner (a) (89), (pleas- ure, pain, etc.) faire (ir. 180); — back, rendre {a); (idioms, 382). glad, adj. aise (de), content. gladly, adv. avec plaisir. glass, s. vcrre, m. (233). glitter, v.n. brillcr, reluire (ir. 1 71). globe, s. globe, m. glory, s. gloire, f. glove, s. gant, m. go, v.n. aller (ir. 135, 194, 297), se rendre, (walk) marcher, (depart) partir (ir. 183), s'm aller, (take) prendre (ir. 180), (I am going, etc., 203) ; to — and see, aller voir; — away, s'en aller (ir. 194), partir (ir. 183) ; — back, retour- ner, s'en retoumer ; — for, aller chercher ; — in, entrer ; — far from, s' eloigner de ; — on, contai- ner ; — out, sortir (ir 184), (of fire, light) s^eteindre (ir. 175). God, s. Dieu, m. goddess, s. de'esse, f. gold, s. or, m. gold, adj. d'or. good, adj. bon (compar. 86), sage ; to be — for nothing, ne valoir rien. good, s. Men, m. ; — s, pi. (com.) marchandises, f. pi. goodness, s. bonte, f. goose, s. oie, i. Gospel, s. Evangile, m. govern, v.a.n. gonverner. governor, s. gouverneur, m. gown, s. robe, f. grammar, s. grammaire, f. granary, s. grenier, m. grand, adj. grand, grandiose ; — -child, s. petit-fils, m., petite-fille, f. ; — father, grand-pere, m. ; — mother, s. grand^viere, f . ; aunt, grand" 1 tante, f. ; — -son, s. petit- Jils, m. grant, v.a. accorder. grape, s. raisin, m. grass, s. herbe, verdure, f. grateful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' de). gratitude, s. reconnaissance. graze, v.a.n. paitre (ir. 178). great, adj. grand (82). greatly, adv. bien, beaucoup, fort. greatness, s. gj'andeur, f. Greece, s. Grece, f. greedy, adj. avide {de). Greek, adj. grac. green, adj. vert. grief, s. chagrin, m. grind, v.a.n. inondre (ir. 174). ground, s. terre, f. ; on the — , par terre. grow, v.n. croitre (ir. 178); — old, vieillir. guide, v.a. guider, conduire. guilty, adj. coiipablc. gun. s. fusil, m. ; — -powder, s. poudre a canon, f. H habit, s. habitude, f. ; to be in the — of, avoir P habitude de. hair, s. cheveu, m. half, s. moitie, demie, f . ; — adj. demi (246). hand, s. main, f. handkerchief, s. mouchoir, m. handsome, adj. joli, beau. happen, v.n. arriver, se passer. happily, adv. heureusement. happiness, s. bonheur, m. happy, adj. heureax ; most — , en- chant e (311). hard, adj. dur. hardly, adv. V. scarcely. hardship, s. fatigue, f. hare, s. lievre, m. harvest, s, moisson, recolte. f. haste, s. hate, f. ; to make — , se depecher. 45 2 VOCABULARY. hasten, v.a* hater ; — v.n. se hater {de), se depecher, s'empresser {de). hat, s. chapeau, m. hate, v.a. hair (102). hatred, s. haine, f. have, v.a. avoir (48), posseder, I have just (203) je viens de; (in an- swers, 182, idioms, 380). hay, s. foin, m. he, pron. adj. il, m. (114), lui, m. (110, 255), celui, m. (119, 270). head, s. tete, f. ; ache, s. mal de tete, m. (230), mala la tete, m. heal, v.a.n. guerir, se guerir. health, s. sante, f. heap, v.a. entasser, amasser. hear, v.a.n. entendre (108), ouir (ir. def. 198), (listen to) ecouter ; to — from (a person), avoir des nouvelles de. heart, s. cceur, m. heat, s. chaleur. f. heaven, s. del, m., cieux, pi. heavy, adj. lourd, pesant. heighten, v.a. relever. helm, s. gouvernail, Union, m. help, v.a.n. aider, assister, (forbear) s^empecher {de). help, s. aide, f., secours, m. ; to cry for — , crier an secours. hen, s. poule, f. hence, adv. d'ici, dans (298). henceforth, henceforward, adv. di- sormais, dorenavant. Henry, s. Henri, m. her, pron. pers. (no, 114) elle, (obj. of a verb) la, (to her) lui, (posses- sive, 64) son, sa, ses, (demonstra- tive) celle. here, adv. ici ; — is, — are, void, voila. heretofore, adv. jusquVci, autrefois. herewith, adv. ci- joint. hers, pron. poss. (125) le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes, (pron. pers.) a elle, d'elle. herself, pron. (in) elle-meme, elle, soi-meme, (257), soi, (in a reflect, verb, 138) se; by — , settle. hesitate, v.n. hesiter. hide, v.a. cacher. high, adj. haut (252), eleve, grand. highway, s. grand chemin, route, f. hill, s. co lline, f. him, pron. pers. (no, 114) le, lui ; of — , en ; to — , lui, (demonstra- tive) celui. himself, pron. (in) lui-meme, lui, soi-meme (257), soi, (in a reflect. verb, 138) ' se. hinder, v.a. empecher {de) (294). his, pron. poss. (64, 125) le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes (pron. pers. ) a lui, de ltd. history, s. histoire, f. hit, v.a.n. f rapper, (a mark) attein- dre{\r. 175). hoard, v.a. amasser. hold, v.a. tenir (ir. 187). holiday, s. jour de fete, m.,fete, f. homage, s. hommage, m. home, s. chez soi, in., maison, f. ; at — , chez soi, (57) a la maison, (225) par soi-meme. Homer, s. Horn ere, m. honest, adj. (83) honnete. honey, s. miel, m. honor, v.a. honorer ('with,' de). honor, s. honneur, m., honneurs, pi. hope, s. esperance, f., espoir, m. hope, v.a.n. esperer j — for, espe'rer (97, 3 2 7). horse, s. cheval, m. hot, adj. chaud y it is — (147) il fait chaud. hour, s. heure, f. house, s. maison, f., in or at or to the — (dwelling) of (37, 299), chez; . . . my, his, your — , chez moi, chez lui, chez vous, etc. how, adv. comment, (exclam.) que (307), comme ; — much, — many, combien. however, adv. (yet) cependant, toute- fois, pourtant, (before an adj., 281) quelque . . . que, si . . . que. human, humane, adj. humain. humiliate, v.a. humilier. humming-bird, s. oiseau-mouche, m. hundred, adj. cent. hunger, s. faim, f. hunger, v.n. avoir faim. hungry, adj. affame ; to be or feel — (51) avoir faim. VOCABULARY. 453 hunt, s. chasse, f. hunter, s. chasseur, m. hunting, s. chasse, f. (233). hurt, v.a. fa ire mal, (wrong) nuire a (ir. 172), fair tort a, gdter ; to — one's self, . . . sefaire mal. hurtful, adj. nuisible. husband, s. mari. hypocrisy, s. hypocrisie, f. I. I, pron.yV (29, 114), moi (no, 255)/ it is — , c'est moi ( 1 1 1 ). idea, s. idee, f. idle, adj. oisif (lazy) pa?'esseux. idleness, s. oisivete, paresse, f. if, conj. si (163, 316, 320, 322, 323). ignorance, s. ignorance, f. ignorant, adj. ignorant. ill, adj. (sick) nialade. ill, adv. mal ; — -treat, v.a. mal- traiter. illness, s. maladie, f. illustrious, adj. illustre. imaginary, adj. i??iaginaire. imagination, s. imagination. imagine, v.a.n. imaginer, se figu- re)'. imitate, v.a. imiter. immediately, adv. immediatement, tout de suite, tout a Vheure, sans de'lai (256). immortal, adj. immortel. impious, adj. impie. importune, v.a. importuner.' impose, v.a. imposer. impossible, adj. impossible. impregnable, adj. imprenable. improperly, adv. mal a propos. improve, v.a.n. ameliorer, faire des progres. in, prep. (304), dans (236, 297), en (45, 236, 297), a (45, 237, 250, 296), chez, entre, (by) par, de (86, . 2 3°)- in, adv. adj. s. en dedans, y. inauspicious, adj. funeste. incapable, adj. incapable. inch, s. pouce, m. inclined, adj. enclin (a), porte (d) inclosed. V. enclosed. inconsistent, adj. inconsequent. incorrect, adj. incorrect. increase, v.a.n. accroitre, croitre (ir. 178), s 'augmente?'. incredible, adj. incroyable. incur, v.a. encourir (ir. 184), s'at- tirer. indeed, adv. vraiment, en effet. induce, v.a. engager {a). industrious, adj. laborieux, dili- S enL industry, s. travail, m., activite, f. inexhaustible, adj. inepuisable. inform, v.a.n. informer. ingenious, adj. ingenieux. inhabit, v.a. habiter. inhabitant, s. habitant, e. inherent, adj. inherent {a). injure, v.a. nuire a (ir. 172). injury, s. injure, f., tort, m. injustice, s. injustice, {., tort, m. ink, s. e7icre. f. inkstand, s. e7icrier, m. innocence, s. innocence, f. inquire, v.a.n. sHnfomier {de), de- mander (376). insatiable, adj. insatiable. insect, s. insecte, m. insensible, adj. insensible. instead of, adv. au lieu de. instruct, v.a. instruire (ir. 1 72). instruction, s. instruction, f., en- seignement, m. instructive, adj. instructif instrument, s. instrument, m. intelligence, s. intelligence, f., (news) tiouvelle, f. intemperance, s. intemperance, f. intend, v.a. se proposer {de), avoir I ''intention {de), entendre. intention, s. intention, f. interest, v.a. interesser, sHnteres- ser. interest, s. ijite'ret, m. interrogate, v.a.n. interroger. interrupt, v.a. interrompre. into, prep, dans, en, a, entre ; — it, them (things), dedans, y. introduce, v.a. introduire (ir. 172). invent, v.a. inventer. 454 VOCABULARY. invention, s. invention, f. invite, v.a. inviter (a). Ireland, s. VIrlande, f. Irish, adj. irlandais, d'Irlande. iron, s./er, m. iron, v.a. repasser. island, s. He, f. it, pron. (nominative) il, m., elle, f., (obj. of a verb) le, m., la, f., (114, 255, 260), (dative) lui, m. f., (imp.) il, ce, c> (73, in, 255), cela ; at — , by — , for — , from — , of — , en, y ; to — , y (114, 120, 258). Italian, adj. italien. Italy, s. Vltalie, f. its, pron. poss. (64, 241) son, sa, ses, le sien. V. his. itself, pron. lui-meme, m., elle-meme, {., soi-mime, m. (257), lui, elle (258), soi (257), (in a reflect, verb, 138) se. ivory, s. ivoire, m. jailer, s. geolier, m. James, s. Jacques, m. January, s. Janvier, m. jealous, a&). jaloux. jealousy, s. jalousie, f. jewel, s. bijou, m. John, s. Jean, m. join, v.a. joindre (ir. 1 75). journey, s. voyage, m. joy, s. joie, f. judge, v.a.n. juger (97). judge, s. juge, m. judgment, s. jugement, m. Julius, s. y#/ (postpone) remettre (ir. 180), differer, renvoyer ; — on, mettre (ir. 180) ; — out, mettre dehors, (a fire, etc.) eteindre (ir. 175). Pyrenees, s. pi. Pyrenees, m. pi. quantity, s. quantite, f. quarrel, s. querelle, dispute, f. quarter, s. quart, m. ; — of an hour (73) quart d" 1 he ure, m. queen, s. ra>^, f. question, s. question, f. question, v.a.n. questionner, douter ^(329). quick, adj. vif, prompt. quick, adv. vite. quiet, adj. tranquille, calme. quire, s. main, f. quite, adv. tout a fait, tout (280). R. railroad, s. chemin defer, m. rain, v.n. imp. pleuvoir (ir. 190). rain, s. pluie, f. raise, v.a. lever (96), elever (321), enfler. rapidly, adv. rapidement. rare, adj. rare. . rather, adv. plutot (286). read, v.a.n. lire (ir. 1 77); — over again, retire (ir. 177). ready, adj. pret (a). real, adj. reel, vrai. really, adv. reellement, vraiment. reap, v.a.n. recolter. reason, s. raison, f. recall, v.a. rappeler (96), (to the mind, remember) se rappeler. receive, v.a. recevoir (ir. 189), ac- cueillir (ir. 184). recognize, v.a. reconnoitre (ir. 178). recollect, v.a. V. remember, recommend, v.a. recommander. recompense, s. recompense, f. red, adj. rouge. redouble, v.a.n. redoubler. reduce, v.a. reduire (ir. 172). reed, s. roseau, m., canne, 1. re-enter, v.a. renlrer (dans). re-establish, v.a. retablir. reflect, v.a. reflechir. reflection, s. reflexion, f. refuse, v.a.n. refuser. regard, s. e'gard, m., consideration, f. ; with — to a P e'gard de, quant a. region, s. region, f. regret, v.a. regretter. regret, s. regret, m. regular, adj. regulier. reign, v.n. regner, (prevail) dominer. reign, s. regne, m. rejoice, v.a. rejouir ; — v.n. se re- Jouir(de) (139). relate, v.a.n. raconter, rapporter. relieve, v.a. soulager, sccourir (ir. 184), subvenir a (ir. 187). rely, v.n. compter (sur), se reposer (szir), s^appuyer, se fonder. remain, v.n. rester, demeurer. remedy, s. remede, m. remember, v.a. se rappeler (97), se souvenir de (ir. 187). remonstrance, s. remontrance, f. render, v.a. rendre. renew, v.a. renouveler (96). repair, v.a.n. reparer. repeat, v.a. repeter, (by heart) reci- ter. repent, v.a.n. se repentir de (ir. 184). reply, v.a.n. repondre. report, v.a. rapporter. report, s. bruit, m. nouvelle, f. repose, v.a.n. se reposer. represent, v.a. representer. reproach, v.a. reprocher, bldmer. reproach, s. reproche, m. VOCABULARY. 463 repugnance, s. repugnance, f. reputation, s. reputation, f. request, v. a. demander, prier. require, v.a. demander, (as a right) exiger (327), (want) avoir besoin de. resemble, v.a. ressembler a. resolve, v.a. resoudre (ir. 1 75)» se re'soudre (a). respect, v.a. respecter. respect, s. respect, m. ; with — to, quant a, sur. respectful, adj. respectueux {envers). rest, v.n. se reposer, (lean) s'appuyer. rest, s. repos, m. restless, adj. (anxious) inquiet. restrain, v.a. re'primer, restreindre (ir. 175), result, s. resultat, m. retain, v.a. retenir (ir. 187). retire, v.a.n. {se) retirer. return, v.n. (go back) retourner, (come back) revenir (ir. 187) ; — v.a. rendre, (send back) ren- voyer. return, s. retour, m. revenge, v.a. se venger de. reward, v.a. recompenser (' for,' de). reward, s. re'compe?ise, f. Rhine, s. Rhin, m. ribbon, s. ruban, m. rich, adj. riche. riches, s. richesses, f. pi. ride, v.n. a. (on a horse) monter {a cheval). ridiculous, adj. ridicule. right, adj. adv. droit, bon Men, juste ; to be — (pers.) avoir rai- son {de). right, s. droit, m., raison, f., titre, m. ; to the — , a droite ; to be in the — , avoir raison. ring, s. bague, f. ring, v.n. sonner. ripe, adj. mur. rise, v.n. (get up) se lever. risk, v.a. risquer, hasarder. rival, s. rival, e. river, s. riviere, f. road, s. route, f., chemin, m., voie, f., (of streets) chaussee, f. rob, v.a. voter, (deprive) priver {de). Roman, adj. s. romain. Rome, s. Rome, f. roof, s. toit, m. room, s. chambre, f. rose, s. rose, f. round, adj. rond. round, adv. V. around, adv. royal, adj. royal. rubbish, s. de'combres, debris, m. pi. rule, v.a.n. gouvemer, (over) regner. rule, s. regie, f. ruler, s. souverain ; regie, f. run, v.n. courir (ir. 184), (to) ac- courir, (319) achever ; — away, s'enfuir (ir. 183), — over, passer sur, (of fluids) deborder, (read cur- sorily) pa rcourir (ir. 184). Russia, s. Russie, f. sad, adj. triste. sadness, s. tristesse, f. safety, s. surete, f. St. Helena, s. Sainte-Helene, f. St. Petersburg, s. St. Petersbourg, f. sake, s ; for the — of, a cause de, par egard pour, pour avoir. sale, s. vente, f. salt, s. sel, m. same, adj. (279) meme, the same thing {la meme chose) ; all or just the — , tout de mane. satisfied, adj. satis/ait {de), content {de). satisfy, v.a.n. satisfaire (ir. 180), satisfaire a (377). Saturday, s. samedi, m. savage, adj. s. sauvage, m.f. save, v.a. sauvcr, (spare) epargner. save, prep, sauf, exceple. say, v.a. dire (ir. 172); it is said (274) . . . on dit ... scarce, adj. rare. scarcely, adv. a peine. scholar, s. ecolier, eleve, m. school, s. ecole, f. ; at — , d Vecole. science, s. science, f. [cain, m. Scipio Africanus, s. Scipion PAfri- 464 VOCABULARY. scissors, s. ciseaux, m. pi. scold, v.a.n. gronder. scripture, s. Ecrituresainte, f. sculpture, s. sculpture, f. Scythian, adj. s. scythe, des Scythes. sea, s. mer, f. season, s. saison, f. second, adj. second, deuxieme, (of the month) deux. secret, adj. s. secret, m. ; to keep a — (342), (se) taire (ir. 178). security, s. surete, f., garantie. see, v.a.n. voir (ir. 192), (under- stand) comprendre (ir. 181). seek, v.a-n. chercher, (ask) deman- der. seem, v.n. sembler, paraitre (ir. 178). seize, v.a.n. saisir (102), s'emparer. seldom, adv. ratement. self, pron. s. (ill, 257) soi-meme, soi, se. sell, v.a. vendre (105) ; — v.n. se vendre ; to be sold, a vendre. send, v.a.n. envoyer (ir. 194); — away, renvoyer ; — for, envoyer chercher, /aire venir. sense, s. sens, m. sensible, adj. sensible (a), (common sense) sense, (conscious) en pleine connaissance. sentiment, s. sentiment, m. September, s. septembre, m. seriously, adv. serieusement. servant, s. serviteur, domestiqite, m., servante, f. serve, v.a.n. servir (ir. 183). service, s. service, m. set, v.a. poser, placer (97),_ mettre (ir. 180) ; — off (start) fdire par- tir ; — out, v.n. (of the sun, etc.) se con c her ; — off or out, partir (ir. 183). seven, adj. sept. seventeen, adj. dix-sept. seventh, adj. septieme, sept. seventy, adj. soixante-dix. several, adj. plusieurs. sew, v.a.n. coudre (ir. 174)- shade, shadow, s. ombre, f. shall. V. p. 54, 90, 201. shame, s. honte, f. share, s. part, f. share, v.a.n. partager (97). she, pron. adj. elle (no, 1 14, 225), celle (119, 270). shed, v.a. verser, repandre (108). sheep, s. mouton, m., brebis, f. sheet, s. (of paper) feaille, f. shepherd, s. berger. shine, v.n. luire (ir. 171), briller. shining, brillant, beau. ship, s. (chiefly for war) vaisseau, (chiefly for trade) navire, (general term) bdtiment, m. shirt, s. chemise, f. shoe, s. Soulier, m. ; — maker, s. cordonnier, m. shoot, v.a. (fire arms) tirer, (go out shooting) chasser. shop, s. magasin, boutique (de . . .). short, adj. court, petit; to be — -sighted, avoir la vue basse. should. V. p. 54, 90, 201, 235. shoulder, s. epaule, f. show, v.a. viontrer. shun, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183). shut, v.a.n. fermer ; — in, enfermer. shutter, s. volet. Sicily, s. la Sicile, f. sick, adj. malade. side, s. cote, m. siege, s. siege, m. sight, s. vue, f. sign, s. signe, m. sign, v.a. sigjier. signify, v.a.n. signifier. silence, s. silence, m. silent, adj. silencieux ; to be or keep — , se tai?-e (ir. 178) silk, s. sole, f. silk, adj. de sole. silly, adj. niais, sot. silver, s. argent, m. silver, adj. d 'argent. simple, adj. s. simple, m. sin, s. pe'che, m. since, conj. depuis que (292), que (308), (inasmuch as) pu isque. sincere, adj. sincere. sincerity, s. since'rite, f. sing, v.a.n. chanter. singer, s. chanteur, m. single, adj. seul. sink, v.n. (j - '^ enfoncer, (decline) de* choir (ir. 189). sir, s. monsieur, m. VOCABULARY. 465 sister, s. soeicr, f. ; — -in-law, belle- sceur. sit, v.n. (seat one's self*) s'asseoir (ir. 192) ; down, s'asseoir ; (to dinner, to table) se mettre (ir. 180) a ta- ble. situated, adj. situe. situation, s. situation, place, f. six, adj. s. six. sixteen, adj. seize. sixteenth, adj. seizieme, seize. sixth, adj. sixieme, six. sixty, adj. s. soixante. size, s. grandeur, f. skate, s. pa I in, m. skate, v.n. patiner. skilful, adj. habile, adroit. skin, s. peau, f. sky, s. ciel, m. ; skies, pi. (clouds) nues, f. pi. slander, v. a. medire de (ir. 172). slate, s. ardoise, f. slave, s. esc lave, m.f. slavery, s. esclavage, m. sleep, v.n. dormir (ir. 183). sleep, s. sommeil, m. sleepy, adj. ; to be — , avoir so?nmeil. slow, adj. lent. slumber, v.n. so?nmeiller. small, adj. petit. smell, v.a.n. sentir ; — sweet (285) sentirbon. smile, v.n. sourire (ir. 107, 194), ('at,' pers., a; things, de). smoke, s. fumee, f. smoke, v.n. a. /timer. snow, s. neige, f. snow, v.n. neiger (146). snuffers, s. ?nouckettes, f. pi. so, adv. ainsi, (therefore) done, (to such a degree) si, tellement, tant, aussi, (used after an adj. or a verb) le, en, que oui, (provided that) pourvu que ; — that, — as to, de sorte que, de manure que. soap, s. savon, m. society, s. socie'te, f. Socrates, s. Socrate, m. soft, adj. (yielding, not hard in sub- stance) mou, mol, (not rough, and fig. not hard or harsh or strong) doux, delicat. softly, adv. (gently) doucement. soil, v.a. salir (102), souiller. soldier, s. soldat, m. solid, adj. solide, (not hollow) massif. some, adj. art. adv. (some or other, a small amount of, . a short . . ., a few) quelque, quelques, pi., (an indefinite quantity or number, 39) du, m., de la, f., des, pi., (of it, of them, 120) en, (about) environ, a peu pres ; pron. quelques-uns. somebody, s. pron. (129) quelqiCun, on. something, s. pron. quelque chose, m. ; — else, autre chose, m. sometimes, adv. quelquefois, (when repeated) tantot. somewhere, adv. quelque part. sen, s. fits, m. soon, adv. bientot, tot, (early) de bonne heure, tot ; as — as, aussi- tot que, des que (320). sooner, adv. plus tot (286). sore, adj. (tender) douloureux, sensi- ble ; to have — eyes, throat (52) avoir mal aux yeux, a la gorge. sorrow, s. chagrin, m., douleur. sorry, adj. fdche (' for,' ' to,' de), af- sort, s. sorte, espece, f. soul, s. dme, f. source, s. source, f. south, s. sud, midi, m. sow, v.a.n. semer (96). spacious, adj. grand, vaste. Spain, s. V Espag7ie, f. Spanish, adj. espagnol, d'Espagne. sparrow, s. moineau, m. speak, v.n.a. parler, dire (ir. 172). speaker, s. orateur, m. spectacles, s. lunettes, f. pi. spell v.a.n. epeler, (write) ecrire, (is spelt) s'e'erit (ir. 175). spend, v.a.n. depenser, (time) passer. spirit, s. esprit, m. spite, s. depit, m., malice, f . ; in — of, en depit de, malgre. splendid, adj. spletidide, magnijique. spoil, v.a. corrompre (107), gdter, abimer, de truire (ir. 172). spoon, s. cuiller, f., (for salt or ice) pelle, f. spread, v.a. etendre, (scatter, pub- lish) repandre (107), 466 VOCABULARY. spring, v.a.n. (leap) sauter. spring, s. (season) prin temps, m., (elastic -body) ressort, m. ; in the — , au prin temps. stair, s. — s, pi. escalier, m. ; down — s, en bas ; up — s, en haut. stand, v.n. se tenir (debout) (ir. 187), (be placed) etre place, etre situe ; v.a. (bear) supporter. standard, s. drapeau, m. star, s. etoile, f. start, v.n. (set out) pa rtir (ir. 183). starve, v.n. mourir de faim, (with cold) mourir de froid. state, s. e'tat, m., condition, f. stay, v.n. rester, demeurer. steal, v.a.n. voter. steam, s. vapeur, f. \_peur, m. steamer, steamship, s. bateau a va- steel, s. acier, m. step, s. pas, m. stick, s. baton, m., canne, f. still, adj. cahne, tranquille. still, adv. encore, (nevertheless) ce- pendant, ne'an??ioins. stocking, s. bas, m. stone, s. pierre, f. stop, v.a. arreter ; — v.n. s^arreter. store, s. provision, f., (warehouse, shop) magasin, m. storm, s. orage, m., tempete; f. story, s. histoire, f., conte, m. strange, adj. etrange. stranger, s. etranger, m. street, s. rue, f. strength, s. force, f. strict, adj. strict, exact. strike, v.a.n. frapper, (of clocks, etc. ) sonner. string, s. (twine) ficelle, f., (of shoes, etc.) cordon, m., (of mus. instrs.) corde, f. strong, adj. fort. studious, adj. studieux, attentif (a). study, s. etude, f. study, v.a.n. etudier. stuff, s. (cloth) etoffe, f. style, s. style, goiit, m. subject, s. sujet, m. sublime, adj. sublime. submission, s. soumission, f. [180). submit, v.a.n. (se) soumetlre a (ir. succeed, v.a.n. (follow) succe'der (a), suivre, (be successful) re'ussir, pamenir (ir. 135, 187). success, s. succes, m. successively, adv. successivement, de suite (286). such, adj. tel (276), pareil, (these, those) ces ; (adverb.: thus) tel, ainsi, (so) si; — a one, un tel, m., tine telle, f. ; — a man, ten tel hotnme ; — as, tel que. suddenly, adv. subitement, tout a. coup (286). suffer, v.a.n. souffrir (ir. 185), endu- rer, (undergo) subir. suffice, v.n. suffire (a) (ir. 171, 343). sufficient, adj. suffisant, (adverb) as- sez ; to be — , suffire (a) (ir. 171, 33Q> 343)- sufficiently, adv. suffisamment, as- sez. sugar, s. sucre, m. suit, v.a. convenir a (ir. 187). sum, s. somme, f. summer, s. ete, m. sun, s. soleil, m. Sunday, s. dimanche, m. sup, v.n. souper (' on,' de, avec). superstition, s. superstition, f. supplicate, v.a.n. supplier. support, v.a. supporter, (help) ap- puyer, soutenir (ir. 187). suppose, v.a. supposer, (fancy) j-'z'w- aginer. supposed, part, suppose '(246). sure, adj. sur. sure, surely, adv. surement, vrai- ment. surprise, s. surprise, f. surprising adj. snpre?tant. surrender, v.a.n. (se) rcndi'e, livrer. surround, v.a. entourer. survive, v.a.n. s:trvivre, (a) (ir. 181) suspect, v.a.n. soupgonner. suspend, v.a. suspendre. sustain, v.a. soutenir (ir. 187). Sweden, s. la Suede, f. sweet, adj. doux. swim, v.a.n. nager, (float) fiotter. Switzerland, s. la Suisse, f. sword, s. e'pe'e, f. symbol, s. symbole, m. VOCABULARY. 467 table, s. table, f. tailor, s. tailleur, m. take, v.a. prendre (ir. 180), (bring with one's self, and without carry- ing) conduire (ir. 172), metier (96), (by carrying) porter, (off, away) emmener (96), emporter, en- lever (96), oter, (a prize) rempor- ter, (hire) loner ; — up, prendre (ir. 180), (pick up) ramasser; — from, depouiller {jusqiCd) ; — charge of, se charger de ;' — part in, se meler ; — off, oter. talent, s. talent, m. talk, v.n. parler, causer ('about,' 'over,' de). talk, s. conversation, f. tart, s. tonrte, tarte, f. task, s. tdche, (of schools) devoir, m. taste, v.a.n. gouter. taste, s. gout, m. tasteful, adj. de bon goiit. tea, s. the, m. ; cup, s. tasse a the, f. teach, v.a. enseigner, apprendre (a) (ir. 181 >. teacher, s. maitre, m., -sse, f., profes- seitr, m. tear, s. larme, f. ; — s, pi. larmes, f. pi., pleurs, m. pi. ; to burst into — , fondre en larmes. tear, v.a. dec hirer. tedious, adj. ennuyeux. Telemachus, s. Telemaque, m. tell, v.a.n. dire {a) (ir. 172), (relate) raconter, (inform) apprendre (ir. 181), informer {de) ; I cannot — , je ne sais pas, je ne saurais votes dire. temper, s. caractere, m. ; out of — , de mauvaise humeicr ; to lose o.'s — , to get out of — , s'' emporter, se fdcher. temperate adj. sobre, mod ere. ten, adj. s. dix, m. tend, v.a.n. garder, avoir soin de; — v.n. tendre (a). tender, adj. tendre (83). tenth, adj. dixieme, dix. term, s. terme, m., condition, {., (charge) prix, m. terminate, v.a.n. terminer, finir {par). terrible, adj. terrible. than, adv. que (86), de (287), que . . . ne (293). thank, v.a. remercier {de) ; — you! merci / thanks, s. remerciments, m. pi., (owing to) grace {a) ; — ! merci ! thankful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' de). that, pron. dem. ce, cet, m., cette, f., ce . . . -la, cet . . . -la, cette . . . -Id (62), celui, m., celle, f., (that one) celui-ld, m., celle-ld, f. (119), (that thing) cela, fa, m. (120), (it, so) *le; — which, (what) ce qui (nom. ), ce que (obj.) or ce qti' (120, 126), (that is to say) c ^est-d-dire (308). that, pron. relat. V. who, whom, and which, that, (conj., 163; with indicative, 308; with subj., 325) que, (in order that) afin que (333), pour que, que (310). the, art. (28, 34, 218, 221 ) le, m., la f., les, pi. theatre, s. theatre, m. thee, pron. pers. toi (no), te (114). their, pron. poss. leur, leurs (64, 241). theirs, pron. poss. (125) le leur, la leur, les leurs. them, pers. pron. eux, m., elles, f. (no), (obj. of a verb) les, (to them) leur (114) ; at — , by — , for — (of things)/, en (120). theme, s. theme, sujet, m. themselves, pron. (in, 257) eux- memes, elles-memes, eux, elles, (in a reflect, verb) se (138). then, adv. (at that time, in that case) alors, (afterwards) ensuite, puis, (therefore) done; since — , depuis ce temps-la, depuis. there, adv. (place not mentioned before) la, y, (place mentioned be- fore) y, (emphatically) Id; — he or she. is {or goes) le or la voild ; — they are, les voild ; — is or are, V. be. these, pi. of this ( V. this), pron. dem. (62) ces, ces . . . -ci, ceux-ci f celles-ci {il y a, 147), 4 68 VOCABULARY. Theseus, s. The'see, m. they, pron. Us, m. dies, f. (114), enx, m., elles, f. (no), (those) ceux, m., ^//^, f. (119), (people, anyone) #;z (119, 274). thick, adj. (252) epais, d'epaisseur. thief, s. voleur, m. thine, pron. poss. (125) le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tlennes, a toi, de toi. V. mine, think, v.a.n. penser, (believe) croire {que) (ir. 177, 327). third, adj. troisieme, trois. thirst, s. soif, f. thirsty, adj. ; to be or feel — , avoir soif. thirteen, adj. treize. thirty, adj. trente. this, pron. dem. ce, cet, m., cette,^., ce . . . -ci, cet . . . -ci, cette . . . -ci (62), (this one) celui-ci, m., celle- ci, f. (119), (this thing) ceci, cela, ce (120). V. that, those, pi. of that ( V. that), pron. dem, (62) ces, ces . . . -Id, ceux, celles, ceux-ld, celles-ld ; — are, ce sont, ce sont Id, voild. thou, pron. tu (114), toi {no). though, conj. (163, 333) quoiqice, bien que ; quelque . . . que (281). thought, s. pcnse'e, f. thoughtless, adj. insouciant. thousand, adj. (68) mille, (of the date) mil. thread, s. fil, m. threaten, v. a. menacer. three, adj. trois. throat, s. gorge, f. ; a sore — , un mal de gorge (230), mal d la gorge (52). through, prep, a travers, par, (in the middle, in) dans, (by means of) par. throughout, prep, d^un botit d P au- tre. throw, v.a. jeter (96) ; — off, jeter a bas. thundei-, v.a.n. tonner. thunder, s. tonnerre, m. ; storm, s. orage, m. Thursday, s. jeudi, m. thus, adv. ainsi. thy, pron. poss. (65) ton, ta, les. thyself, pron. (in) toi-mSme, toi, (in a reflect, verb, 138) te, toi. tile, s. Utile, f. till, prep. conj. V. until. time, s. temps, m., (of the clock), heure, f., (with regard to repeti- tion, 160) fois, f. ; a long — , long- temps ; at one — (at once, former- ly) aictrefois, tout d'un coup (286) ; at the same — , en meme temps ; at — s, parfois, quelques fois; in good — , d temps ; it is — , il est temps (330). timely, adv. apropos. timid, adj. timide. tire, v.a.n. (se) fatiguer. to, (particle used before an infinitive) a (347) de (342), (in order to) pour (354), afin de ; (sometimes untranslated). to, prep, d (435, 232, 250), en (236), (into) en, (towards, of behavior, with regard to, 250, 299) envers, (towards, of direction) vers (299), (as far as, till) jusqifd, (about, 244) vers, (of the hour, 72, 244) moins. to-day, adv. aujourd^hui. together, adv. ensemble. tolerably, adv. passablement, assez. to-morrow, adv. demain ; the day after — , apres demain. ton, s. tonfie, {.' too, adv. trop, (also) aussi, de plus. tooth, s. deiit, f. ; — -ache, s. mal de dents, m. (230), mal aux dents (52). touch, v.a.n. toucher (a). towards, adv. (250, 299) vers, envers, pour: towel, s. essuie-mains, m. town, s. ville, f. ; in — , en ville. tradesman, s. marchand, m. traduce, v.a. V. slander, train, s. (rail) train, m. tranquillity, s. tranquillite', f. translate, v.a. traduire (ir. 175). translation, s. traduction, version, f. travel, v.n. voyager. traveller, s. voyageur, m. treasure, s. tre'sor, m. treat, v.a.n. t?'aiter, regaler, ('with,' 'to,' de). VOCABULARY. 469 treatment, s. traitement, m. tree, s. arbre, m. tremble, v.n. tre?nbler. tribute, s. tribut, m. triumph, v.n. triompher (de). troop, s. troupe, f. trouble, v. a. troubler, tourmenter ; to — one's self, se de'ranger, (be un- easy about) sHnquieter (de). trouble, s. trouble, m., (affliction) peine, f., (annoyance) ennui, m. Troy, s. Troie, f. true, adj. vrai. truly, adv. vraiment, sincerement. trunk, s. malle, f., coffre, m., (of ele- phants, insects) trompe, f. trust, v.a.n. (rely on) se fier a, avoir confiance en, (in trust) confier a. trusty, adj. fidele, constant. truth, s. verite, f. truthful, adj. vrai. truthfulness, s. veracite, f., verite, f. try, v.a.n. essayer, (test) eprouver, (endeavor) tdcher (de), (tire) fati- guer. 3. Tuesday, s. mardi, m. tumult, s. tumulte, m. turn, v.a.n. tourner, (change) chan- ger, converiir (en), (direction) (se) diriger or tourner (vers), (move toward) se diriger (vers). turn, s. tour, m., (service) service, m. ; by — s, in — , tour a tour. tutor, s. precepteur, mailre, m. twelfth, adj. douzieme, douze. twelve, adj. s. douze; — o'clock (noon) midi, m., (midnight) mi- nuit, m. twenty, adj. (67) vingt. twitter, s. gazouillement, m. two, adj. deux. tyrant, s. tyran, m. Tyre, s. Tyr, f. Tyrian, s. Tyrien, m. Tyrolese, s. adj. Tyrolian, adj. Tyro- lien, m., -ne, f. U. ugly, adj. laid, vilain. umbrella, s. parapluie, m. unable, adj. incapable (de). unanswerable, adj. sans replique. uncertain, adj. s. incertain, m. uncle, s. oncle, m. uncomfortable, adj. gene, mal a son aise, (things) incommode. uncommon, adj. rare, extraordi- naire. \_dessous de. under, prep. adv. sous, dessous, au- undergo, v. a. subir, eprouver. understand, v.a.n. comprendre (ir. 181), (suppose, to mean) entendre, (know) s' entendre a or en. undertake, v.a.n. entreprendre (ir. 181), se charger de, s' engager (a). undoubtedly, adv. sans doute. unexpectedly, adv. tout d'un coup (286). unfit, adj. pen propre (a), more — (371) moins conv enable, inepte. unfortunate, adj. s. infortune, mal- heureux. unfortunately, adv. malheureuse?nent. ungrateful, adj. ingrat. unhappy, adj. malheureux. unheard, adj. — of, inou'i. unite, v.a. unir. United States, s. Etats-Unis, m. pi. universal, adj. s-* universel. universe, s. univers, m. unjust, adj. injuste. unjustly, adv. injusteznent, mal. unknown, adj. inconnu (a). unless, conj. a moins que (292, 333), (with the subj. and ne) que . . . ne (310), a moins de, (before an inf.), excepie, sinon. unlikely, adj. invraisemblable. unmerited, adj. immerite. unpleasant, unpleasing, adj. d/sa- gre'able. until, prep, jusqifa, jusque. until, conj. Jusqu'd ce que (310, 333> 334)- up, adj. leve. up, adv. en haut, (standing) debout, (out of bed) leve. up, prep, en haut de. upon, prep. V. on. us, pron. notis (no). use, v.a. (377) user de, (employ) se servir de (ir. 183), employer ; — v.n. (pers.) avoir coutume (de). 470 VOCABULARY. use, s. tisage, m. ; for the — of, a V usage de ; to be of — , servir (ir. 183) or itre utile (a) ; to make — of, se servir (ir. 183), user (377). useful, adj. utile. useless, adj. inutile. usual, adj. usuel. usually, adv. ordinairement. V. vain, adj. vain; in — , en vain; to be in — avoir beau. valley, s. vallee, f. valuable, adj. precieux. value, s. valeur, f. variety, s. variete, f., Men des. various, adj. different. vegetable, s. legutne, m. verb, s. vcrbe, m. verse, s. vers, m. very, adj. mime, (only) seul ; the — thing, la chose mime. very, adv. (286) tres,fort, Men. vessel, s, vaisseau, m. V. ship. vice, s. vice, m. vicinity, s. voisinage, m., environs, m. pi. victory, s. victoire, f. Vienna, s. Vienne, f. view, s. vue, f., coicp d'ceil, m., in- tention, f., (opinion) idee. vigor, s. vigueur, force, f. village, s. village, m. vine, s, vigne, f. vinegar, s. vinaigre, m. violet, s. violette, f. violin, s. violon, f. virtue, s. vertu, f. virtuous, adj. vertueux. visit, v.a. visiter ; — v.n. faire des visiles. visit, s. visile, f . ; on a — , en visile (chez). voice, s. voix, f. volume, s. volume, tome, m. vote, s. vote, m., voix, f. vow, s. vceu, m. vowel, s. voyelle, f. W. wait, v.a.n. attendre (107), (at table, etc.) servir (ir. 185). waiter, s. garfon, m. wake, v.a.n. F. awake. walk, v.a.n. marcher, (go on foot) alter a pied, (come on foot) venir a pied, (take a walk) se promener. walk, s. marche, f., (for pleasure) pro?nenade, f., (path) allee ; to go, to take a — , alter (ir. 194) _/«*/*£ une promenade. wall, s. #zwr, m. walnut, s. noix, f. want, v.a. avoir besoin de, falloir (ir. 148, 190), (be destitute) man- quer de, (wish) vouloir (ir. 191), desirer. want, s. manque, (need) besoin, m. ; for — of, faute de. war, s. guerre, f. warm, adj. chaud ; to be — (5 1 )* avoir chaud. warm, v. a. 11. chauffer, s'echauffer. warn, v.a. avertir (de). wasp, s. guipe, f. waste, v.a.n. (lose) perdre. watch, v.a. veiller (sur). watch, s. (time-piece) montre, f., (at night) veille, f., (guard) gardj, f . ; to keep a strict — , veiller avec soin (sur) ; maker, s. horloger, m. water, s. eau, f. water, v.a. arroser. way, s. chemin, m., roicte, {., voie t f., (direction, side) cote, m., (means) moyen, m. ; which — ? de quel cote '? par ou ? this — , par ici ; that — , par-la. we, pron. nous (no, 114, 255), (any- one) on. weak, a.dj./aible, de'bile (129, 274). weakness, s. faiblesse. wealth, s. richesse, {., richesses, f. pi., Mens, m. pi. wear, v.a. user (377), (have on) porter. wear, s. user. weather, s. temps, m. ; how is the — ? quel temps fait-il? VOCABULARY. 471 Wednesday, s. mercredi, m. week, s. semaine, f., knit jours, m. pi. ; this day — , d'aujourd'hui en huit ; yesterday — , ilyaeu hier huit jours. weep, v.a.n. pleurer ; to — bitterly, (359) fondre en larmes. welfare, s. bien-etre, m. well, adj. bien, bon, bien portant ; to be — , se porter bien. well, adv. bien. west, s. ouest, Occident, m. west, adj. de P ouest, ouest, occiden- tal. West Indies, ks Indes occidentals. western, adj. V. west. wet, adj. mouille. what, pron. rel. adj. que, quoi (122, 265, 270), qu'esi-ce qui, qu'esi-ce que (264), quel, m., quelle, f., quels, m. pi., quelles, f. pi. (62), (exclam.) quel . . . que (307), ce qui, ce que (126, 270), (that of which, what ... of) ce dont, (as) comme, (how much) combien. whatever, pron. rel. (76, 282, 283) tout ce qui, tout ce que, quelque, quelconque, quoi que ce soil, quoi que, (when used adjectively) quel que, quelle que, quels que, quelles que, tout ce qui,- tout ce que (280). when, adv. (286, 309) quand, lorsque, (used for in ox on or at which) que, ou, (after ' scarcely ' or ' hardly,.' 308) que, (and — ) (309) et que. whence, adv. d'oii. whenever, adv. toutes les fois que. where, adv. oil ; any — , partout ; from — , d'ou. whereas, adv. tandis que. whether, conj. (310) soil que, que, (with the subj.) soil, (if) si. which, pron. rel. adj. (122, 125, 263, 267) qui (nom.), que (obj.), (after a prep.) lequel, m., laquelle, i., lesquels, m. pi., lesquelles, f. pi., (which one) lequel, m., (the one which) celui (m.) or celle (f.) que, (used for 'what,' before a noun) quel, quelle, quels, quelles ; of or from — , dont, duquel, etc. ; to — , auquel, a laquelle (ou, 270). whichever, whichsoever, pron. le- quel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, quelque . . . que. while, s. temps, instant ; a little — ago, tantot (286). while, adv. pendant que, tandis que. whisper, s. ; in a — , tout bas. white, adj. s. blanc, m. whither, adv. ou. who, pron. rel. (122, 125, 264, 267, 270) qui. whoever, pron. rel. (282) quiconque, qui que ce soil, qui. whole, adj. entier, tout (76, 280), the — town, toute la ville. wholesome, adj. sain, salutaire. whom, pron. rel. (125, 264, 268) que, (after a prep.) qui, lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles ; (what person) qui ; of or from — , de qui, dont. whose, pron. rel. (123, 264, 268) (followed by a noun nom. of the verb) dont le (la, f., les, pi.), (fol- lowed by a noun obj. of the verb) dont ; — book is this ? a qui est ce livre. whosoever. V. whoever. why, adv. pourquoi, (for which) pour lequel or laquelle ; — conj. mais ; — not ? pourquoi pas, que . . . ne (292, 307). wicked, adj. mechanl. wide, adj. (252, 302) large, de lar- geur. width, s. largeur, f. wife, s. femme, f. will, v.a. vouloir (ir. 191), ordonner (327)- will, v.n. auxil. vouloir (ir. 191). V. also, p. 54, 90, 201. will, s. volonte, {., testament, m. ; good , bienveillance, f. William, s. Guillaume, m. willing, adj. dispose (a), pret (a) ; to be — , vouloir (ir. 191). willingly, adv. volontiers. win, v.a.n. gagner. wind, s. vent, m. window, s. fenetre, croise'e, f. wine, s. vin, m. wing, s. aile, f. winter, s. hiver, m. wipe, v.a. essuyer (97). 472 VOCABULARY. wisdom, s. sagesse, f. wise, adj. sage. wish, v.a.n. de'sirer (327), vouloir (ir. 191), souhaiter ; I — 097)> je voudrais. wish, s. de'sir, souhait, m. wit, s. esprit, m. with, prep. (305) avec, (by) par, a (250), (from, of) <& (250), (in) en, dans, (among) ckez, (in the estima- tion or eyes of) aupres de, devant, (cook, done in, mixed with) an, m., a la, f., aux, pi. within, prep, dans, en. within, adv. en dedans, dedans, (at home) a la maison, chez soi. without, prep, sans (300); — conj. (with the subj.) sans que, a moins que, que . . . ne (310, 333). woman, s. femme, f. wonder, s. merveille, f. wonderful, adj. ?nerveilleux. wood, s. bois, m. wooden, adj. de bois. wool, s. laine, f. word, s. (as a mere sign printed, written, or even pronounced) mot, m., (of utterance only) parole, f., (form of expression) terme, m., (assurance, promise, pledge) pa- role, f. ; to keep o.'s — , tenir pa- role or sa parole. work, v.a.n. travailler. work, s. travail, m., (thing done or to be done) ouvrage, (literary or artistic production) ceuvre, f. world, s. monde, m. worse, adj. plus mauvais, pire. worst, adj. le pire, le plus mauvais. worth, adj. qui vaut ; to be — , valoir (ir. 191). worthy, adj. digne {de), brave (83). would (sign of the conditional). V. p. 54, 90, 201, 235. wound, v.a. blesser. wound, s. blessure, f., coup, m. wretched, adj. miserable. wrist, s. poignet, m. write, v.a.n. ecrire (ir. 175). writing, s. ecriture, f. ; — -master, maitre d } ecriture, m. wrong, adj. faux, mal ; to be — (pers.) avoir tort (de). wrong, s. mal, m., injustice, {., tort, m. ; to be in the — , avoir tort. wrong, v.a. /aire tort d. Y. yard, s. cour, {., (measure) metre, m. year, s. anne'e, f., an m. ; last — , f anne'e derniere or passe'e ; next — , P anne'e prochaine ; new — , jiouvelle anne'e, noiLvel an; New — 's Day, jour de Van, m. ; New — 's gift, e'trennes, f. pi.; to wish a happy New — , souhaiter la botine anne'e. yellow, adj. s.jaune, m. yes, adv. oui, si (201), que oui, que si (308). yesterday, adv. hier ; the day before — , avant-kier. yet, conj. cependant, que . . . ne (3io). yet, adv. encore. yield, v.a.n. ce'der (a). yonder, adj. ce, cet, cette, ces, ce . . . Id, etc. ; adv. la-bas. you, pron. (no, 114) vous. young, adj. jeune ; — men, — peo- . pie, jeunes geits, m. pi., la jeu- nesse, f. younger adj. plus jeune. your, pron. poss. (64, 65) votre, vos, pi. yours, pron. poss. (125) le votre, la votre, les votres, (pron. pers.) a vous, de vous ; a friend of — , un de vos amis ; — truly, sincerely, or faithfully, tout a vous, votre tout devoue. yourself, pron. (in) vous-meme, (in a reflect, verb, 138) vous. yourselves, pron. (in) vous-memes, (in a reflect, verb, 138) vous. youth, s. jeunesse, f., (lad) jeune homme, m. zeal, s. zele, m. zealously, adv. avec zele. zero, s. zero, m. zone, s. zone, f. INDEX. Where two figures are given separated by a dash, the first refers to page, the second to paragraph ; e.g., 146 — 2 means page 146, paragraph 2. Often several paragraphs are named in succession, e.g., 64 — 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the few cases where more than two paragraphs are referred to, it was thought better to name all, than risk confusion by a varying use of the dash. About, autour de ; different significa- tions, 301 — 1. Abo7Je, expressing time, number, 301— II. Absolve, absoudre ; irr. See note of Accents. Acute (e), 16 — 14 and .note. See 97 verbs in eger, 4th line ; changed into grave (e) in verbs, note of 97, as esperer. Grave ( 5> with the article. Exception in note : denoting kinds of hunting, shooting, etc., with the article, etc., 233 — 6. In expressions when with is or may be used, 233 — 7, and 234. Expressing property, possessive case with etre, 240 — 4. Before names of places for to, at, in, 237—8. Must be repeated before each noun, 296. Rem. 474 INDEX. A djectives — (cent' d). List of irr. formation of the f em. , 79 — 8 ; another list — 79 — 9 and note. Plural of adj., 79 — 10. In a partitive sense. Notes of L. XVIII. , XIII. Possessive, L. XII., 64 — 1 ; 65 — 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. — The form of their feminine and plur., 64 — I. Re- peated before each substantive, 65—2 ; 239—1, 2. Expressed before nouns denoting degree of relationship, 65 — 7 ; 240 — 2. Instead of English poss. adj. the article is used, 240 — 5 and notes. After changer and redoubler the Engl. poss. adj. replaced by de, 240 — 6. A few gallicisms, 242 — 10. Their place with nouns P. I., L. XVIII. and P. II. 248—1 ; 249—2, 3, 4- Their complement with de, a, en, etc., 250 — I, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; 251 — 5. Of- dimension, 251 — I ; 252, — 5 3, 4, 5- Agreement of, 79 — 11 ; 246 — 1. If an adj. belongs to two nouns sing., 246 — I ; if nouns are of differ, genders and joined by et, and, 246 — 2 ; if by ou, or, 246—3. Some used as adverbs, 153 — 8 and 285 — 2, 3, and notes. Adverbs of manner, 151 — I ; 152 — 2 and notes ; in ant and ent, two exceptions. Some taking final e, 152 — 4. Compared, 152 — 5. Irreg. form, 152 — 6. When some take de or d, 285 — 4. Follow the simple verb, 287 — 5 ; but adv. of time can have other places, 287 — 6. Of place, 155 — I ; of time, 155 — 2 and 156. their place Rem. 1, 2, and N. B. Of number, quantity and com- parison, 158. Adverbs — (cont'd). Adverbial locutions, 159. Of negation, 159 — 1 ; in com- pound tenses, 159 — 2. Ne without pas, 159 — 3, 4. With Infinitive, 160 — 5 ; without verb, 160 — 6, 7, 8. Of time, 286 — 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Irregular in their comparison, 152 — 6. Age, how to express, 68 — 6, etc. Ago, rendered by il y a, 147, note 2. Ai and ei, pronunciation, 18 — 26, ay, 18, fifth line. A'ietil, ancestor, double plural, 214 — 4- Aimer, to like; aimer autant, pre- ' ferer, govern the second verb with infinitive, 341 — 6 and note. A Her, to go, irr., and s'enaller, go away, 194 — 69, and 203 ; to be going, to be on the point of, note of 322 — 22. II y va, idiomatic, third line be- fore last, list of verbs, 383. Apercevoir and s" 1 apercevoir, to per- ceive, irr., 189 — 55, model of that class. a distinction between both, foot- note of 374. Appeler. When the / is doubled, 96 — 1. Apres, after, before verbs, not used without avoir, 358 — 5 ; apres que, conjunct., with sub- ject., 358—6. Articles, definite, le, la, V, 28 — I, 2, 3. Plural of le, 30 — 1. Contracted with de, etc., 34 — 3; contracted with a, 34 — 6. Expressed, 220 — II. Used in French, not in English, 218— 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Expressed before names of coun- tries, provinces, rivers ; moun- tains ; but not before countries and islands whose names are like those of the cities, 235 — 1, 2. INDEX. 475 Articles, definite (cont'd). When suppressed before names of countries, 235 — 3. Exception in note, and 236 — 2, 3, 4 ' If the name of the country is ac- companied by an adjective, dans is used with the article when ac- companied by adject, superla- tive, 247 — 6. Definite is omitted, 221 — 1, 2; 222 — 3. Partitive, 39 — 1, 2, 3, 4. Their place. P. 1. L. xviii., and 248 B. 1 ; 249—2, 3, 4. Indefinite, 28 — 4 — a replaced by the definite le, la, les. 220 — 10. Omitted generally in French be- fore national or professional names, 222 — 1, note and excep- tion. When in apposition, 222 — 2 ; in the title of books, 222 — 3. After quel, what, meaning sur- prise, 222 — 4 ; Before the words quantite, nom- bre, force, etc., 222 — 5 ; after Jamais, 222 — 7. Supplied by par, denoting time, wages, etc., 222 — 6. When verb and noun make one expression, 223 — 8, and a list. In many proverbs, 224 — 1 ; In enumeration, 224 — 2 ; After ni, ni, 224 — 3 ; after prep, and nouns, when one expres- sion, 224 — 4, 5 ; after verb and noun forming one expression, 224—6. Asseoir, simple transit, to seat, and reflect, to seat one's self, irr., 192 — 66. Assez, enough, precedes nouns and adj., 158 — foot-note. At, &, de, chez, in different relations, 302—1. Attendu, whereas, invariable, rule 366 — 12 and note. Auctin. Indefin. neg. pron., 275— 4, 5 J 57—3- Avant, before, priority of time, or- der, 298. Avant de before an infinitive, 299, third line. Avant que with subj., 310 — 6. Avoir, to have, irr., L. viii. Inter- rogative, 59 and 60; neg., 58. Idiomatic, 51 L. ix. Avoir qtcelque chose, 52 — 2. Avoir Fair, 52 — 3. Impersonally, 146 ■ — 2. Instead of ago, 147 — note 2. B Bas, low, used sometimes as adj. and adv., 153 — 8 and 285 — 2. Battre, to beat, irr. , il bat, 107 — I. Beaucoup and bien, much and not compared, 286 — 2. Bien, well and very, 286 — 2. Boire, to drink, irr., 177 — 19. Bon, adj. and adverbially, 247 — 4. Bouillir, to boil, irr., 186 — 50. Both, tons deux, etc., before nouns, 278 — note I ; with and, 278 — note 2. Braire, to bray, defective. 197 — 70. Brave, two senses, 83 — 7. By, par, and differ, senses, 302 — I, 2, 3, 4, S> and SOS- Rendered by par after conwiencer and Jinir only, 360 — note. C, name and pronunc, 1 — 1 ; 22. Rules 44, 45 and notes. Ce, this and that ; and cet, cette, ces, demonstrative adj., 62 — 1. ci added to ce, celle, etc., 62 — 2. Before a masculine noun begin- ning with vowel or h mute, 62 — 3 ; ce is also a pronoun, but invariable, used before the rela- tive meaning that which, 120—- 4; ceci, cela, absolutely, 120 — 5 Cedille, 5, 15—8. 476 INDEX. Celui, fem. celle, that, demonstr. pronoun, 119 — 1. Celui, celle, ceux, preceding a relative pron. are rendered by he, she, they, who, 119— 2. Used with prep, de instead of Engl, possess, case, 120 — 3, and remark. Ce, pronoun, is also adj. and invariable before a rel- ative, meaning that which, 120 Instead of ceci, cela, etc., with prep, de and a, en andj, may be used, 120 — 6, and examples. Cent, hundred ; taking the plur., 68 — 2. Cesser, to cease, reg. takes ne with- out pas, and exception, 291 — 5. Chacum, chaque, each, indef. pron., 275—2; adj., 75-1. ; Cher, dear, sometimes adj. et adv., 83-7. Chez, at, etc., 37 — 3; P. II., Less. XVI., 299. Choir et echoir, to fall, irr., 197 — 72. Ciel, heaven; plur. cieux, et dels, 214—3. Cities, etc. , when to put a before the names, 45 — 5. Clore et 'dclore, to close, to hatch, irr., 198—73, 74. Commencer, continuer ; with & and de, 351 — 20. Co?nparison, degrees of, L. XIX., 86 — 1 and notes. Complements of adj., 250 — I, 2, 3, 4; 251—5-8; 252, 2, 3, 4, 5. Conclure, conclude, irr., 107. Rem. 4, its except. D D, name and pronunc, 13. Spe- cial rules, 22 ; like t, 29 — 3. Dans, in, to, bef. the name of a coun- try, 236—5. Davantage, more, its place, p. 42. Rem. on plus and davantage, 287-4- De contracted with le and les, 34 — 3, 4, and bef. un, 34 — 5. Used without article for measure, weight, adverb of quantity, rem. 42 — I, 2, and rem. after pas, point, jamais, 42 — 3. After nouns denoting material, 42 — 4. Instead of by, 135 — 2. When used, L. IV., 228. After adverbs of quantity, 228 — 1, 2, and foot-note. After adject, of dimension and age, 229 — 3, 4. When an Engl. adj. is rendered by a noun, 229 — 5- Used as in Eng. after common nouns followed by its proper name, 229 — 6, and exceptions. Instead of with, from, of, by, in, 230 — 7. Instead of than, que, 230—8. For in, after superlatives, 230 — 9 ; always repeated, 296. Rem. See compl. of adj., 250, L. VIII. In compound Fr. nouns, 230 — 10, and 231 — 2. Dechoir, to fall, irr., 189 — 56. Demain, to-morrow, 156, N. B. Demi, half, adj. or adv. when it agrees or not, 246 — 2. Dernier, last, two senses, 83 — 7. Devant, before, prep, of place, 298. Devoir, to owe, etc., 189 — 54, irr. and idiom., 203. Diceresis, trema, 15 — 9. Diphthongs, pronunc. 18 — 30 ; 19 — 3 X > 3 2 - Dire, to say, irr., 172 — 7. Do (to), /aire, and idiom, how to render, L. XLVII. Done, then, how to render, 164 — 6. Donner, to give ; idiomatical use, 382. Dont, whose, relative pron. for per- sons and things, 268 — 4 ; but replaced by lequel, etc., when the noun following whose in Engl, is governed by a prep., 268 — 5 and 269. Dormir, to sleep, irr., 183 — 35 INDEX. 477 Du, past participle of devoir, in- variable when followed by an infinitive, 366 — 1 1. E, name, Alph., pronounce unac- accented, 16 — 12, 13; 26 — ob- serv. and 61. E, with accent (e) acute, 16 — 14, and note; with grave (e) and circumflex (/), 15 and note, sounding like Fr. a, 16 — 16, and between g, a and o, 17. / changed into e in words like es-perer, as a model, 97. ei, 18 — 26; eu, oeu, 18 — 28, note. Ecrire, to write, irr., 175 — 17. Efforcer and j' — , to endeavor ; takes h or de, when? 352 — 4. Effrayer, to frighten ; when y is changed into i, 97 — 5. Elision of #, *?, ?', P. II., 205, of art. la; of je, me, te, le, ne, ce, se, que. Exceptions : about le, la. Elision before oui and onze. Elision of e in lorsqtie, puisque, quoique ; before il, elle, on, un. Remark on entre and presque ; i of si is elided before il, Us, on- ly, P. II., 205. Employer, employ, irr., 97 — 5. En, prep, meaning in, at, to, bef. names of countries, 236 — 4. Without the art., 297. Exception down the page, etc. Pron., complem. of verbs, second pers. sing, imperat, 90. Foot- note. Instead of son, sa, ses, 276 — 10. Pers. pron., 258 — II ; 259 — 2 and note ; as Preposition, re- peated, 296. Rem. The only prep, before Pres. Par- ticiple. Encore, still ; what position it may have, 256 — 5. Entendre, hear; important govern- ment followed by infinitive, 379 — 8. Entre, between; distinction with entre and par mi, 298. Envers and vers, toward ; distin- guished, 299. Es — es, contraction of en les, legal and academ., 300. Esperer, to hope, changes / into e, when ? 97. Essnyer, to wipe, irr. when the y is changed into i, 97 — 5. Est-ce que? model of interrog., 92 — 2 and 3. Et, and, t silent ; and expressed be- fore un in counting, 68, eleventh line. Etre, to be, 54, L. X., interrog. and neg., 57 — 1. See idioms, 381. Takes h and de, 352 — 5. Eu, past part, of avoir and its pro- nunciation in the verb, 18 — 28, and its general sound. Excepts, except, 246 — 2, 2, and 366 — 12. Expres, adj. and adv., express, ex- pressly, 153, 7. F, pronounced or silent, 22 ; para- graph of 45, when like a v. Faire, to do, make, cause, 341 — note 2. Faisant, making, pronunci- ation and derivation, 18 — 26. Impersonal, about the weather, 147 — 3 ; idiomatic, 381 and 382; irr., 180 — 27; Important on Faire, 378 — 6. Falloir, to be necessary, impers., 147 — 4 and interrogative. Con- struction for I must, etc. Rem. 1 followed by que, 148. Rem. 2. When followed by a noun, meaning to want, 148. Rem. 2 and 3. Faillir, to fail, irr., 198 — 75. Fait, past participle of faire, in- variable when before an in- finitive, 366 — 10. Feindre, to feign, irr., 175 — 14. See note of peindre. 478 INDEX. Feu, adj., late, deceased ; how to use it, 247—3. Fleurir, bloom, flourish. Two forms accordingly, 102 — Rem. 2. Fois, time, 160 ; vocabulary and foot-note. Fort, adv., very, 286 — 2. From, de, variously ' rendered, 303 — I ; from — one's house, 304 — 2 ; From . . . to ; de . . . en, 303 — 3 and note ; meaning deptiis, 304 — 4. Fuir, to flee, irr., 183 — 32. G, name, Alph. pronunc. before i, e, y — GN — 4, etc., etc. Gallicisms, of poss., 239, 240; adj. in Fr. from 241—7 to 242 — 10. Genders. Masculine, 206 — 1, 2, 3, 4> 5> 6, 7 ; by termination, § 2 — 1, 2, 3. Feminine, by signification, 207 — 1, 2, 3. Except in names of countries, 207 — 3. Feminine, by termination, 207 § 4 —1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Of Compound Substant, 208 — 1, 2, 3 ; when the first component is a noun, 208 — 1, 2, 3. Double gender of some nouns, 208 — III., 1 and on 209 Masculine nouns applied to wo- men, 209 — 2, and note, and vice versa, 209 — 2, 3. Formation of feminine appella- tions, 209 — IV., 1, etc. Those in an, on, ien, t, etc., 210 — 2 ; many in e mute changed in esse, 210 — 3 ; those in eur — euse, 210 — 4 ; many in teur — trice, 210 — 5 ; a list of irregul. form- ation, 210 — 6. Gens, people. Observe the anomaly of gender ; adj. preceding not ending in e mute and preceded in turn by a definitive, as lotit, Gens — (cont'd). certain, takes feminine form, 207 — 6 ; otherwise, gens takes a masculine adj., 208, three first lines. Gesir, to lie (obsolete), except pres. participle gisant and derived tenses ; on tombstones, here lies — See note, 198 — 78. Government of verbs, L. XXIV., 373 — I. Differ, from Eng. List of verbs taking prep, a, 373 — 2. In Engl, of or from generally de in French, ex- cept, 374 — 3 ; verbs with dif- ferent governments, 376 — 4 ; and from 377 to 378. Gtiere, (ne) but little, adv. neg. 57 — 3- H H, mute or aspirate, 23 — 48, 49, 50. Rem. List of aspirated words, 23. Hair, to hate, irr. See 102, Rem. 1, about the suppression of the diaeresis. He, II and lui, pers. pron. subject, L. XXIV. ; he who, 270 — 9 and notes ; 271 — 12. Hier, yesterday, 156 — N. B. Honnete, honest, two senses accord- ing to place, 83 — 7. Hors, out, 299 — 1, 2, 3 and notes of 300. Hozv, adv. , comment, que ; how much, how many, combien de, 158 ; rendered by que admir- ative or exclamat., 307 — 2. However, adv. before adj., 281 — 13. I I, pronunciation, 16 — 18; ///. liquid, 24—53- /// with // not liquid in some words, 24 — 54. INDEX. 479 II, he, it. When it is translated by ce, 73 — 9. He, she, il, elle, XXIV. L. no, etc. lis, elks, they — id. In, dans, expressed -by de, 86 — 5 ; by en, 236 — 4 ; denoting pain, etc., 304 — 2. Expressing time, 304 — 3. Included, y compris, and inclosed, ci-joint, 246 — 2. Indicative mood. Use of its tenses, 313 — 1. Present for the fu- ture, 313 — 2 ; for the Preterit, 313 — 3. The Present used also for the English Perfect, 313 — 4. Imperfect. What it denotes, 314 — 5 ; in narrations, 315 — 6, 7. After si, if, 316 — 8 ; instead of Conditional, 316 — 9 and note. Preterit in Fr., what it expresses (Historical) contrasted with Im- perfect in narrations, 317 — 10, 11, 12. Perfect or compound of the Pies., 318 — 13 and note ; this trans- lates the past form did, when ? 319 — 14. Instead of the com- pound future in conversation, 3I9—I5- Compounds of Imperfect and Preterit ; which auxiliaries ? After which conjunction, 320 — 16. Distinction to be made if the Preterit is connected with compound of Imperf., 320 — 17, 18. Future tense, 321 — 19. After quand, etc., 321 — 20, instead of Imperat., 321 — 21 and note. Shall and will rendered by verb Vouloir, 321 — 21 and note. In the sense of Imperat., 322 — 22 and note. Future after si, whether, 322 — 24. After si, on condition that, the Future ren- dered by the Present, 322 — 25, 26. Infinitive mood, P. II. L. XX. Taking place of nouns, 338 — 1 ; 339, notes 1, 2, 3 ; where in English are two Imperat., the Infinitive mood — (cont'd). second in the Infin. in French, 339 — 2 ; after a precedent verb, 339 — 3 ; after how, where, why, 339 — 4 ; without prep, after A Her, etc. , 339 — 5. List of such verbs, 340 ; see 341, note 1, 2. After a comparison que de used for than, 343 — 1 1. See note § 6, 341. After any preposition except En, 341—7- Preceded by de after some adj., 342. After some impersonal verbs, 343 — 10. Preceded by de after certain verbs, 344—12 and 345. After some prep, and conjunct., 346—I3- With prep, h when the English verb is passive; after a subst. when the next verb requires the prep, in ; after certain adj. and a list, 347—14, I5> l6 > and 348 with ex. and notes. After a list of verbs, 349—17, and 350- After verb Etre for progressive form in English, 350 — 18. In abbreviated or contracted sen- tences, 351 — 19. After commencer, continuer, d or de, 351—20. After verbs whose list takes h or ^ 353—21. With prep, pour, 354 — 22, 23. Instead of a separate clause in English, 354—24- When followed by a subordinate sentence with que, 379 — 8. Instruire, to instruct, irr. , and others of same etym., 172 — 6. Issir, to be born, defect., 198 — 79, the past participle only, issu, used. J J, name, Alph. — 13; pronunc, 23 — 5 1 - 48o INDEX. Ja?nais, never, with ne, 57 — 2. Joindre, to join, irr. like others in i7idre, 175 — 16. Jouer, to play, reg. , important idiom senses, 383. Jiisqiih ce que, till, until, conjunc- tion governing subj., 168, end of list. JusqtCh, till, until, prep, for time, 3°4— 4- Jusqtia, to, speaking of extent, 3°4— 4- L, pronunc, 21 — 42; final, silent, 21 — 40. In English 1 is silent in few words ; it keeps its sound in French, 22 — 43. Liquid, 23—52; 24—53, 54, etc., and exceptions. La, feminine art., 28 — 1 and 3; 34 — 4. Les, plur. See articles. Laisser, to leave, meaning transmit, followed by a ; meaning to cease, by de ; meaning to let, without prepo., 352 — 6. Le, masc. art. , 28 — 2, 3 ; 34 — 4. Les, see articles. Contracted with de (du), 34 — 3. Contracted with a {an), 34 — 6. Le, la, les, them, pers. pron., 114, etc.; objects; their position, 116 — I, 2, 3, 4. Lequel, laqtcelle, etc., which, 268 — 3, used instead of dont if the noun which follows whose in English is governed by a prep., 268 and beginning of 269 and foot-note. Lendemain {le), the next day, 286 — I. Leur, poss. adj., 64 — I, agrees in number. Le, la leur, poss. pron., agrees in number, 125 — I. Pers. pron., to them, invariable. Examples, 116, 2. When translated by a eux instead of leur, 256 — 4. Linking of final consonants, 26 — 60, and notes. Lire, to read, irr., 177 — 18, and com- pounds. Q Look, to, avoir Pair, 247— "5, takes prep, de before verl?^ Lui, disjunctive pers. p 1 ,i4e or him, used by itseL 4- Collective, 69 — 7. Ordinal, L. XV.— 1. With proper names, 72 — 4. Fractional, 72—6. In dates of months, 72 — 3. Proportional, 73 — 8. o O sounds long, 17 — 19; — short, 20; — id., 21 ; — silent, line follow- ing, 17 — 21; oi, oy, 32; — nasal, 33- Occuper (s'e), takes a or de, 352 — 8, to be engaged in. GZil, eye, plur. yeux, 214 — 4. Offrir, to offer, irr., like others in frir and vrir, 184 — 43. Old, age ; with to be, to express age, 68—6. On and upon, stir, prep., 304 — I. After to play and others, de, 304 — 2 ; before the days and dates on is dropped, 305 — 3 ; denoting time it is translated by en, 30^ —4- INDEX. 483 On, they, people, one, indef. pron., and Von, with etymology, 274 — I. Examples top of 275. Notes 1 and 2. One's, how to render, 241 — 8. Ou, or, and ou, with the accent, where, 15 — 6 ; d^oic, par oil, 270 —8. Oil, meaning when and in which, last line, top page, vocab., 156. Oublier, to forget; observe the termin- ation when two z''s meet, 97 — 6. Takes the prep. de. Ouvrir, to open, irr., 185 — 45. Over, sur, and other senses, 305. Own, propre ; connected with pos- sess, pron., 241 — 7; one's, 241 — 8 ; its, their, 241 — 9. P, name and pronunc. Alphabet, 13 ; not silent as in Eng. in a few words, 22 — 43. Silent in some words, notes of 24 — 54- P ait re, to graze, irr., 178 — 25. Par, by ; denoting outward action, translated by de to express in- ward act of soul, 135 — 2 and 302 — I. In affirmations and swearing, 302 — 2 ; preceding a noun of measure, etc., 302 — 3. Translated by sur when followed by an adjective of dimension, 302—4. Translated by un coup de, express- ing blow, wound, etc., 302 — 5. Paraitre, to appear, irr., 178 — 24. Parmi, among, 298. Examples and difference with entre. Participles. Present, which tenses are derived from, 89 — 4 ; a primitive tense, 89 — 2. Invariable, 357 — 1 ; when adject., agrees, 357—2. When as a substantive in Engl., translated differently in Fr., 357—3- Participles — (cont' d). Rendered in Fr. by Pres. or Im- perf. Ind., 357—4. The Pres. Part, governed by prep. in English, is in the Pres. In- finitive in French, 358 — 5 ; used substantively in Engl, with a poss. adj., how rendered in Fr., 358-6. Pres. Participle called gerund when preceded by the prep, en, corresponding to by, on, etc., etc -> 359—7- Denotes means, 359- simul- ; ^60, taneous action, 359 — 2 note, and 8. Past, a primitive tense, 89 — 2 ; which tenses are formed with, 89-5. Three rules : used adjectively, 363 — I ; with etre, 363 — 2 ; with avoir and etre, 363 — 3. See examples when it does not agree with the noun, 364, top of page. In reflective verbs, agrees with the second pron., 364 — 4. It does not agree with the indirect object, why and when, follow- ing paragraphs of 364 — 4. Of a neuter verb conjugated with avoir, invariable, but not if it is with Etre, 365 — 5. Of an Impers. verb, invariable, 3 6 5— 6. Past Partic. does not agree with en, object, 365 — 7. Between que — que is invariable, 365-8. W ith what it agrees when followed by an infinitive, 365 — 9. Past Partic. of /aire, followed by an infinitive, never agrees, 366 — 10. The Participles du, pu, voulu, may have an infinitive under- stood, and then are invariable, 366 — 11. About the Participles attendu, ex- cepted etc., 366 — 12. Absolutely taken as in Engl., 3 6 9— !• 484 INDEX. Participles — (conf d). Used with ayant, 369 — 2. In the place of subordinate sen- tences beginning with a con- junct., 370—3. Partir, to leave, irr., 183 — 36. Partitive sense, L. V., how to ex- press, 39 — 1, 2. Never understood, 39 — 3. When an adjective precedes nouns, 39—4- Expressed by de alone after nouns of measure, etc., 42 — 1. After adverbs of quantity, 42 — 2. Exception in Remark. After pas, point, jamais, de is used without art., 42 — 3, 4. Partitive art. omitted after some prepositions, 224—4, an d 5. Partitive art. also omitted after some verbs, 224 — 6 and 225 — 7- Passe, past, used as prep, with others, 366 — 12, and refer to 363—1, 2, 3, 4. Payer, to pay, changes y into i, . 97—5- Peindre, to paint, irr., like verbs in indre, 175 — 14. Penser, to think, reg., when it must take a or de, 378 — 10; an ex., 287—5. Peut-etre, perhaps. What position of pers. pron. with it, 256 — 5. Placer, to place, the c may take a cedilla, 97 — 4. Plaindre, to pity, irr. verb in indre, !75— 14- Plaire, to please, irr., takes &, 178 — 22. Pleuvoir, to rain, irr. impers., 190—59. Plupart (la), most, indef. pron., takes de and an article, 129 and 276 — 7. Plus (le), the most, qualifying a verb or etc., 153 — 7. Plus, more, rem. on plus and davantage, 287 — 4. Poindre, to dawn, irr. in indre, 175 — 16, etc. Pourvoir, to provide for, irr., takes a, 190 — 60. Pouvoir, to be able, irr., 190 — 61. Pour, for, after partir, etc., 237 — 9. Prendre, to take, irr. and deriva- tives, 180 — 29. Prepositions. List, 36 — I. When the article is not used after, 37 — Rem. 2. How to express some Engl, prepo- sitions which are indexed in al- phabetic order. Pronouns. Disjunctive personal. Their list, no — I. They all may take the word meme, in — 2. Used when preceded by c'est, it is, in— 3- Which applies to mankind in gen- eral sense, in — 4. Conjunctive. List 114, L. XXV. In the nominative, 115 — 1, and 255 — 1 and repeated, note. Direct or indirect obj., place be- fore verbs, 115 — 2. If the sentence is negative, where is it placed ? 115 — 3. In interrogative sentences, place of the object, 115 — 4. Placed after imperative affirma- tive, 115 — 5. With imperative negative placed before, 116 — 6. Their place when there are two governed by verbs, 116 — I. How two pronouns of third pers. are governed, 116 — 2. With two pron. governed by im- perative affirm, or negative, 116 —3 and 4. In the first and second pers. should be repeated, 255 — 1 and note. In case on emphasis, when must it be repeated? 255 — 2. When a verb relates to subjects of different persons, 256 — 3. When the verb governs two pron. in different objects, 256 — 4. A pers. pron. may follow the verb after some conjunctions, 256 — » 5- INDEX. 485 Pronouns — (cont'd). When two pers. pron. limit a verb, let them be disjunct, 257 — 6. How to render pers. pron. with reflective verbs, 257 — 7, 8, 9. The person, pron. itself, se, soi, rendered by elle, 258 — 10. When used alone, always disjunc- tive, 258 — 11. The pron. en and y, 259 — 2 and 3, alphabetical index. Demonstrative, list, 119 — I, fol- lowed by relative corresponding to the English pers. pron. he and who, 119 — 2 and 269 — 6. Used with preposition de instead of Engl, possess, case, 120 — 3 and Remark. On ce, ceci, celle, etc., 120 — 4, 5, 6. See them in their alphab. place. Interrogative, 122, list. Lequel, which ? when not used alone, followed by de, 122 — I, exam- ple, and foot page, and 263 — 1. Used only of persons, qui, 123 — 2. The interr. who? whose? to whom? whom? 264 — 2. Whose, a qui, instead of whom, 123 — 3. Instead of the simple qui, qui est-ce qui, nom. and qui est-ce que, obj., 264 — 3. When que is neuter, 123 — 4 and 5. See in alphabetic place. Que, for, qu' est-ce qui, or qu' est- ce que, what, 264 — 4. Be careful about qui est-c'e qui, who? or qu? est-ce qui, what? 264—5. About que and quoi, disjunctive and conjunctive, 265 — 6. In antithetical questions with or (as you or I) the French differs from the English, using the prep. de, 265 — 7. In antithetical questions with or, de may be omitted, 265 — 8. Possessive. From what they are formed, 125 — 1. And what sort of agreement, note of, 125 — 1. Pronouns — (cont' d). Relative. Qui, quoi, lequel, in- terrogative and relative, 125 — 2 and 267 — 1. The form of qui when object., 125 — 3. Example and foot-lines, and 267 — 2. When whom or which follow a prepos. they are expressed by qui and lequel, etc., 268—3. Dont is used for persons and things, and de qui for persons only, 126 — 4. Whose, of whom, of which, com- monly expressed by dont, 268 — 4 ; but lequel is used if whose is preceded by a prep., 268 — 5. Relative pron. never left out, 269 — 6. Remark and examples on dont, 126. After prepositions qui refers to persons, and lequel to things and animals, 126 — 5. Lequel used instead of qui, when separated from its noun, 126 — 6. That which, meaning what, 126 — '■'j. Quoi, what, used as a relative, when connected with prep., 270 — 7. Adverbs of place, ou, etc., used sometimes instead of relative pron., 270 — 8. When ce qui, ce que, ce dont begins the sentence, dest is used, 271 — 11. Indefinite. List, 129 — 1. See them in their alphabetic place. P. II., about on, chacun, aucun, personne, somebody, la filu- pa?t, another, autrui, tel, etc., each of them are alphabetically indexed. L. XII., 274. Q, pronunc. Alphabet and last line of 24 — 54, obs. Quand, when, and lorsque, id., dis- tinction between these tv/o words, 286 — 3. 486 INDEX. Quantieme, what day, 72 — 3. Quatre-vingt, eighty, takes the plur. when ? 68 — 3. Que, that, conjunct, with indicative, 307—1. What, admirative, 307 — 2 ; in exclamations, 307 — 3 ; instead of why, pour quoi, neg., 307 — 4- After c'est, 307 — 5 ; after c'est-h- dire, that is to say, 308 — 6. After affirmative oui, etc., 308 — 7 ; instead of since, 308 — 8. Used for when after a~ peine, scarcely, etc., 308 — 9. Not omitted as in Engl., 308 — 10. Not only expressed but repeated, 309 — note. Replacing Engl, conjunct, 309 — II. With subj. meaning whether, 310 — 1 ; meaning till, 310 — 2. For the third pers. of Imper., let, Meaning so that, 310 — 4; mean- ing but or but that, 310 — 5. Used after avant, a moins, sans, 310 — 6, and see the Rem. in a parenthesis, 311. Relative pron. whom, which, ob- ject of the verb, 125 — 3, and 267 — 2, and 269 — 6. Sometimes omitted in Engl., never in French, 125, foot-lines. Never que governed by prep., 268-3. Qtie meaning what, interrogative, 123—5- Quel, quelle, and plural, what, which, adj., affirm, and inter- rogative, 62 — 4. Quelconque, whatever, placed after nouns and agrees in number, 76—4. Qui, who, which, relative pron., 125 — 2, 3 ; governed by prep. refers only to persons, 126 — 4, 5- Used in objective case inter- rogatively only for persons, 123—2. Qui que, whoever, and quiconque, 282 — 16, 17 ; with the subj., 282 — 17 ; 283 — 18 ; for nobody whatever and ne before verb, 283 — 19 and note. Quoi, what? interrogative pron., 122, first line of L. XXVII. Neuter, disjunctive and with prep. , 123 — 4 ; Relat. pron. , 125 — 2, and 270 — 7. Distinc- tion between Quoi and Que in interrogations, 265 — 6. Quoi que, whatever, subj. or object, of verb in subjunct., 283 — 20, and with nothing whatever, 283—21. Quoique, in one word, conjunct, with subj., 163— 1, 333—n. See list. R R, pronunc. Alphabet, 13 ; 24 — 55. Silent in words mentioned in notes. Recevoir, to receive, irr., 189 — 55. Repentir, se, to repent, irr., followed by de, 184 — 39. Resoudre, resolve, irr., 175 — 13, two past participles. Rire, laugh, irr., 107 — Rem. 3, takes de before nouns. Rompre, break; see L. XXIII. , Rem. 2, 107. S, pronunc, 24 — 56; 57 and notes. Saillir, to project, irr., 185 — 48 and deriv. Same (the), le meme, etc., 279 — 5 ; meaning the same thing, 279 — 6. Sans, without, prep. , 300 ; sans que, conjunct, with subj., 333 — 11. Savoir, to know, irr., 191 — 62, etc., note. No prep, before following verb : When used negatively, sense of doubt, takes no pas, 291 — 6. INDEX. 487 Se, soi, himself, etc., one self, 1 r, and in — 2 and 4; 257 — 7, 8,9- Sentir, to feel, irr., 184 — 38. Servir, to serve, irr., 183 — 34. Should, often rendered by the con- ditional of the verb devoir, 323—29. Si, if, 163 — 2 ; whether, 322 — 24, 25 ; 323 — 28. Si loses i before il, 163 — 2, note, and P. II. , 205. Yes, affirmative answer to negative question in the list, L. XXXV. Adv. of affirma- tion, etc., 158. So, ainsi, rendered by le, la, les, 260 — 1, 2 ; 261 — 3, note, and 4. Some, any, partitive, 39 — 1, 2, 3, 4. Some one, somebody, etc., 276 — 6. Son, his, her, its, instead of sa, fern, before vowels or H mute, 65 — 3- Sotiffrir, to suffer, irr., 185 — 44. Subjunctive mood, P. II. , L. XIX., I, 2. The leading clause being in the present or future, note 1 ; if in a past tense or condi- tional, note 2. See foot-note, 326. Which verbs govern the sub]., 327— h 2 > 3> 4; 3 28 ~ 5 and notes 1, 2. After verbs of fear, doubt, etc., a list, 329— 6 ; 330 — notes 1, 2, 3- After impers., 330 — 7. After il y a, when? 331. In relat. dependent clauses begin- ning with qui, que, etc., 331 — 8 and following Rem. After qui, preceded by a superb, 332 — 9 and note. After ordinal numbers, 332 — 10 and exceptions in note. After a list of conjunct., 333 — 1 1 and ex. After que, replacing some con- junct., 334 — 12 ; or replacing si, 334—13. Subjunctive mood — (cont'd). After attendre, to wait, till ren- dered by que, and after a few expressions as Dusse-je ! Should I ! Puissiez-vous ! Would that you ! etc., 334—15 and 335. Such, tel, telle, etc., indefinite pron., two significations, 276 — 1 1 and 277. Such a, an, how to render, 277 — 12. Such as, tel que, 277 — 13, 14. Sujffire, to suffice, irr., 171 — 2. Suivre, to follow, irr., 174 — 9. Supposed, suppose, 246 — 2, etc. T, name, Alphabet, pronunc. like ss, .25 — 58, 59, and following rem. Euphonic, 29 — 3. Taire, conceal, irr., 178 — 23. Tard, late, 156 N. B. T6t, tantdt, soon, — id, rem. I, 2; N. B., 286—1. Tarder, to delay ; takes a, 353 — 10. Impers. de, following ex. Tel, such and many a, 276 — 11 ; un tel, such a, 277 — 12 ; tel que, such as, 277 — 13 and 14. Tenir, to hold, irr., 187 — 52. Till and until, j 'usqu 'a ce que ; with subj. only, que after attendre, 333— «» prep.y'z/^'a, 304—4. Time, fois, 160 ; vocab. and foot- note. To, ci, prep, expressed by en, 236 — 4 ; a, before places, 237 — 8. Ton, thy, masc. form before fern, nouns instead of ta, 65 — 3. Toujours, always, still, 156. Rem. 1, 2, N. B. Tout, all, adj., its double meaning and plural, 76 — 2 and, 130 — 3. Indefinitive pron., everything be- tween auxiliary and past partici- ple, 279 — 8. Le tout, the whole, 280 — 9. How to render all that, everything whatever, subj. orobj., 280 — 10. 48S INDEX. To ut— (cont'd). In the sense of quite, adv. be- fore adjective or past participle or a feminine adj., 280 — II. In connection with que standing for as, although, etc., 280 — 12. Its gender when connected with another adj. bef ore gens, people, 207 — 6. Tu, toi, thou, conjunct., pers. pron., subj., 115 — 1. Disjunctive, pers. pron., subject., no — I. Can be followed by raeme, in — 2; when a stress is laid upon it, in — 3; when used alone, 258 — 1 1. Traire, to milk, irr., 174 — 8. Tres, fort and bien, adv., very, 286 —2 Tressaillir, to start, irr., and saillir, 185—47. u U, name, Alph. pro nunc, 17 — 22, 23. Except. Un, one, linking of, note of, 26 — 60. Un, one, agreement, 68 — 2. Unieme, first, when? 72 — 2, and when premier, 72 — 4. Upon and on, sur, 304 — 1 ; after the verbs to play, to live, to depend, and the like, rendered by de, 304 — 2 V V, name and pronunciation, Alpha- bet, 13. Vain {en), vainly ; position of the pers. pron. following, 256 — 5. Vainer e, to conquer, irr., 174 — 10. Valoir, to be worth, 191 — 63. Venir, to come, irr., 187 — 51 ; mean- ing to happen, takes a, 352 — 9 ; meaning to have just, takes de, 352, foot-note. See P. I., L. XLVIL, 203. Verbs, first conjugation, orthography of some, 96 ; some terminated in ter and eler, double t and /. With ending in e mute in some tenses, 96 — 1, etc. Exception for acheter and others, which take 1.00 ; III. Modern. i2mo , 1 30 I STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. FRENCH. -ffiisop. Fables in French. With a Dictionary. i8mo $065 Bibliotheque d'Instruction et de Recreation . Achard — Clos-Pommier, et les Prisonniers, par Xavier de Maistre, 85 cents. Bedolliere — Mere Michel. New Vocabulary, by Pylodet, 75 cents. Biographies des Musiciens Celebres, $1.25. Ercktnan-Chat- rian Consent de 1813. With Notes, $1.10. Fallet — Princes de TArt, $1.50. Feuillet — Roman d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre, $1.10 Foa-~ Contes Biographiques. With Vocab., $1.00. Petit Robinson de Pans. With Vocab., 85 cents. Mace — Bouchee de Pain. With Vocab., $1.25. Porchat — Trois Mois sous la Neige, 85 cents. Pressense— Rosa. With Vocab., $1.25. Saint Germain — Pour une Epingle. With Vocab., $ 1.00. Sand— Petite Fadette, $1.25. Segur— Contes (Petites Filles Modeles : Les Gouters de la Grand'-Mere), $1.00. Souvestre — Philosophe sous les Toits, 75 cents. Borel. Cours de Themes. i2mo. 75 Grammaire Francaise. i2ino 1 60 Buckingham's-Eugene. French Grammar and Exercises. i2mo 160 Elementary French Lessons. i2mo 75 Delille. Condensed French Instruction. i8mo 50 Fisher. Easy French Reading. With Vocabulary. i6mo 59 Fleury. Histoire de France. i2mo 140 Ancient History. Translated, with Notes. i2mo 85 Gasc. French-English Dictionary. 8vo 375 Do do i8mo. Pocket Edition, $1.40; 2 vols 1 60 Translator. (English into French) 1 25 Gibert. Introductory French Manual. i2mo 85 Janon, De. Recueil de Poesies. i6mo 100 Lacombe. Histoire du Peuple Frangaise. i6mo 75 Maistre (X de). OLuvres Completes. i2mo 14° Voyage au tour de ma Chambre. i2mo. Paper 40 Moutonnier. Les Premiers pas dans L'Etude du Francais. i2mo 125 Musset. Un Caprice (Comedie). 121110. Paper 3° Otto. French Conversation Grammar. i2mo. Roan, $1.60; Key 75 Hocher's French Reader. i2mo. Roan 14° First Book in French. i6mo. Boards 4° Introductory French Lessons 125 Introductory French P.eader. izmo. Boards 1 00 Parlez-vous Francais? or, Do you Speak French? i8mo. Boards 50 Plays. College Series of Modern French Plays. With English Notesby Prof. B6cher. ismo. Paper. La joie Fait Peur, 30 cents ; La Bataille des Dames, 35 cents ; La Maison de Penarvan, 35 cents ; La Poudre aux Yeux, 35 cents ; Les Petits Oiseaux, 35 cents ; Mademoiselle de la Seigliere, 35 cents ; Lu Roman d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre, 35 cents ; Les Dogits de Fee, 35 cents ; Jean Baudry, 35 cents. The foregoing in two volumes. . i2mo. Cloth. Each vol * ■*• Modern French Comedies. Le Village, 25 cents : La Cagnotte, 35 cents ; Les Femmes qui Pleurent, 25 cents ; Les Petites Miseres de la Vie Humaine, 25 cents; La Niaise de St. Flour, 25 cents ; Trois Proverbes, 30 cents ; Valerie, 30 cents : Le Collier de Perles, 30 cents. The three' last named have vocabularies. French Plays for Children. With Vocabularies. i2mo. Paper. La Vieille Cousine : Les Ricochets, 25 cents : Le Testament de Madame Patural ; La Mademoiselle de St. Cyr, 25 cents ; La Petite Maman ; Le Bracelet, 25 cents ; La Lotterie de Fr?ncfort ; Jeune Savante, 25 cents, Students' Collection of Classic French Plays. i2mo. Paper. With full notes by Prof. E. S. Joynes. Corneille. Le Cid, 50 cents. Racine. z STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. Athalie. 50 cents. Moliere. Le Misanthrope, 50 cents. The foregoing in 1 vol. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50. Moliere. L'Avare, 50 cents. Racine. Esther, 40 cents. Corneille. China Pylodet's Beginning French. i6mo. Boards 55 Beginner's French Reader. With illustrations. i6mo. Boards 55 Second French Reader. With illustrations 1 10 La Literature Francaise Classique. i2mo 1 60 La Literature Francaise Contemporaine. i2mo 1 40 ■ Gouttes de Rosee. French Lyric Poetry. i8mo 65 Mere L'Oie. Illustrated. 8vo. Boards 50 Riodu. Lucie. French and English Conversations, nmo 75 Sadler. Translating English into French, nmo 1 25 Stern and Meras. Etude Progressive de La Langue Franfaise. . i2mo. 1 50 Witcomb and Bellenger. French Conversation. i8mo 65 Zender. Abecedaire, French and English Primer. i2mo. Boards 50 GERMAN. I$£~ The prices are for paper covers, unless otherwise expressed. Andersen. Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. With Notes, nmo $0 30 Die Eisjungfrau, etc. With Notes. i2mo 50 Carove. Das Miirchen ohne Ende 25 Evans. Otto's German Reader. Half Roan 1 35 Eichendorf. Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. i2mo 50 Elz. Three German Comedies, nmo 35 Fouque. Undine. With Vocabulary. i2ino 40 Goethe. Egmont. With Notes 50 Herrman und Dorothea. With Notes, nmo 35 Grimm. Venus von Milo ; Rafael und Michel-Angelo. nmo 50 Heine. Harzreise und Das Buch Le Grand, nmo. Cloth Heness. Der Leitfaden. nmo. Cloth 150 Der Sprechlehrer unter seinen Schiilern 1 35 Heyse. Anfang und Ende. nmo 30 Die Einsamen. nmo 25 Keetels. Oral Method with German, nmo. Half roan 160 Koerner. Zriny. With Notes 60 Klemm. Lese und Sprachbuecher. In 8 concentrischen Kreisen. nmo Geschichte der Deutschen Literatur 1 50 Lessing. Minna von Barnhelm. In English with German Notes, nmo.. 50 Emilia Galotti. nmo 40 Lodeman. German Conversation Tables, nmo. Boards 35 Miigge. Riukan Voss. nmo 30 Signa die Seterin. nmo 30 Nathusius. Tagebuch eines armen Frauleins. nmo 60 Otto. German Grammar, nmo. Roan, $1.60 ; Key 75 Evans' German Reader. With Notes and Vocab. nmo. Roan.. 1 35 First Book in German. nmo. Boards 35 Introductory Lessons ; or, Beginning German, nmo. Cloth 95 ■7 Introductory Reader. With Notes and Vocabulary, nmo. Cloth 1 20 Translating English into German, $1.00. Key 1 00 Prinzessin Use. With Notes, nmo 25 Putlitz. Was sich der Wald Erzahlt. nmo 30 Badekuren. With Notes, nmo 30 Das Herz Vergessen. With Notes, nmo 30 Vergissmeinnicht. With Notes, nmo 2| Ruenzler. German Manual. 8vo. Boards ,,, %q 3 . STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. Schiller. Jungfrau von Orleans. With Notes. i2mo, 50 cents. — Wallen- stein's Lager . With Notes. i2mo, 40 cents. — Die Piccolomini. With Notes. i2mo, 50 cents. — Wallenstein's Tod. With Notes. i2mo, 50 cents. — Wallenstein, complete, nmo. Cloth, $1.50. — Der Neffe als Onkel. With Notes and Vocabulary, 50 cents. Simonson. German Ballad Book. With Notes. i2mo. Cloth 140 Sprechen Sie Deutsch ? or, Do You Speak German? i8mo. Boards.. 50 Stern. Studien und Plaudereien. i2mo. I, $1.35. II 150 Storme. Easy German Reading, iomo. Cloth 95 Storm. Immensee. With Notes, nmo 25 Tieck. Die Elfen ; Das Rothkappchen. With Notes. i2mo 35 Whitney-Klemm German Series. i2mo. Cloth. I. Rudiments of Ger- man II. German by Practice, $1.10. III. Elementary German Reader, $1.00. Whitney. Prof. W. D. German Grammar. i2mo. Roan 1 50 German Reader, nmo. Roan 1 80 German-English and English-German Dictionary'. i2mo. Cloth.. 3 50 German Texts : Annotated by leading instructors and edited by Prof. W. D. Whitney. i2mo. Cloth. I. Lessing's Minna von Barn- helm, 75 cts.— II. Schiller's Wilhelm Tell 75 cts.— III. Goethe's Faust, 80 cts. — IV. Goethe's Iphigenie auf Tauris, 75 cts. — V. Schiller's Maria Stuart, 80 cts. — VI. Lessing's Nathan der Weise 75 Wilhelmi. Einer muss heirathen ; and Benedix, Eigsnsinn. i2mo 35 Witcomb and Otto's German Conversations. ByL. Pylodet. i8mo. Cloth 65 ITALIAN. Cuore. Italian Grammar. i2mo. Roan $1.50 ; Key 75 Ongaro. La Rosa Dell' Alpi. With Notes, nmo. Paper 7s Montague. Italian Grammar. i2mo 1 25 Nota (Alberto). La Fiera. With Notes. i2mo. Paper 75 Parlate Italiano ? or, Do You Speak Italian? i6mo. Boards 50 Pellico. Francesca da Rimini. i2mo. Paper 75 SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE. Caballero. La Familia de Alvareda. nmo. Paper. 95 Habla Vd. Espafiol ? or, Do You Speak Spanish? i6mo. Boards 50 Habla Vd. Ingles? or, Do You Speak English ? i8mo. Boards 50 Lope de Vega y Calderon. Obras Maestras. umo. Cloth 1 90 Montague. Spanish Grammar. i2mo 125 Spanish Hive; or. Select Pieces from Spanish Authors. i6mo. Cloth.. 1 25 Fallais Portuguez ? or, Do You Speak Portuguese ? i6mo. Boards... 50 Fallais Inglez ? or, Do You Speak English? i2mo. Boards 50 HEB REW. Deutsch. Key to the Pentateuch. 3 parts (1 now published). Per part. 150 Fuerst. Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon. 8vo. Half morocco 900 HENRY HOLT & CO., Publishers, New York. 4 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 003 108 817 3 ■n HHIII (III y.'i'.'i'.'vivi'iv